


o V . 0^ ° ^ 

% 'M\s§^. *y o « 

AV v> *’ % \> V" o’*®* ^O., 

v ^4zT*^ <* .w s. 

t- 



*> & 



c? ^ - 

<f. ■ r ° * ► * \0 '’O */ # . s ’ -* 

• ^ r 0 v 0 °"** ^ O A^ 

r. . ^ <- o 


o V 



• ®m PHW" ' ^ 0* 

4° -V 'WgO* o ^ °-« 

^ ”® o « <> ®* °0 * • . 1 

. . . . *b. A - . 



O • A 


* r ^ 

4 A? +. + 



- ^ « 
v* cr 

▼ 

s 1 

>° °^ 

* < 


, \ y ®^» 

♦ ^ V * * * °^ cv - 

** v£* <S Y A * 'f* 

«• 1,3 aVu^//A ° 

<-<b X ' 

4 ^ ^ 

° • A * «0 O V ^ S S s\ 

<*0 tL * O. at 



• ^ ^ « 


o » A 




A^ • 1 

1 A* - * 

*>* 0 > K 
o > 


«- / 1 


,* v 


v •* . 


v\ ^ 

„ ^ s . * * °. 

O A^ * L ' * * ^ 

-> ,V^’ ^ 




■ c* ^ ■ 

- ,v V - 


\0 */* 

* ^ * 

O a- * 

ri* ^ ''M^ J . * ■A. 1 

U 1$> * o H o 

s»/^'«, "> \> *<*<>. 




\X 4 *^- 


oV 


j°V 


% .** 

V*v 


° <v 

O ^ ~ cP 
V.P b 


- *7 \P 

4 p • 

* <CT \D *V 

vV „ * * ^ 


0 c °_: ° * 'o 


0 


o V 


\0 * 7 *. 

/ o ^ • 

f° •*• 

0 V *> 


* / -» 


* f • °* O 




** 


° ^ <1^ 


,\ s ^ ’ ° • * 

^ ‘ • .^: * * 

,N + ifc'rllf/P}_ ^ r? 


$ 


o' c •_: • » o 


K ' *P> *< 


%r 


0 


O « 5 < 2 «. 

.' P O . 

••o’ <y ©*. *•.’• 


" ^ <*, 
-. %■& 


\f>S 


* °Y 
4 ^ • 




„J 7 4 » V % •*. .... 

V. « 4 A <\ '« . . * 

.& • ‘ 1 » , 

. ^ r 


c 










I 





iffrcP 5 




OLNEY’S SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY, 

A PRACTICAL SYSTEM 

OF 


MODERN GEOGRAPHY, 

COMPRISING A VIEW OF THE PRESENT STATE OF 

THE WORTH; 

CONTAINING AN INTRODUCTION TO 

ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY AND HISTORY, 

AND EXERCISES ON THE 

PHYSICAL MAP OP 1 THE EARTH. 


WITH A 


CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF MODERN DISCOVERIES. * 


REVISED AND ENLARGED FROM THE NINETY-FIRST EDITION*. 





ACCOMPANIED BY A LARGE AND COMPLETE ATLAS, INCLUDING MAPS, 
CHARTS AND VALUABLE STATISTICAL TABLES. 


BY J. OLNE Y, A. M. 

* • 7 






NINETY-SECOND EDITION. 




A 


NEW YORK: 

PRATT, WOODFORD, FARMER & BRACE. 

Philadelphia : J. B. Lippincott & Co. — Charleston : Me Carter 


k Co. 

New Orleans: Tiros. White. — Cincinnati: W. B. Smith & Co. 
Louisville : Morton & Griswold. — St. Louis : H. Crittenden. 
Chicago : S. C. Griggs & Co. — Detroit : Kerr. Morley & Co. 




SOLD BY BOOKSELLERS GENERALLY, in the UNITED STATES AND CANADA. 


? 1855 . 


_ Pf->YC ( /. (Ha C A 



. / 
y, s/y/ 


- CA 
/ y. 



(Z 


v y-r 



* 


V J 

ADVERTISEMENT. 




/ 


The Publishers of this work, grateful for the immense patronage it has received, 
noyf present to the public a new edition, which has been thoroughly revised. 
Dining the past ten years, great changes hn *e occurred upon the earth’s surface. 
By tho enterprise of individuals, either from motives of curiosity, or for the pur 
poses of commerce, and by the efforts of enlightened governments, the most 
distant parts of the world have been explored and laid open to view, and their 
natural productions, climate and soil, made known. The manners and customs 
of savage nations have become well understood ; and the boundaries and extent 
of the various portions of land and water which compose the face of the earth, 
have been accurately defined. It has become necessary, therefore, to make some 
changes in the book, that it may conform to the improved state of geographical 
science, but the outline and general plan of the work remain the same, so that 
teachers will still find it familiar, and the author has taken scrupulous care tc 
have the facts agree with the best authorities, and to make it correct in all par- 
ticulars. The Atlas has been entirely redrawn by Mr. Smith, an eminent geogra- 
pher in New-York, and newly engraved in the best manner on steel. Several 
important divisions of the world are given upon an enlarged scale ; the United 
States have been more conveniently classified so as to present each state entire. 
Maps of the West Indies, New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, the British Isles, 
Central Europe, Michigan, and the newly settled portions of our own country, 
have, among others, been added , making it more full than any other School Atlas; 
and the whole has been done without regard to expense. The utmost care has 
been taken to make the Atlas progressive and clear , so that it shall lead on the 
minds of young persons without confusion ; by means of appropriate symbols and 
numerals, the extent of the various countries in square miles ; the Population, 
Government, Religion, and the State of Society, are exhibited on the different 
map4; and on the Map of the World, the animals peculiar to any portion of the 
earth’s surface. It is confidently believed, that it will be found to surpass every 
other School Atlas hitherto published. The price of the work is low, and every 
thing which experience and care could do, has been done to merit the continued 
confidence of the great body of teachers who have always preferred it for its 
simplicity and adaptation to the school room, and to recommend it to the favor 
of all persons who desire to promote good education. 


Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1850, by Pratt, Woodford 

& Co. 

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year one thousand eight hundred 
and fifty-five, by Pratt, Woodford & Co., in the office of the^Clerk of the 
District Court of the United States, for the Southern District of New York. 


PREFACE. 


I’iir introduction of Geography into common schools, as a regular branch of 
education, has of late years become nearly universal. Formerly this science was 
taught only to the higher classes, it being thought by most teachers that the pupil 
must be well advanced in other branches before he could study this with advant- 
age. F.xperience has however taught, that children can learn Geography at a very 
early age, and hence its introduction into the younger classes at the present time. 

But among the books which have been published on this subject, although 
many of them are works of great merit, there are none suited to the capacities of 
young beginners. Most of them begin with definitions, which, to be understood, 
require a degree of knowledge on the subject, never possessed by the new beginner. 
Children, instead of being made to commit definitions to memory, should, as much 
as possible, at the beginning, be taught by means of the eye; and hence the uso 
of maps, pictures, and diagrams, in teaching infants. The map is to Geography, 
what orthography is to the art of reading. The scholar must not only understand 
its use, but must have an intimate knowledge of all its parts, before he can under- 
take the study of descriptive Geography with advantage. When he has acquired 
a practical and thorough knowledge of the map of a country, he has then laid the 
ground work for understanding its description, and not before. Suppose a child 
should learn by heart every thing about the climate, scenery, and productions of 
Switzerland, for instance, and suppose him to be intimate with the names of all 
its mountains, lakes, and forests, how much knowledge of the geography of that 
country would he possess? It is obvious that without knowing also the relative 
situation of these mountains, lakes, and forests, in respect to each other, together 
with their distances and bearings, such knowledge never could be applied to any 
practical use. The map, then, ought to be the first lesson in Geography, for by its 
means, the child can locate his ideas, and can see, at a single glance, the situation 
of the places, the names of which he learns. 

Having been for a number of years occupied in the instruction of youth, and 
principally in the science of Geography, I have, in common with others, long 
regretted that no work well adapted to the instruction of youth on this subject 
could be obtained, and my excuse for offering the present volume to the public is 
founded on that fact. A practical knowledge of Geography, instead of requiring 
years, I am taught by experience to believe, may be obtained in a few months; 
and I cannot but hope that others will find this opinion well founded. 

In preparing this work, I have endeavored to adapt it to the natural progress 
of the youthful mind. Instead of introducing the beginner at once into Astrono- 
mical Geography, and requiring him to spend weeks in learning definitions, and 
the description of the heavenly bodies, I have commenced with the town in which 
1 * 


vi. 


PREF ACE. 


he lives. From the town, the sphere of his observation is extended to tho coun ty, 
from the coun'.y to the state, &c. This 1 am confident will be found not only 
the natural, but the philosophical method of teaching Geography ; for on all 
subjects the learner must make himself master of simple things, before he can 
understand those which are complex. 

In the present instance, the pupil begins with confidence and alacrity, because 
he not only knows something about his own town, but the subject itself is highly 
interesting to him. From these simple descriptions, the pupil is gradually led on, 
by a series of the plainest and most important questions, to a knowledge of the 
grand divisions of the globe. When he has become familiar with these divisions, 
and can without hesitation point them out on the map, he is qualified to commence 
the Second part. In this part, after a few general observations on the divisions, 
he is required to learn on the map, the boundaries, names of rivers, towns, &.C., 
and then he commences with a description of the several countries which it con- 
tains. In every department of description, great care has been taken to select 
what is most important for the pupil to know, and to commit to memory, and to 
reject whatever is of little use ; for experience has taught me that long descriptions’ 
however judiciously arranged, do not fail to tire and discourage the young pupil. 
Some of the more prominent features of the country are therefore all that should 
be required of the beginner. 

This work will be found to possess some peculiarities. The use of initial 
letters, in particular, I consider of much consequence in enabling the pupil to 
determine the correct answers ; so that it is believed in ’going through the entire 
work, he will seldom require any assistance from his teacher. 

The Third part treats of Latitude and Longitude ; and perhaps no part of the 
work is of more importance than this, and particularly as most books of this kind 
are deficient in this respect. 

The Fourth part contains an introduction to Astronomy and Physical Geogra- 
phy, together with problems on the Globes, also, an introduction to the study of 
Ancient Geography and History. 

The numerous tables which the work contains, it is hoped will be found useful 
and correct. Some of them have been copied with little variation from Morse 
and Malte Brun, and others have been arranged with much care and considerable 
labor, expressly for the work. 

In giving this little volume to the public, I cannot but entertain the hope that 
I shall contribute in some degree to our improved method of teaching a science 
so necessary and popular as that of Geography. But how far I shall have the 
satisfaction of seeing this hope realized, the public must determine. 

J. OLNEY. 

• Hartford, Dec. 1828. 

The Publishers having found it necessary to newly stereotype this work from 
the sixty-third edition, after the sale of about one and a half million of copies, a 
few slight alterations have been made, and the Tables are now inserted in the 
Atlas, but hereafter changes will be made only when regard to accuracy renders 
them indispensable. 


PART I. GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 



Q, What is G eography ? 

A. A description of the earth’s surface. 

Q. Of what is the surface of the earth composed ? 

A. Of land and water. 

1. Geography is divided into two parts, Physical or Natural Geog- 
raphy, and Political Geography. Physical Geography describes the 
works of Nature, — the continents, islands, mountains, plains, oceans, seas, 
lakes and rivers, — the climate, soil, productions, etc., of the various coun- 
tries. Political Geography describes the works and institutions of men, 
their civilization, government and religion, their manners and customs, 
dress and modes of building, their cities, towns, roads, and various arts. 


"What does the above picture represent? A. One half of the 
earth’s surface. From the above picture what should you imagine 


6 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


tlie shape of the earth to be ? Can you mention any tiling that 
resembles the earth in shape ? The circumference, or distance round 
the outside of the earth, is about twenty-five thousand miles ; now if a 
man should travel one thousand miles in a month, how long would it 
take him to travel round it ? The diameter, or distance through the 
earth, is about eight thousand miles ; if it were possible to pass through 
the centre of it, how long would a man be at the above rate in travel- 
ling through it ? Did you ever hear of a person who had sailed round 
the earth, or world ? How much of the earth’s surface is covered with 
water ? A. About tliree-fourths. What general name is given to the 
main body of water on the surface of the earth ? A. The sea, or 
ocean. 



NATURAL DIVISIONS OF LAND. 

Q. How is the Land naturally divided ? 

A. Into Continents, Islands, Peninsulas, Isth- 
muses, Capes, Mountains, Shores, or coasts, &o. 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


9 


Q. What is a Continent ? 

A. It is a vast extent of land, — as America. 

2. The two continents are but two large islands in the vast body of 
water that surrounds the globe. Australia is sometimes called a con- 
tinent, and the land discovered in the Southern ocean by the American 
Exploring Expedition in 1840, is denominated the Antarctic Continent 
Sometimes the five grand divisions of the globe are called continents, 
— as the continent of Europe, Africa, (fee., but the term is generally ap- 
plied only to the two largest portions, or bodies of land, viz : the East- 
ern Continent, including Europe, Asia and Africa, — and the Western 
Continent, comprising North and South America. 

Q. What is an Island ? 

A. It is a portion of land surrounded by water, — 
as Australia, Borneo, Iceland, Cuba, &c. 

Q. What is a Peninsula ? 

A. It is a portion of land almost, surrounded by 
water, — as Africa, South America, &c. 

Is Africa entirely surrounded by water ? What is the narrow neck 
or strip of land called which connects it to Asia ? 

Q. What is an Istlimus ? 

A. It is a narrow strip which connects two bodies 
of land, — as the Isthmus of Suez, Isthmus of Darien. 

What does the Isthmus of Darien connect ? The Isthmus of Suez ? 

Q. What is a Cape ? 

A. It is a point of land extending into a large 
body of water, — as Cape Horn, Cape of Good Hope. 

3. If the land at the point is high, it is usually termed a Promon- 
tory, or Headland. When the land terminates in an acute angle, or 
sharp point, it is called a Point, — as Montauk Point, Lizard Point. 

Q. What is a Mountain ? 

A. It is a vast elevation of land, — as the Andes, 
Alps, White Mountains. 

4. When the land rises to a small height, it is called a Ilill. When 
it rises to a great height, it is called a Mountain. When mountains 
form a range, or continuous line, they are called a chain, — as the Andes, 
the Rocky Mountains. The height of mountains is reckoued in feet 
above the level of the sea. The space, or hollow, between hills or 
mountains, is called a valley. When the land is level, or nearly so, it 
is called a Plain. In North America, the great plains are called Prai- 


10 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 


ries, or Savannahs ; in South America, Llanos, or Pampas, and in Asia, 
Steppes. An extensive, elevated plain, is called a Table Land, or 
Plateau. The Eastern continent is noted for table lands, the Western 
for plains. 



Q. What is a V oleano ? 

A. It is a mountain that sends forth fire and smoke 
from its top, — as Mount Etna, Vesuvius, Hecla. 


5. There are volcanoes in almost every quarter of the globe, and 
there are abundant proofs of the existence of* volcanic fires under various 



GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 


II 


parts of the bed of the ocean. The Pacific ocean, between the tropics, 
seems to be one vast theatre of igneous action. The Friendly Islands, 
New Hebrides and Georgian Isles are all volcanic. Hawaii, the largest 
of the Sandwich Isles, is a magnificent example of such a formation. The 
highest volcano is Cotopaxi, in Equador, and the largest is Kirauea, in 
Hawaii. There are more than 200 volcanoes on the globe ; about one- 
half of these are in America. 

6. The opening on the top of the mountain is called the crater. 
When fire and smoke burst forth, it is called an eruption. The melted 
matter which is thrown out of a volcano is called Lava. What would 
you call a burning mountain ? 

Q. VvTiat is a Shore or Coast ? 

A. It is the edge or margin of land bordering on a 
large body of water, — as the coast of New- Jersey. 



A CARAVAN CROSSING A DESERT. 

Q, What is a Desert ? 

A. It is a barren tract of country, usually con- 
sisting of sand, — as the Desert of Sahara. 

7. The most noted and extensive Desert, is Sahara, in Africa. It 
is a vast sea, or ocean of sand, about 3,000 miles long, and 1,000 broad 
It contains 32 fertile spots, called oases. The largest of these is Fezzan. 
Most of these are inhabited, and serve as resting places for caravans 
and travellers that are crossing the desert. The Desert of Cobi, or 
Shamo, in the central part of Asia, is of vast extent, consisting of a 
series of elevated plains, or table-lands, comprising nearly one million 
square miles. It presents a frightful uniformity of vast fields of sand 
and gravel, hardly broken by the small rivers, lined with narrow track? 


12 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


of pasture, — by the salt lakes, — and by a few fertile oases, interspersed 
iiere and there, like islands in the ocean. The great deserts of Africa 
are only separated from those of Asia, b;y the valley of the Nile and 
the Red Sea. Hence, by reference to the map, it will be seen, that the 
sandy zone of the eastern continent extends from the western part of 
Africa to the 120° of east longitude. The Desert of Atacama, in 
Bolivia and Chili is 800 miles long. It is a dreary wilderness, destitute 
of both vegetable and animal life. The great American Desert, in the 
western part of the United States, is generally barren, except near the 
rivers and smaller streams. ' 



Q. What is a Railroad ? 


A. It is a road constructed of tracks of iron, called 
rails, on which the wheels of the cars run, — as the 
New-Haven and New-York Railroad. 

There are numerous railroads in all the states, and the number is 
rapidly increasing. 


NATURAL DIVISIONS OF WATER. 

Q. How is the water naturally divided ? 

A. Into .Oceans, Seas, Archipelagoes, Gulfs or Bays, 
Lakes, Straits, Rivers, &c. 

Q. What is an ocean ? 

A. It is a vast collection of salt water, — as the 
Atlantic, Pacific, Indian Ocean. 

8. The great body of salt w T ater on the globe, is all connected, and 
forms one vast sheet, termed the sea, or ocean. For the sake of con- 
venience, different parts are called by different names — as the Atlantic 
Pacific, Inchan Ocean, Mediterranean Sea, <tc. The bottom of the ocean 
is marked by the same irregularities of surface as the land. Its depth, 
in most parts is unknown. Off Cape Hatteras it has been sounded 
19,800 feet — three miles and three-fourths, — without reaching the 



GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 


IS 


bottom. Tlie continents are but two vast elevations, and the islands 
but the tops of mountains and hills in the immense ocean that sur- 
rounds the globe. 

Q. What is a Sea ? 

A. It is a large collection of salt water, mostly 
surrounded by land, — as the Mediterranean, Black 
Sea. 

Q. What is an Archipelago ? 

A. It is a tract of water nearly filled with islands, 
— as the Archipelago, east of Greece. 

9. Any tract of sea that abounds in small islands is called an 
Archipelago. The West Indies are an Archipelago. The islands 
between Asia and Australia are called “ The Indian Archipelago.” 

Q. What is a Gulf, or Bay ? 

A. A body of water extending into the land, — as 
the G-ulf of Mexico, Baffin’s Bay, &c. 

10. Small bays are called Creeks, Coves, Inlets, Havens, Harbors, 
Ac. The difference between a Gulf and Bav is this. A Bay is 
widest at its opening between the Capes, or Headlands, and R-radually 
narrows as it extends inland, — as the Bay of Bengal, Honduras, Ac, — 
while a Gulf is comparatively narrow at its opening between the cape3, 
and widens as it extends inland, — as the Gulf of Mexico, Venice, Ac. 
Hudson’s, Baffin’s, and Chesapeake Bays are more properly Gulfs. A 
small Bay, or Inlet, in Louisiana and adjoining states, is called a 
Bayou. 

Q. What is a Lake ? 

A. It is a collection of fresh water surrounded by 
sand, — as Lake Superior, Erie, Ontario, Ladoga. 

11. Salt lakes are called Seas, as the Caspian Sea, Aral Sea. Small 
lakes are called Ponds. Low, wet ground, unfit for cultivation, or 
covered with reeds, stagnant water, Ac., is called a Swamp, Morass, Ac. 
A shallow creek, or morass, extending from the coast inland, is called 
a Lagoon, in Florida, Texas, Ac. 

Q. What is a Strait ? 

A. It is a narrow passage which connects two 
bodies of water, — as the strait of G ibralter. 

12. A wide strait, oi narrow sea, is called a Channel — as the 
British Channel. A channel so shallow that its depth can be measured 
err sounded with a lead and line, is called a Sound, — as Long Island 

Sound. 


2 


14 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 



Q. Wliat is a Harbor, or Haven ? 

A. It is a small bay, almost surrounded by land, 
where ships may lie in safety, protected from winds 
and the swell of the sea, — as New-York Harbor, New- 
Haven Harbor, &c. 



Q. What is a Road or Roadstead ? 

A. It is a part of the open sea, at some distance 
from the shore, where ships may safely lie or ride at 



GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 


15 


anchor, — as Hampton Roads at the mouth of James 
River, in Virginia. 



Q. What is a River ? 

A. A large stream of water, — as the Mississippi, 




16 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


13. The place where a -river rises, is called its Source, or Head, 
the place where it empties, its Mouth. The country from which the 
waters of a liver are derived, is called its Basin, or Valley; as the 
Valley of the Mississippi. The Right Bank of a river is that on the 
right side as you descend it. The opposite is the left Bank. A river 
that flows into another is called its Tributary, or Branch. r l 1 he widening 
of a river at its mouth, is called a Firth, Frith, or Estuary. Small 
streams are called Brooks, Rivulets, Rills and Creeks. 



Q. What is a Canal ? 

A. It is an artificial channel, or ditch, for the pas- 
sage of boats, — as the Erie Canal. 

DIVISIONS OF LAND AND WATER. 

Q. What is the difference between a Continent and an Ocean ? 

A. A Continent is a vast extent of land, — an Ocean 
is a vast body of water. 

Q. What is the difference between an Island and a Lake ? 

A. An Island is a body of land surrounded by 
water, — -a Lake is a body of water surrounded by 

land. 

Q. What is the difference between a Peninsula and a Sea ? 

A. A Peninsula is a body of land mostly surrounded 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


17 


by water, — a Sea is a body cf water mostly surrounded 
by land. 

Q. What is the difference between an Isthmus and a Strait 't 

A. An Isthmus is a narrow strip which connects 
two bodies of land, — a Strait is a narrow passage 
which connects two bodies of water. 


THE EARTH, ITS SIZE, MOTION'S, &c. 



Q. What is the Earth, or W r orld on winch we live ? 

A. It is one of the Planets. 


14. The Planets are immense bodies like the Earth, that revolve 
around the Sun, — as Mercury, V enus, Ac., and receive their light and heat 
from it. They are of different sizes, and are divided into two classes, — 
viz., the primary planets, which revolve around the sun, and the 
secondary planets, called moons, wliich revolve around a primary 
planet, — as the moon wliich revolves around our earth. The earth is 
about ninety-live million miles from the sun. 

Q. What names are applied to the Earth ? 

A. The world, the Globe, the Sphere, the Ball we 
live on. 

Q. What is the form of the Earth ? 

2 * 


IS 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


A. It is round like an orange, oi ball. 

15. The earth, although the land may appear in some parts level, 
in others uneven with hills, mountains and valleys, spreading out on 
every side, till in the distance it seems to meet and mingle with the 
sky, is round in all directions, like a ball or orange. Above it, on 
every side, we behold a vast blue canopy, which we call the sky, or 
heavens, in which the sun appears by day, and the moon and stars by 
night. 

Q. What is the size, or bulk of the Earth ? 

A. It is about twenty-five thousand miles in cir- 
cumference, o v around it, — and eight thousand miles 
in diameter, — or through it. Its surface comprises 
about two hundred million square miles. 

Q. What is the Axis of the Earth ? 

A. It is an imaginary line passing through its 
centre from North to South. 

Q. What are the Poles of the Earth ? 

A. The ends of the axis. 

16. The northern extremity of the earth’s axis is called the North 
Pole, — the southern extremity, the South Pole. If you notice “ The 
Map of the World,” you will see that it consists of two parts. One 
part is called “ The Eastern Hemisphere,” the other, “The Western 
Hemisphere.” The word, Hemisphere, is formed of two Greek words, 
viz., — hemi, which means half, and sphere, which means a globe, or 
ball. Consequently, when the word, hemisphere , is applied to the 
earth, it means one half of it. Hence, the Eastern Hemisphere is a 
picture of one half of the earth’s surface, and the Western Hemisphere 
is a picture of the other half; and both Hemispheres form a picture, or 
map, of the whole of its surface. On “ The Map of the World,” you 
will perceive that the North and South Poles are on both Hemis- 
pheres, — because each Hemisphere shows but one side of the same 
Pole. 

Q. How many motions has the Earth ? 

A. Two, — the daily, or diurnal motion, and the 
yearly, or annual motion. 

17. The earth revolves, or turns upon its axis, from west to east, 
every 24 hours, and thus causes day and night. This is called the 
Daily or Diurnal motion, and is the reason why the sun appears to rise 
in the east and set in the west, — or why the sun is continuallv rising 1o 
places in the west, and continually setting to places in the east. It 
revolves about the sun in 365 days and 6 hours, and thus produces the 


GEOGRAPHICAL. L E P 1 N 1 T 1 0 N 8 J Q 


various seasons of the year, — Spring, Summer, Autumn, and Winter. 
This is called its Yearly, or Annual motion. 

Q. What is the Equator or Equinoctial line ? 

A. It is an imaginary line or circle extending east 
and west round the earth, at an equal distance from 
each pole. 

IS. This line or circle is called the Equator , or Equinoctial line , 
because when the sun is on it, the days and nights are of equal length 
to all the inhabitants of the earth. The equator is usually called by 
mariners, “ dhe Line.” 








Q. What are the Tropics ? CIRCLES. 

A. They are two circles ex- 
tending east and west round the 
earth twenty-three and a half 
decrees north and south of the, 

O y 

equator. 

The circle north of the Equator is called 
the Tiopic of Cancer; the one south of the 
Equator, the Tropic of Capricorn. 

19. The word Tropic signifies a Return, — 
because when the sun is on either of these lines, it appears to stop, 
and retrace its steps. The Tropics show the sun’s limits north and 
south of the Equator. On the 21st of March the sun crosses the Equa- 
tor, and arrives at the Tropic of Cancer on the 21st of June, which is 
called the Summer Solstice. It then returns gradually towards the 
equator, which it crosses on the 21st of September, and arrives at the 
Tropic of Capricorn on the 21st of December, which is called the Win- 
ter Solstice. When the sun crosses the Equator on the 21st of March, 
it is called the Vernal Equinox ; when it crosses it on the 21st of Sep- 
tember, it is called the Autumnal Equinox. From the 21st of March 
to the 21st of September, you will perceive that the sun is north of the 
Equator, and our days are more than 12 hours long ; and from the 21st 
ot September to the 21st of March, the sun is south of the Equator, and 
our days are less than 12 hours long. Is the sun north or south of the 
Equator to-day ? Which are the longest now, the days , or the nights ? 


Q. What are the Polar Circles ? 

A. They are two circles extending round the earth 
twenty-three and a half degrees from the poles. 


20. Ou the 21st of June, when the sun is at the tropic of Cancer, all 
of that part of the earth north of the Arctic Circle has constant day, 
and that part south of the Antarctic Circle has constant night The 


20 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


PARALLELS. 


reverse of this takes place when the sun is at the tropic of Capricorn, 
on the 21st of December. 

Do the Equator, Tropics, and Polar Circles 
extend north and south, or cast and west ? Do 
you see other lines besides these, that extend 
east and west ? These lines are called Paral- 
lels of Latitude. . 


Q. What are Parallels of Latitude ? 

A. The) are circles or lines that 
extend round the globe parallel to 
the Equator. 



MERTDI A XSv 


21. The parallels of latitude are repre- 
sented on maps by lines drawn from side 
to side. 

Do you see any lines on the map that 
extend north and south ? These hues are 
called Meridians. 

Q. What are Meridians ? 

A. They are lines or circles that 
extend from pole to pole across the 



equator. 


22. Meridian is derived from a Latin word, which signifies mid-day, 
or noon. These lines are called meridians , because as the earth turns 
toward the sun in its diurnal or daily motion, all places through which 
the same meridian passes, have noon or mid-day at the time the sun is 
over that meridian. Which has the greatest number of meridians drawn 
on it, the Eastern or Western Hemisphere ? 

Q. What is the use of the different Lines or Circles on the Map ? 

A. To point out the situation of places, and show 
the effect of the earth’s motions. 


Q. Why are the Parallels and Meridians curved on the Map ? 

A. To represent circles on the globe, and thus give 
as true a picture as possible of a round body on a dal 
surface. 

Did you ever see an artificial globe ? In what direction do paral- 
lels of latitude extend ? Meridians ? 


LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE. 
Q. Vvhat is Latitude ? 



GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


21 


A. It is distance from the equator, either north or 
south. 

23. Latitude is reckoned from the equator. Places that are under 
the equator have no latitude. All places north of the equator, are in 
north latitude ; all places south of the equator, are in south latitude. 

Do we live north , or south of the equator ? Are we then in north , 
or south latitude? Can you point with your hand towards the equa- 
tor ? Can you show a place on the Map of the World that is in south 
latitude ? Why is it in south latitude ? Do we ever say a place is in 
east latitude or west latitude ? Why not ? 

Q. What is Longitude ? 

A. It is distance from any established meridian, 
either east or west. 

24. Most nations reckon the longitude from the capital of their own 
country ; and hence that becomes their established meridian. Thus, 
the French reckon from the meridian of Paris; the English, from the 
Observatory of Greenwich, — a large town about five miles east of Lon- 
don. In the United States, we usually reckon the longitude from Wash- 
ington, which is 77 degrees west of Greenwich. On most of our maps, 
however, the longitude is computed from Greenwich on the top, and 
from Washington on the bottom. The established meridian is called 
the first meridian , and is marked 0 on the map. Places on the estab- 
lished meridian have no longitude ; those situated east of it, are in East 
longitude , — those west of it, are in West longitude. 

Q. What is the use of Latitude and Longitude ? 

A. To enable us to determine the situation of places 
on the globe, and their distance from each other. 

25. If we know the latitude of a place, we can determine, very 
nearly, the temperature, or the degree of heat and cold of its climate. 
The nearer a place is to the equator, the warmer will be its climate ; 
and the nearer it is to the poles, the colder will be its climate. 1 f a 
place, however, is situated on a mountain, or any considerable elevation 
above the level of the ocean, the climate will be temperate, although 
it is near the equator. Perpetual snow begins under the equator, at 
the height of 15,207 feet; and the line of perpetual congelation de- 
scends from this towards the n^les, until it touches the earth’s surface 
in the frigid zones. — See “ General and Ccymparative Views,” Table 29. 

Q How is Latitude and Longitude reckoned ? 

A. In degrees, — minutes, — and seconds. 

26. Sixty seconds make one minute, and sixty minutes make one 
degree. A minute is called a geographic mile. Hence, 60 geographic 
miles make a degree, and 69^ statute or English miles, make a degree 


22 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


Consequently, if you multiply the number of degrees of latitude be- 
tween any two places by 60, you will ascertain the distance in geo- 
graphic miles, — and if by 69-b the distance in statute miles. 

27. At the equator, degrees of latitude and longitude are of tho 
same length ; but as you go from the equator, either north or south, 
a degree of longitude becomes gradually less, .until at the poles it ten 
ruinates at a point. At tire equator, a degree of longitude is 69^ stat- 
ute miles in length, and 60 geographic miles ; in latitude 80 degrees, 
it is about 52 geographic miles ; in latitude 60 degrees, it is 80 geo- 
graphic miles ; and at tlie poles, 0. A degree of latitude is always of 
the same length, — as long at the poles as at the equator. The greatest 
latitude a place can have, is 90 degrees, and the greatest longitude, 
180 degrees. — For length of a degree of longitude , see u Comparative 
Views” Table 28. 


ZONES. 


Q. What are Zones ? 

A. They are divisions o-f the earth's surface, mads 
by the tropic and polar circles. 



The word zone signifies a belt or girdle ; and these divisions are 
so called, because they encompass the earth like a. girdle. 

Q. How many Zones are there ? 

A. There are five zones — one torrid \ — two tempe- 
rate , — and two frigid zones. 

Q,. What part of the earth’s surface does the Torrid Zone embrace I 

A. That part of it which lies between the Tropic 
of Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn. 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITION*?. 


23 

28. This zone is called the torrid , or burning zone, because of the 
great and continued heat of the sun, which passes over it twice during 
the year. 

20. In the Torrid Zone there are but two seasons, the wet and dry. 
During the wet season, it rains almost constantly for six months ; — 
and during the other six months, it seldom rains. There is no spying 
or autumn. The dry season is termed summer, and the wet season 
whiter. 



SO. The Torrid Zone is distinguished for its productions, both animat 
and vegetable. Among the animals found in the Torrid Zone, the most 
remarkable are the elephant, rhinoceros, lion, tiger, leopard, hyen^ 
crocodile, the camel, zebra, antelope, lama, Ac. Serpents and insects of 
enormous size abound in the Torrid Zone, many kinds of which are 
extremely venomous. 

31. Among the vegetable productions of the Torrid Zone, the 
most noted are tea, coffee, sugar-cane, bread-fruit, oranges , spices, 
gums, Ac. 

32. The forests are clothed with a perpetual green, and many oi 
the trees grow to a larger size than those of any other part of th 
globe. 

33. The inhabitants of the Torrid Zone are distinguished for their 
d:uk complexion, and for feebleness, both of body and mind. 


Can you show me the Torrid Zone on the map of the world ? Be- 
tween what two circles or lines does it lie ? Can you tell me how 
many degrees wide the Torrid Zone is ? Do you live in the Torrid 
Zone ? Is the Torrid Zone north, or south of us ? In what zone are 


24 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 


the countries that lie between the Tropic of Cancer ana Tropic of 
Capricorn $ 


Q. What part of the earth’s surface do the Temperate Zones 
embrace 1 

A. Those parts which lie between the Tropics and 
Polar Circles. 

34. The Zone which lies between the Tropic of Cancer and the 
Arctic Circle is called the North Temperate Zone ; and the one lying 
between the Tropic of Capricorn and the Antarctic Circle, the South 
Temperate Zone. These Zones are called Temperate, because they 
are situated between the two extremes of heat and cold, which ren- 
ders the air temperate and salubrious. 

35. In the Temperate Zones there are four seasons ; viz.. Spring 
Sampler, Autumn and Winter. 

36. The vegetable productions of the Temperate Zones are not so 
numerous or luxuriant as those of the Tcrrid Zone. The principal 
i re grains , of different kinds, cotton, apples, pears, peaches, nuts, vines , 
./rasses, and a great variety of plants. 



37. The animals of the Temperate Zones are less numerous and 
ferocious than those of the Torrid Zone. The most noted among them 
are bear a, loolves, panthers, foxes, bisons, deer, ellcs, etc. But they 
abound with animals which are useful for food or labor, as the horse , 
the ox, the cow, the sheep , the mule, Ac. 

88. The inhabitants have fair complexions, and in the northern 
Temperate Zone, they are distinguished for strength, both of body and 





GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 


25 


mind, and for industry, intelligence and enterprise. They have ever 
led the way in human improvement and civilization, and are justly 
termed the historical races. 


Can you point out the Temperate Zones on the map ? How many 
Temperate Zones are there ? In what Zone are we now ? Is the 
Northern Temperate Zone north or south of the Equator ? Between 
what two circles is the Northern Temperate Zone ? In what Zone are 
all the countries that lie between the Tropic of Cancer and the Arctic 
Circle ? 


Q. What part of the earth’s surface do the Frigid Zones embrace? 
A. Those parts which lie between the polar circles 
and the poles. 



89. These are called Frigid , or Frozen Zones, because the cold is so 
severe, that nearly the whole of these regions is covered with perpet- 
ual snow and ice. There are but two seasons — a long cold winter, and 
a short summer. There are no trees, and but few vegetables of any 
kind, except moss. The principal animals are the white bear and 
reindeer, the sable, and the ermine. The inhabitants of these regions 
are distinguished for their diminutive size, dark complexion, and for 
their ignorance and imbecility. 


Can you show me the Frigid Zones ? What is the Zone called 
that surrounds the North Pole? Which way from us is the North 
Frigid Zone ? Should you like to live in the North Frigid Zone ? 
Why ? Do the inhabitants raise corn, wheat, rye, <fcc., in the North 
Frigid Zone ? Why not ? 

3 


26 


GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 


POINTS OF COMPASS. 

Questions . — In what direction from us did the sun rise this morn- 
ing ? In what direction from us did it set last evening ? What do 
the initials, or first letters of the words North, East, West, and South, 
spell ? NEWS. 


Q. What are these different 
directions called ? 

A. Points of com- 
pass 

Q. Why are they so called ? 

A. From the Mari- 
ner’s Compass,^ an in- 
strument used by sea- 
men to point out their 

course at sea. 

Q. Which are the principal, 
or cardinal points of the com- 
pass ? 

A. N orth — E ast — 
South — West. 



MAPS. 



Q. What is a Map ? 

A. It is a picture or representation of a part, or ol 
the whole of the earth’s surface. 

The top of a Map represents the north ; the right hand, east ; the 
!x)ttom, south ; the left hand, west. 

40. A collection of Maps is called an Atlas. Latitude is expressed 



GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 


27 


on maps by figures on the sides, and longitude by figme3 on the top and 
bottom. On the Map of the world, however, the degrees of longitude 
are found at the equator, and those of latitude round the sides of the 
map. 

41. A dotted line on maps represents the boundary of states, king- 
doms, <fcc., and is called an artificial boundary. A sea, lake, river, or 
mountain, when it separates different countries, or states, is called a 
natural boundary. 


Questions . — Is a map of the world a picture of a part, or of the 
whole of the earth’s surface ? Is the map of the United States a pic- 
ture of a part, or of the whole of the earth’s surface ? Which part of a 
map is north ? East ? South ? West ? If convenient, how should a 
scholar always hold his map in studying geography, so that it may cor- 
respond with the natural situation of the country it is intended to re- 
present ? A. The top of the map should lie to the north 


POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

Q. What is a village ? 

A. A small collection of houses and inhabitants. 

Is this place a village ? 



Q. What is a city ? 

A. A large collection of houses and inhabitants, 
governed by a mayor, alderman, &c. 

Is this place a city ? How many cities can you mention ? 



20 GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 




Q. Wlmt is a Town. - ♦ 

A. A tract of land some miles in extent, divided 
into farms, roads, &c. 

What is the name of this Town ? Can yon tell me how many 
churches there are in tliis town ? How many school-houses ? Is there 
any large brook or river in this Town ? Any high hill or mountain ? 
Any pond or lake ? What is the principal employment of the people 
of tliis town ? 

Q. Of what does a County consist ? 

A. Of several towns. 

What is the name of this County ? How many Towns can you men- 
tion in this county ? What is the town called in which the courts for 
the county are held ? A. The Shire, or County-town. Which is the 
Shire-town of this county ? The Shire-town contains a court-house, in 
which the courts are held, and a jail, in wliich criminals are confined. 
When there are two towns in a comity in which courts are held, they 
are called half -shire towns. Are the courts in this county held in one 
town, or in two ? hi South Carolina, instead of Counties, these divisions 
are called Districts, and in Louisiana, Parishes. 

Q. Of what does a State consist ? 

A. Of several counties united under one govern- 
ment. 

What is the name of this State ? Of what does the government of 
a state consist ? A. Of a governor, a senate and house of representa- 
tives, who are chosen by the people. They assemble usually once or 



GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS 


29 


twice a /ear to make laws, and attend to other business of the state, 
and when thus assembled, they are called the legislature. What is the 
capital of this state ? What is meant by the capital ? A. The town 
or city in which the legislature meets. What is the building called in 
wliich they assemble ? A. The State House, or Capitol. 



Can you tell me which is the largest city in this State? Who is 
the governor of this state ? For what length of time does he hold his 
office ? Can you tell me how many counties there are in this state ? 

Q. Of what do the United States consist? 

A. Of several states united under one general gov- 
ernment. 

• 

Can you tell me how many states there are at the present time 
that are thus united ? What is the capital of the United States ? 
What is the chief ruler of the United States called ? Who is the Pres- 
ident of the United States at this time ? Who is Vice-President ? By 
what name are the United States often called. A. The republic of the 
United States. They are so called because they are under a republi- 
can form of government, or a government in wliich the people choose 
their own rulers. The divisions that we have noticed above are all 
found in our own country.* But as we pursue the study, we shall find 
in distant countries, other divisions, as kingdoms, empires, Ac 

Q. What is a kingdom ? 

A. A country ruled by a king, or queen, — as Great 
Britain 

* Country, a general term signifing any division, state, kingdom or region, as 
distinguished from another, — as we say the countries of Europe, Asia, Africa, &c 
3* 



30 


INTRODUCTORY LESSON. 


Can you mention a kingdom ? 

Q. Of what does an empire consist ? 

A. Of several countries ruled by an emperor, — as 
Russia. 

Can you mention an empire ? 

42. Some empires consist of kingdoms, or provinces which join each 
other, and thus form a compact state, — as Austria ; while others consist 
of territories, widely separated, and situated in distant parts of the 
earth.- — as the British empire. 

Countries governed by Dukes, Princes, &c., are monarchies on a small 
scale, and are called Duchies, Principalities, <fcc. 

Political Divisions, — as states and kingdoms, usually contain men 
of one nation, who speak the same language, and are subject to the 
same laws, — as in the United States. Empires, however, frequently 
comprise various nations of different languages and institutions, — as 
Russia, the Chinese empire, Ac. 

The parts of a country that border on the sea coast, are called the 
maritime parts. The interior is termed the central , or inland parts 
The outside portion, or the part which lies near the boundary, is called 
the frontier of a country. 


INTRODUCTORY LESSON. 


What is the name of this place ? 

Is it a city, — or a village, — or »a town ? • 

What towns he around this, — or border on it ? 

Is the land in this town level ? 

What is the name of this county ? 

Which is the countv, or shire-town ? 

Does any part of this county border on the ocean ? 

Of what does a county consist ? Of several towns. 

What is the name of this state ? 

What is the capital ? 

Which is the largest city in this state ? 

Who is the Governor of this state ? 

What is the name of this country ? u. s. 

What is the capital of the United States ? Washington ? 
Who is the President of the United States? 

Who is the Vice President of the United States? 

In which Grand Division of the globe are the United States 3 
With what is N. America connected ? A. With S. America. 
What do N. and S. America constitute ? A. A continent \ 
What is a continent ? 


MAP OF THE WORLD. 


31 


MAP OF THE WORLD. 

How many Continents are there ? What are they called ? 
How is the Eastern Continent divided ? 

How is the Western Continent divided ? 

In wliat part of the Eastern Continent is Europe ? n. w. 

What sea separates Europe from Africa ? m. 

What sea separates Africa from Asia ? r. 

In what part of the Western Continent is North America ? 

In what part is South America ? 

America is the general name applied to the Western Continent. 
What oceans border on the Eastern Continent • 

Wliat oceans border on the Western Continent ? 

Wliat ocean lies between Asia and America ? r. 

What ocean separates America from Europe and Africa ? a. 
What ocean south of Asia ? 

What ocean surrounds the north pole ? 

What ocean surrounds the south pole ? 

Which is the largest, the Arctic or Southern Ocean ? 

Is there more land north or south of the Equator ? 

Which is the largest, the Eastern or the Western Continent?* 
What large Island south-east of Asia ? a. 

Between what two oceans is Australia ? i. and r. 

What islands between North and South America ? 

A. West India Islands. 

What Islands between Asia and Australia ? 

A. East India Islands. 

Does the eastern or western continent extend farther south ? 
Which extends farther north ? 

Which extends farther south, Europe or Asia ? a. 

Does Africa or South America extend farther north ? a. 

Which extends farther south, North America or Europe ? n. a. 
What Isthmus connects North and South America ? 

What Isthmus connects Africa and Asia ? 


What are the five Grand Divisions of the two continents ? 
Which is the largest Division ? Wliich is the second in size ? 
Which is the tliird ? Which is the fourth ? 

Wliich is the smallest Grand Division ?* 

In which Grand Division of the Globe are we ? 

What Grand Divisions does the Equator cross ? 

What Grand Divisions are crossed by the Tropic of Cancer ? 
What by the Tropic of Capricorn ? s-a. a. a. 

Through what divisions does the Arctic Circle pass ? 

On which side of the Equator does most of South America lie ? 
On which side of the Equator does most of Africa lie ? 

Is Asia in north or south latitude ? 


* See General and Comparative Views. 


32 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 


Why in north latitude ? 23. 

Is Africa in north or south latitude ? 23. , 

Why is it in both north and south latitude ? 

In what direction from North America is South America? Eu- 
rope ? Africa ? Asia ? Atlantic ocean ? 

In what direction from Africa is Asia ? Europe ? North America 3 
South America ? Australia ? Greenland ? 

In what direction from us is Europe ? Africa ? South America * 

What ocean between North America and Europe ? 

What ocean between Africa and South America ? 

What ocean between Africa and Australia ? 

What ocean east of Asia and west of America ? 

What ocean south of South America, Africa and Australia ? 

What ocean north of North America, Europe and Asia ? 

How many oceans are there ? 

Which is the largest ocean ?* 

Which is the second in size ? 

Which is the third ? 

Which is the fourth ? 

Which is the smallest ocean ? 

Which is the broadest, the northern or southern extremities of the 
two continents ? 

Do the western coasts of America, Africa, and the south western 
of Australia bear any resemblance to each other ? 

On which coast of America, Africa and Australia, are there the 
largest groups of islands ? 

Which is most indented by bays, gulfs, &c., North or South America ? 

Which is most indented by seas, bays and gulfs, Europe or Africa ? 

Which, then, is best situated for commercial pursuits, — for inter- 
course with other nations ? 

If we divide the earth into two equal parts, from east to west, at the 
Equator, what are those parts called ? 

In which of these hemispheres is North America ? Europe ? Asia ? 

In which of these hemispheres is Australia ? The most of South 
America ? Madagascar ? 

Which grand divisions lie in both northern and southern hemi- 
spheres ? Wliich oceans ? Why ? 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 

In which hemisphere is North America ? 

Does North America he in north or south latitude. 
Why in north latitude ? 

What ocean bounds it on the north ? 

What ocean lies east of it ? 


* See General and Comparative View*, 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 


33 


What gulf on the south ? 

What ocean bounds it on the west ? 

How is North America divided ? 

In what part is British America ? Northern part 
In what part are the United States ? Middle. 

Where is Mexico. South western part. 

In what part is Guatimala ? Southern part. 

Where are the Russian possessions ? n. w. 

What is the capital of British America ?* 

What is the capital of the United States ? w. 

Wiiat is the capital of Mexico ? m. 

What is the capital of Guatimala ? St.-s. 

p _ 

In what direction from us- is Greenland ? 

To whom does it belong ? A. To Denmark. 

What Bay and Straits separate Greenland from North America 3 
What Gulf south of the United States? m. 

What Gulf in the western part of Mexico ? c. 

What Gulf east of Lower Canada ? St. l. 

What is a Gulf or Bay ? 

What Bay west of Greenland ? 

What Bay in the northern part of British America ? h. 

What Bay south of Hudson’s Bay ? j. 

What Bay north of Guatimala ? h. 

What Bay west of Yucatan ? c. 

What is a Mountain ? What Mountains extend from Mexico -o die 
Arctic Ocean ? r. In what direction do they run ? 

What Mountains extend through the eastern paid of the United 
States ? a. What is their course ? 


What is a Cape ? 

What Cape south of Greenland ? f. 

What Cape south of Nova Scotia? s. 

What Cape west of Cuba ? s.-a. 

What Cape south of California ? St. l. 

What Cape east of Bhering’s Straits ? p. w. 

What is the most southern Cape of the United States ? s. 

What island east of Greenland ? i. 

To whom does it belong ? A. To Denmark. 


* Within a few years the seat of government lias been frequently chanced. 
From Toronto it was removed to Kingston, and thence to Montreal. In 1849, it 
was again removed to Toronto, and October 1st, 1851, it was removed to Quebec. 


34 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 


What large island east of the gulf of St. Lawrence ? n. 
What islands between North and South America ? w -l. 
Which is the largest of the West India islands ? c. 
Which is the second in size ? h. 

Which is the third ? J. Which is the fourth ? p-r. 
What cluster of isles east of the United States ? b. 


What is a Lake ? What is a Pond ? 

What six Lakes lie between the United States and British Ameri- 
ca ? w. s. h. c. e. o. Which is the most eastern ? o. Which is the 
most western ? w. 

Which of these Lakes is the smallest ? St. c. Which is the largest ? s 
What large Lake lies N.W. of Lake Superior ? w. 

What three Lakes N.W. of Lake Winnipeg ? a. g-s. g-b. 

What Lake in Guatimala ? n. In California ? 


What river runs from Lake Ontario into the Gulf of St. Lawrence 2 
What is its course ? n-e. 

What two rivers empty into the Arctic Ocean ? m. and c. 

What large river empties into the Pacific ? c. 

What two into the Gulf of California ? g. and c 
Where does the Mississippi empty ? 


What is a Strait ? What is a Channel ? 

What Strait leads into Baffin’s Bay ? d. 

What Strait is the entrance to Hudson’s Bay ? n 
What Strait between Newfoundland and Labrador ? b. 

What Strait between North America and Asia? b. 

In what direction is North America longest ? 

In what direction from us is the Gulf of St. Lawrence ? 

In what direction from the Gulf of St. Lawrence is Hudson’s Bay ? 
Gulf of California? Baffin’s Bay ? 

Which way from Hudson’s Bay is the Gulf of Mexico ? 

In what direction from the Gulf of Mexico is the Caribbean Sea ? 
Which way from the Caribbean Sea is the Gulf of California ? 

In what direction from the Gulf of California is Baffin’s Bay ? 
Which way from Baffin’s Bay is Behring’s Strait ? 

In what direction from Behring’s Strait is the Isthmus of Darien ? 
What is an Isthmus ? 

What does the Isthmus of Darien connect ? 


How many oceans border on North America ? 

What three large Gulfs in North America? m. l. o. 

What part of North America does the Tropic of Cancer cross ? 
What part does the Arctic Circle cross ? 

In what zone is that part of North America which lies north of the 
Arctic Circle ? 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 35 

In what zone is that part between the Arctic Circle and the Tropic 
of Cancer. 

In what zone is that part south of the Tropic of Cancer ? 

Then, in what zone does North America he ? 

In what zone is the greater part of North America situated ? 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

What is the name of this State ? Its capital ? 

In what direction is this State longest ? 

How many States are there ? Territories ? 

What Division bounds the United States on the north ? b-a. 
What Ocean lies east of the United States ? a. 

What Gulf and Division south of the United States ? g-m. m. 
What ocean west of the United States ? r. 


In what direction does the coast of the United States extend \ 
What six Lakes lie between the United States and British Amer- 
ica ? w. s. n. c. e. o. 

What States and Territories are bounded north by these Lakes and 
British America ? 

What fourteen States border on the Atlantic Ocean ? 

What States lie on the Gulf of Mexico ? 

What States and Territory border on the Mississippi river ) 

What States lie entirely west of the Mississippi river ? 

What State lies on both sides of the Mississippi river ? 

How many Territories west of the Mississippi ? 

Which is the most western Territory ? 

Which is the most north-eastern State ? 

Which is the most south-western State ? 

Which 01 the United States extends farthest south ? 

What four States border on Lake Erie ? 

What four States border on Lake Michigan } 


In what direction are the United State* longest? 

In what direction from Connecticut is Maine? Vermont? New- 
York? Rhode Island ? Ohio? Texas? Minesota? 

In what direction from Ohio is New -York ? Georgia ? Louisiana 5 
Illinois ? New Jersey? Vermont? Indiana ? Maryland? Ten- 
nessee ? 

In what direction from us is the Gulf of Mexico 2 Lake Ontario 2 
Oregon ? Mexico ? California ? 


Which extends farthest north, or has the highest latitude 


Maine or Minesota ? 
Pennsylvania or Illinois ? 
Maryland c r Kentucky ? 
Georgia 0 Mississippi? 


Massachusetts or Iowa ? 
Virginia or Missouri ? 

North Carolina or Arkansas ? 
Connecticut or California ? 


36 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 


What two Sounds east of N orth Carolina ? a. and p. 
What Sound. south of Connecticut? 

What Harbor east of New Jersey ? 

What Bay east of Massachusetts ? 

What Bay east of Lake Huron ? 

What Bay on the north-western part of Lake Michigan ? 
What Bay in California? 


What large river empties into the Gulf of Mexico? m. 

Which are the three largest western branches of the Mississippi 
river? a*. a. r. 

Which is the largest eastern branch of the Mississippi ? o. 

What two rivers unite and form the Ohio ? a. m. 

What two unite and form the Mobile river ? A. Tombigbee and 
Alabama. 

What two rivers unite and form the Apalachicola ? A. Chatta- 
hooche and Flint. 

What river forms the boundary line between South Carolina and 
G eorgia ? s. 

What river separates Virginia and Kentucky, from Illinois, Indiana 
and Ohio ? o. 

What river forms the boundary between Maryland and Virgi- 
nia ? p. 

What river between New T Jersey and Pennsylvania? d. 

What river in the eastern part of New- York ? h. 

What is the principal branch of the Hudson ? m. 

What is the largest river in the Eastern States ? c. 

What river empties into Green Bay ? f. 

"What river forms the boundary between Maine and New Bruns- 
wick ? St.-c. Between Texas and Mexico? 

What river forms the boundary between Louisiana and Texas ? s. 


What three Capes east of Massachusetts ? a. c. m. 

V r hat is the eastern point of Long Island called ? m. 
What Cape east of New Jersey? A. Sandy Hook. 

What two at the entrance of Delaware Bay ? m. h. 

What two at the entrance of Chesapeake Bay ? c. and n. 
What three east of North Carolina ? h. l. f. 

What two east of Forida ? c. and f. 

What Cape south of Florida ? s. 


What island south of Connecticut ? 

To what State does Long Island belong ? A. To New- York. 
What Islands south-east of Florida ? b. 

What is the principal range of Mountains in the United States? /. 
What Mountains between Nebraska and Oregon Territory ? 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 37 

What seven States are intersected by the parallel of 40° N. lati- 
tude ? 

What States by the parallel of 30° N. latitude ? 

How many States are longer from east to west, than from north to 
south ? 

What States border on New-York? on Pennsylvania $ cn Vir- 
ginia? Ohio? Kentucky? Illinois? Missouri? Tennessee? Alabama? 
North Carolina? What bodies of water border on Florida? Michigan? 
New-\ oik ? 


In learning to answer the following questions, the scholar should 
extend a rule from the centre of one ol the given states to the centra 
of the other. 

Through what States would you pass in travelling in a straight 
line from Connecticut to Maine ? 

From Maine to New-York ? 

From New-York to Virginia ? 

From Virginia to Louisiana ? 

From Louisiana to Ohio ? 

From Ohio to Georgia ? 

From Georgia to Texas ? 

From Texas to Maine ? 

Through what States would you pass in traviliing on the coast 
from Mexico to New Brunswick ? 


What is the capital of the United States ? w. 

What is the capital of Maine ? a. Of New Hampshire ? c. Of 
Vermont? m. Of Massachusetts? b. Of Rhode Island? p. Of 
Connecticut? n. and n-h. Of New-York? a. Of New Jersey? t. 
Of Pennsylvania ? h. Of Delaware ? n. Of Maryland ? a. Of 
Virginia ? r. Of North Carolina ? r. Of South Carolina ? c. Of 
Georgia ? m. Of Florida ? t. Of Alahama ? m. Of Mississippi ? j. 
Of Louisiana ? b-r. Of Texas ? a. Of Tennessee ? n. Of Arkansas ; 
l-r. Of Missouri ? j-c. Of Kentucky ? f. Of Illinois ? s. Of Indiana ? 
l Of Ohio ? c. Of Michigan ? l. Of Wisconsin ? m. Of Iowa ? 1. 
Which is the largest State ? t.* 

Which is the smallest State ? r-i. 

In what Zone are the United States ? Why ? 


The initials of certain rivers in the United States spell HARTFORD 3 
what are their names, and where do they empty ? 

In what direction from this place is South America ? 

Can we go to South America by land ? 

Can we go any other way ? How ? 

Which is the shortest route, by land or water ? 


* See Comparative Views 


4 


38 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 


Would you prefer to go there by land or water ? 

What Islands must we pass in sailing from New- York to South 
America ? w-i. 


MAP OF SOUTH AMERICA. 

In what direction from us is South America ? 

What Sea north of South America ? 

What Ocean bounds it on the east ? 

What Strait on the south? 

What Ocean bounds it on the west ? 

In which hemisphere is South America ? 

What Isthmus connects it with North America ? d. 

What is an Isthmus ? 

What are the Divisions of South America ? 

Which is the most northern Division ? n-g. 

Which is the most southern Division ? p. 

Which is the most eastern Division ? b. 

Which is the most western Division ? p. 

What Divisions he on the Atlantic Ocean ? 

What Divisions lie on the Pacific ? 

What Divisions on the Caribbean Sea ? n-g. and v. 

Which is the largest Division of South America ? b. 

What Division extends from the Atlantic to the Pacific ? F, 
What Desert between Chili and Peru ? Atacama Desert 
In what Division is the Desert of Atacama ? b. 

Which is the smallest Division of South America ? 


What is a River ? 

Which is the largest River in South America ? a. 

Which is the second largest? p. 

What two Rivers unite and form the La Plata ? p. and c. 

Which is the third River in South America ? o. 

What River empties into the Caribbean Sea ? m. 

What is an Island ? 

What Island at the mouth of the Amazon ? j. 

What Island south of Patagonia ? t-d-f. 

What Strait separates Terra del Fuego from Fatagoma ? til 
'What is a Strait ? 

What Island south cf Chili ? c. 

What Island west of Chili, remarkable for the residence of Alex- 
toider Selkirk, or Robinson Crusoe ? j-f. 


Wliicli is the most northern Cape or Point of S. Ajmerica ? Ft a 
Which is the most eastern Cape ? r. 

Which is the most southern Cape ? h. 

Which is the most western Cape ? z. 


MAP OF EUROPE. 


39 


If we were on the island of Joannes, in what direction from us 
would Point Gallinus be ? Cape St. Roque ? Cape Horn ? Cape 
Blan-co ? Isthmus of Darien ? Strait of Magellan ? Bolivia ? 

Equador ? Patagonia ? Guiana ? Peru ? Chili ? Brazil ? 

Through what Divisions does the Equator pass ? 

Through what does the tropic of Capricorn pass ? 

In what Zone is that part of South America winch lies north of the 
Tropic of Capricorn ? 

In what Zone is that part which lies south of the Tropic of 
Capricorn ? 

Then, in what Zone does South America lie ? 

In what Zone is the greater part of South America situated ? 

What are Zones ? How many are there ? 

Through what Divisions does the 70th meridian of west longitude 
pass ? What are meridians ? 

Which is the principal chain of Mountains ? 

Where is Mount Sorata, the liighest peak of the Andes ? 

Where is Mount Chimborazo ? 

Where is Cotopaxi, the highest volcano on the globe ? 

What is a Volcano ? What is a Mountain ? 

Between what two capes is South America the longest ? 

Between what two the widest ? St. a. and b. 


What is the Capital of Hew Grenada ? b. Of Venezuela ? c. Of 
Guiana ? g. p. c. Of Equador ? q. Of Peru ? l. Of Bolivia ? c. 
Of Brazil ? r-j. Of Buenos Ayres ? b. Of Paraguay ? a. Of Uru- 
guay ? m. Of Chili ? s. Of Patagonia ? Why are there no towns in 
Patagonia ? A. Because it is inhabited by Indians in a savage state ? 

Guiana belongs to the English, Dutch and French. Georgetown is the 
Capital of English Guiana, Paramoribo, of Dutch Guiana, and Cayenne, 
of French Guiana. 

Can we go from South America to Europe by land ? Why not ? 
How must we then go ? 

What ocean must we cross, and in what direction must we sail, in 
going from South America to Europe ? 

MAP OF EUROPE. 

In what direction from us is Europe \ 

What ocean lies north of Europe ? a. 

What Grand Division of the Globe east of Europe ? a. 

What sea south of Europe ? m. 

What ocean bomids Europe on the west? a. 

In which hemisphere is Europe ? 

Does Europe lie in north or south latitude ? Why ? 


Is Europe connected with Asia or A frica 4 


40 


MAP OF EUROPE. 


What sea separates it from Africa ? 

What large empire in the eastern part of Europe ? e. 

What is an empire ? What is a kingdom ? 

What kingdom in the south-western part ? p. 

What four Divisions of Europe he on the Mediterranean ? s. v. <i 
What Divisions lie on the Atlantic ? p. s. f b. h. g. d. n. 

What five Divisions encompass the Baltic Sea ? g. d. s. r. p 

Which is the largest Division of Europe ? r. 

Wliicli is the second largest Division if a. 

Which is the third Division ? t. 

Which is the smallest Division ? 

What Divisions are intersected by the parallel of 40° N. latitude 

p. s. T. T. 

What by the parallel of 50° ? .f b. g. a. p. r. 

What by the parallel of 60° ? n. s. r. 

Through what Divisions does the first meridian of longitude pass 

EL S. 

Through what the 10° of E. longitude ? n. d. p. g. s. a. i. 

Through what . Divisions does the 20° of E. longitude pass ? n. s. p 

A T * 

The 80 ° E. longitude ? r. 

The island comprising England, Wales, and Scotland, is called 
Great Britain. 

Which is the largest Island in Europe ? 

What large Island west of Great Britain ? i. 

What large Island west of Norway ? i. 

What two large Islands west of Italy ? s. c. 

What small Island between Corsica and Italy ? e. 

For what is Elba remarkable ? A. For being the place to which 
Bonaparte was banished in 1814. 

What large Island south of Italy ? s. 

What small Island south of Sicily, on which St. Paul was ship- 
wrecked ? M. 

What Island south of the Arcliipelago ? c. 

What is an Archipelago ? 

What large Island in tire eastern part of the Mediterranean ? c. 
What three Islands near Spain ? i. m. m.' 

What four clusters of Islands north and west of Scotland f f. s. o. w. 


What bovlies of water border on the island of Great Britain § 
How is Great Britain divided ? 

In what part is England ? 

In what part is Scotland ? 

In what part is Wales ? 

Which extends furthest north, Great Britain or Denmark 1 


MAP OF EUROPE. 


41 


What Sea east of Great Britain ? n. 

What Sea between Great Britain and Ireland ? I. 

What Sea between Sweden and Russia ? b. 

What Sea in the northern part of Russia ? w. 

What three Seas south of Russia ? c. a. b. 

What three Seas east of Turkey ? b. m. a. 

There are ten Seas in and around Europe ; what are their names '< 


What Gulf north of the Baltic ? b. 

What two Gulfs east of the Baltic ? f. and r. 

What Gulf east of Italy ? v. 

What Gulf south-east of Italy ? t. 

What Gulf south of France ? l. 

What Bay west of France ? b. 

What Channel between France and England ? b. 
What Channel between W ales and Ireland ? St. g. 
What Channel south of W ales ? b. 

What Channel between Ireland and Scotland ? n. 
What Channel between Denmark and Nonvay ? s. 
What Channel between Denmark and Sweden ? c. 


What Strait between England and France ? d. 

What Strait at the entrance of the Mediterranean ? g. 

What Strait between Corsica and Sardinia ? b. 

What Strait between Sicily and Italy ? m. 

What Strait at the entrance of the Gulf of Venice ? 

The Strait of Dardanelles connects the Archipelago and sea of Mar- 
mora. The Bosphorus, or strait of Constantinople, connects the sea of 
Marmora and the Black Sea. 


What Mountains between Norway and Sweden? d. 

What Mountains between France and Spain? p. 

What Mountains in Switzerland ? a. 

Which is the highest peak of the Alps ? A. Mount Blanc, the high 
est mountain in Europe. 

What Mountains in Italy ? a. 

What Mountains in Austria ? c. 

What Mountains in Turkey ? b. 

What Mountains between Europe and Asia ? u. 

What Mountain in Sicily ? e. 

What Mountain near Naples ? v. 

What Mountain in Iceland ? h. 


What is a Cape ? What is a Promontory ? 
What Cape north of Norway ? n. 

4 * 


42 


MAP OF EUROPE. 


What Cape south-west of Norway ? n. 
What Cape south-west of England ? l-e. 
What Cape south of Ireland ? c. 

What Cape north of France ? l.-h. 

What Cape north-west of Spain ? o. 

What Cape west of Spain ? f. 

What Cape south-west of Portugal ? St. v 
What Cape south of Italy ? s. 

What Cape south of Greece ? m. 


What large River rises in Russia, and empties into the Caspian 
Sea? v. 

What River empties into the sea of Azof? d. 

What River rises in Germany and empties into the Black Sea ? d. 
What two Rivers rise in Switzerland ? it. and it. 

What two Rivers empty into the Bay of Biscay ? g. and L. 

What River empties into the British Channel ? s. 

What five Rivers rise in Spain and empty into the Atlantic ? g. a 
t . D. M. 

Which is the principal River in England? t. 

Wliich is the largest River in Ireland ? s. 

Which is the principal River in Norway? g. 

What is a River ? What is a Lake ? 


What two Lakes in Russia ? o. l. 

What three Lakes in Sweden ? w. w. and Ma-lar. 

What two Lakes in Switzerland ? A. Constance and Geneva. 


What is the Capital of England? l. Of Portugal? l. Of Spain? 
vl Of France ? p. Of Holland ? h. Of Belgium ? b. At what place 
in Germany does the Federative Diet hold its sessions? A. At Frank- 
fort-on-the-Mayne. What is the capital of Denmark ? c. Of Switzer- 
land? b. Of Italy? r. Of Austria? v. Of Turkey? c. Of Greece? 
a. Of Prussia? b. Of Russia? St. r. Of Sweden? s. Of Norway? 
o. Of Scotland ? e. Of Ireland ? d. 


In what direction from us is England? In what direction irom 
England is Norway? Prussia? Italy? Spain? Ireland? Russia? 
Portugal ? In what direction are we from Portugal ? 

In what Zone is that part of Europe which lies north of the Arctic 
Circle ? 

In what Zone is that part which lies south of the Arctic Circle ? 
Then, in what Zones does Europe he ? 

• In what Zone is it mostly situated ? 

In what direction from Europe is Asia ? 


MAP OF ASIA. 


43 


MAP OF ASIA. 

In what direction from us is Asia ? 

"What Ocean lies north of Asia ? a. 

What Ocean bounds it on the east ? p. 

What Ocean on the south ? i. 

What Grand Division west of Asia? e. 

In which hemisphere is Asia ? 

Does Asia he in north or south latitude ? Why ? 


What Isthmus connects Africa and Asia? s. 

What Division embraces the northern part ? s. 

What extensive Empire south of Siberia ? c. 

What general name is given to the Divisions south of the Chinese 
Empire ? India comprises Hindostan and Farther India. 

What Division in the south-western part of Asia ? a. 

What Division north of Arabia ? t. 

What Division east of Turkey ? p. 

What two Divisions east of Persia ? a. and b. 

What Division north of Afghanistan ? i-t. 

What Division between the Caspian and Black seas ? 


W hat Sea between Asia and Africa ? r. 

What Sea between Arabia and Hindostan ? a. 

What Sea or Bay east of Hindostan ? b. 

What Sea south of China? c. 

What Sea between China and Corea ? y. 

What Sea between Corea and Niphon ? j. 

What Sea in the eastern part of Siberia ? o. 

What Sea east of Kamtchatka ? k. 

What Sea between Hova Zembla and Siberia ? k. 

What Sea west of independent Tartary ? c. 

What Sea in Independent Tartary ? a. 

What Sea in the southern part of Syria, or Palestine ? d. 


What Gulfs between Arabia and Persia ? p. o. 

What two Gulfs west of Hindostan? c. c. 

What Gulf south of the Birman Empire ? M. 

What Gulf south of Siam ? s. 

What Gulf east of Anam ? t. 

What Gulf in the northern part of Siberia ? 

What Gulf between Cev-lon and Hindostan? 

What Gulf at the northern extremity of the Red Sea? A. Gulf 
of Suez. 

4 


W'hat Mountains between Siberia and the Chinese Empire ? 
What Mountains between the Chinese Empire and Hindostan ? 


44 


MAP OF ASIA. 


Which is the highest peak of the Himalaya Mountains? A. 
Chumularee, or Dkawala-Giri. It is the highest mountain on the globe. 
What chain unites the Altay and Himalaya Mountains ? b-t 
What Mountains in the southern part of Hindostan ? g. 

What Mountains in the western part of Turkey ? t. 

What Mountain in the northern part of Arabia ? r. 

What Mountains between Asia and Europe ? c. 

What is a Mountain ? 


What is a Peninsula ? 

What Peninsula in the southern part of Farther India? m. 

What Peninsula between the Yellow Sea and Japan Sea? c. 

What Peninsula between the Sea of Okhotsk and the Sea of Karat 
chatka? k. 


What Cape north of Siberia? n. e. 
What Cape south of Kamtchatka ? l. 
What Cape south of Malacca ? r. 
What Cape south of Hindostan ? c. 


What is a Strait ? What is a Channel ? 

What Strait between Asia and North America? b. 

What Strait between Malay Peninsula and Sumatra ? m. 

What Strait between Sumatra and Java? s.* 

What Strait between Borneo and Celebes ? m. 

What Strait between Australia and New Guinea? t* 

What Strait between the Persian Gulf and the Gulf of Oman ? A, 
Ills Strait of Ormus. 

What Strait is the entrance to the Bed Sea ? b. 


What Rivers unite and empty into the Persian Gulf ? e. t. k. 

What large River rises in the Chinese Empire and empties into the 
Sea of Arabia ? 

What two large Rivers empty into the Bay of Bengal ? g. b. 

What River empties into the China Sea ? c. 

What River passes through the middle of China and empties into 
the Pacific ? k. 

What River empties into the Yellow Sea? h-h. 

What River empties into the Gulf of Tartary ? a. 

What River empties into the Gulf of Anadir ? a. 

What three large Rivers empty into the Arctic Ocean ? l. o. y. 
What River empties into the Gulf of Obi ? o. 

What River from Europe empties into the Caspian Sea ? 


* See Map of the World. 


45 


MAP OF AFRICA. 


What is an Island ? 

What Island south of Hindostan ? c. 

What Island south of Malay Peninsula ? s. 

What Island south-east of Sumatra ? j.* 

What large Island east of Malay Peninsula ? b. 
What large Island east of Borneo ? c. 

What large Island south-east of Asia ? a.* 

What Island south of Australia ? v. d. l. 

What large Island north of Australia ? n-g. 

What cluster of Islands east of Farther India ? p. 
What Island in the Gulf of Tonquin ? n. 

What large Island east of Corea ? n. 

What two Islands east of the Gulf of Tartary ? j. s. 
What Island north-west of Siberia ? n-z. 


What Oceans border on Asia ? a. r. i. 

What five Seas east of Asia ? k. o. j. y. c. 

What Seas west of Asia ? it. m. a. m. b. c. 

What is the Capital of Turkey ? c. Of Arabia ? m. Of Persia ? t. 
Of Afghanistan? c. Of Beloochistan ? k. Of Hindostan ? c. Oi the 
Birman Empire ? a. Of the Chinese Empire ? p. Of Independent 
Taitary ? b. Of Siberia ? A. Tobolsk. 

Where is the Empire of J apan ? A. In the east of Asia ; including 
the islands of Niphon, Kiusof, Xirno and Sikofk, besides several 
smaller ones. Its capital is Jeddo. 

What three Islands does the Equator cross ? s. b. c. 

Through what Divisions does the Tropic of Cancer pass? a. h. b. a 
Through what Division the Arctic Circle ? s. 

What Divisions are intersected by the parallel of 10° N. latitude? 

H. M. A. 

What by the parallel of 20 ° ? a. h. b. a. 

What by the parallel of 30 ° ? a. p. b. a. h. c-e. 

What by the parallel of 40° ? t. c. i-t. c-e. 

Through what Divisions does the 80th meridian of east longitude 

pass? s. c-e. n. 

In what zone is that part of Asia which lies north of the Arctic 
Circle ? 

In what zone is that part between the Arctic Circle and the Tropic 
of Cancer ? 

In what zone is that part south of the Tropic of Cancer ? 

Then, in what zones does Asia lie ? 

In what zone is the greater part of Asia situated ? 


MAP OF AFRICA. 

In what direction from us is Africa ? 

What Sea lies north of Africa? m. 


* Sec Map of the World. 


46 


MAP OF AFRICA. 


What Sea and Ocean east of Africa ? r. find l 
W hat Ocean bounds it on the west ? a. 

On which side of the Equator does most of Africa lie ? 

With which of the other grand Divisions is Africa connected ? 

In which hemisphere is Africa ? 

What States in the northern part ? Barbary States. 

What are their names ? m. a. t. t. b. 

Which is the most western of the Barbary States ? m. 

What does Morocco include ? A. The former kingdoms of Tafilet 
and Fez. 

Which is the most eastern of the Barbary States ? b. 

What Division in the north-eastern part of Africa ? e. 

What Division south of Egypt? n. 

What Division south-west of Nubia? d. 

What Division south-east of Nubia? a. 

What extensive Desert south of the Barbary States ? s. 

Can you mention any oasis in the desert ? 

What is the meaning of oasis ? A. An island, or fertile spot. 

What large Division south-east of the Desert ? s. or n. 

What Division west of Soudan ? s. 

What two small Divisions south of Sene Gambia ? s. l. and l. 
What name has been given to the coast between Sene Gambia 
and the Niger ? Upper Guinea. 

What names have been given to the coast between the Niger and 
the river Nourse ? b. l. c. a. b. 

What Colony in the southern part of Africa ? c. 

What small Division east of Cape Colony ? c. 

What is the interior of the southern part of Africa called ? e. 

What do we know respecting Ethiopia ? A. But little except its 
name, as it has never been explored by any except those who inhabit 
it. 

What names have been given to the coast between Caffraria and 
Abyssinia ? m. z. a. 

What Division in the eastern part of the Desert ? f 


Which is the most northern Cape ? b. 
Wliich is the most eastern Cape ? g. 
Which is the most southern Cape ? g.-h. 
Which is the most western Cape ? v. 
What is a Cape ? What is an Island ? 


Which is the most northern group of the African Islands * a. 
In what direction from Morocco are the Azores? 

What Islands west of Morocco ? m. 

What cluster of Islands south-west of Morocco ? o. 

What Islands west of Sene Gambia ? o-v. 


MAP OF AFRICA. 


47 


What Island west of Cimbebas ? St. h. 

For what is St. Helena distinguished ?* 

In what direction from France is St. Helena? 

In what direction from us is St. Helena? 

What large Island south-east of Africa ? m. 

What Islands in the northern part of the Channel of Mozambique ? 
What two Islands east of Madagascar ? m. b. 

What Island near Cape Guardafui ? s. 


What Isthmus unites Africa and Asia ? s. 

How wide is the Isthmus of Suez ? 

What Strait at the entrance of the Red Sea ? b. 

What Strait at the entrance of the Mediterranean ? 

How wide are each of these Straits? 

What lands are separated and what waters connected by the Strait 
of Gibraltar ? 

What Channel between Madagascar and Mozambique ? m. 

What Gulf east of Tunis ? o. 

What Gulf north of Tripoli? s. 

What Gulf at the northern extremity of the Red Sea ? A. The 
Gulf of Suez. 

What Gulf south of Guinea? o. 

What Bay near the Cape of Good Hope ? A. Table Bay 


What River rises in the Mountains of the Moon and runs north 
Brough Abyssinia, Nubia and Egypt into the Mediterranean? n. 

What large River in Soudan ? n. 

Where does the Niger empty ? 

What three Rivers in Sene Gambia ? s. g. g. 

What River separates Loango from Congo ? z. 

What River in South Africa runs west into the Atlantic ? o. 

What River empties into the channel of Mozambique ? z. 


What Mountains in the Barbary States ? a. 

What Mountains extend through the middle of Africa ? o. or m. 
What Mountains north of Guinea ? k. 


What is the Capital of Egypt ? c. 
What is the Capital of Barca ? d. 


* For being the place to which Napoleon Bonaparte was banished in 1815 
lie was detained on this island a prisoner of war, till his death, May 5, 1821. In 
August, 1840, the French government sent a ship, the Belle Poule, :# St. Helena, 
for the purpose of bringing the remains of Napoleon to France. It arrived there 
October 8th. On the loth, his tomb was opened, and his body conveyed on 
board the ship; and on the 19th of October, 1840, the Belle Poule sailed for 
Fiance, where she arrived early in December, and on the 15th of the same month 
his body was deposited in the church of the Hospital of Invalids in Par is, with ali 
the honors due to the greatest warrior of modern times. 


48 


RACES OF MEN. 


What is the Capital of Tripoli ? t. 

Of Tunis ? t. Of Algiers ? a. Of Morocco ? m 
W hat is the principal Town in the Cape Colony ? c-t 
What is the Capital of Congo ? St.-s. 

Wli^t is the Capital of Abyssinia ? g. 

In what direction from us is Tripoli ?• 

In what direction from Tripoli is the Cape Colony ? Abyssinia 7 
Sene Gambia? Egypt? Morocco? Nnbia? G. of Guinea? 
Fezzan ? 

What Divisions of Africa does the Equator cross ? 

What Divisions the Tropic of Cancer? 

What Divisions the Tropic of Capricorn? 

In what zone is that part of Africa which lies north of the Tropic 
of Cancer ? 

* 

In what zone is that part which lies south of the Tropic of Capn 
corn ? 

Then, in what zones i3 Africa situated ? 

In what zone is the greater part of it situated ? 

Suppose you were at the Cape of Good Hope to-day at 12 o’clock, 
would the sun be north or south of you ? Why ? 

Between what two Capes is Africa the longest ? Between what 
two Capes the widest ? 

How wide is the Sahara or Great, Desert? 

How long is the Mediterranean Sea ? 

What bodies of water border on Africa ? 

What prevents Africa from being a continent by itself? 

When and by whom was the Cape of Good Hope first discovered ? 
When and by whom was it first doubled ? 

In what direction from Africa is this place ? 


RACES OF MEN. 

The human species are found in various stages of 
cultivation, and present several varieties, differing 
from each other in complexion, form, and features. 
They are thus naturally divided into five original 
races , or types, viz. — 1. The European, or Caucasian 
race, — 2. The Asiatic, or Mongolian race, — 3. The 
Malay race, — 4. The Negro, or African race, — and 5 
The Indian, or American race. 


Hi 7 


RACES OF MEN. 


49 



1. The European race has 
regular features and fair com- 
plexions, and includes the Eu- 
ropeans and their descendants 
in America, Turks, Tartars, 
Arabians, Persians, Hindoos, 
Abyssinians, Egyptians and 
Moors. 



2. The Asiatic or Mongo- 
iian race has a brown, or olive 
complexion, flat foreheads, 
small eyes, coarse, straight 
black hair, and wide mouths. 
The race includes the Chi- 
nese, Japanese, Mongolians, 
Siberian tribes, Nova Zemblans, 
Laplanders, Greenlanders, and 
Esquimaux Indians. 



3. The Malay race has a 
dark brown complexion, with 
large features, strong hair, 
broad nostrils, and great 
mouths. This race includes 
the inhabitants of the Maylay 
Peninsula, of the East India 
islands, and of Polynesia. 


5 


E ACES OF MEN: 




4. The African race lias a 
jet black complexion, wooly 
hair, flat noses, prominent 
chms, and thick lips. This 
race includes the Negroes of 
Africa, the natives of Aus- 
tralia, New Guinea, and Van 
Diemen’s Land. 



5. The Indian or American 
race has a copper color, coarse 
straight black hair, high cheek 
bones, sunken eyes, and stout 
masculine limbs. This race 
includes all the Indians dis- 
persed over the American con- 
tinent, except the Esquimaux. 


43. Climate, or the temperature of the air, is usually assigned as one 
cause of the difference in complexion, and in the external form of the 
rarities of the human race, which, when extremely warm or cold, pro- 
duces in process of time, a dark, and when temperate, a fair complexion. 
Difference of education, food, clothing, modes of life, and particular 
customs, may be assigned as other causes. 


To which race do you belong? Why? Have you ever seen a 
person that belonged to the Asiatic race ? Malay race ? African ? 
American or Indian race ? Do the several races differ from each other 
as much in form and features as in complexion ? Winch race has taken 
the lead in civilization, in the aids, sciences, &c. ? Will not each i ace 
adopt such form of government, and establish such institutions, as are 
in harmony with its intellectual and moral condition ? Why have the 
European then ever taken the lead ? Which race do you think superior 
in physical, moral and intellectual power ? Which race seems destined 
ultimately to hold the supremacy ? 


GOVERNMENTS. 


51 


‘ STATE OF SOCIETY. 

The different nations of the earth are found in all 
stages of improvement — from barbarism to refinement. 
The social condition of each, depends in a great 
measure on the progress it has made in knowledge, 
learning, and refinement and skill in the mechanic 
arts. Hence mankind are usually divided into four 
classes, viz., — The Savage, Half Civilized, the Civil- 
ized, and Enlightened state. 

44. In the savage state, men subsist principally by hunting, fishing, 
and the spontaneous productions of the earth. They possess but little 
knowledge of agriculture, or the mechanic arts. They live in huts 
formed of poles or stakes covered with bark or leaves, or plastered 
with clay. The most noted in this state of society are the North 
American Indians. 

45. In the half -civil) zed state , men subsist by agriculture and pastu- 
rage, and understand many of the arts; but science, literature, and 
foreign commerce are almost unknown. They have established laws 
and religion, and some of their finer manufactures they have carried to 
a high degree of perfection. The most noted in this state of society 
are the Persians. 

4G. In the civilized state , men are acquainted with the arts and 
sciences, and derive their subsistence from agriculture, manufactures 
and commerce. The most noted in this state of society are the Chinese. 

47. In the enlightened state , men have carried the arts and sciences 
to a high degree of perfection, and are distinguished for their industiy, 
intelligence, ingenuity and enterprise. Among enlightened nations, 
the most noted are the people of the United States, the Englislr, 
French, and Germans. 


GOVERNMENTS. 

Government is the system, or power, by which the laws of a country 
ore made and executed. 

48. Among the various nations, there are different forms of govern- 
ment, — some adopting one kind and some another. Asa general thing, 
each nation w'ill adopt such form, and establish such institutions, as are 
in harmony -with its intellectual and moral condition. There are two 
general forms of government, — a Monarchy and a Republic. 

1. When the government is conducted by one man, as a king, 
emperor, sultan, or military chieftain — and he rules according to his own 
wifi — it is called an Absolute Monarchy, — as in Turkey, Russia, etc. 

2. When the government is conducted by one man, — as a sovereign, 
in* king, and his power is limited, or defined by law, — it is called a 
Limited Monarchy, — as in England, Spain, <tc. 


52 


REL 1G JON. 


3. When tho government is conducted by persons chosen by the 
people as their agents, or representatives, — it is called a Republic, — as 
in the United States. 

4. Among savage nations, the government is usually that of Chiefs, 
who are elected to office for their bravery, wisdom and experience. 
They are termed Independent Chiefs, — as among the American Indians. 
Among the Arabs they are called Sheiks. 

5. When a country is governed by a person appointed by a king, 
he is called a Viceroy, or Governor, — as in British America. 

Which is the best form of government for any nation ? That whicli 
is best adapted to the peculiar condition, wants and circumstances of 
the people. How many general forms of government are there at 
present ? How many kinds of monarchy are there ? What is an Ab- 
solute Monarchy ? What is a Limited Monarchy ? A Republic ? 
What is the government among savage nations ? What is the difference 
between a Viceroy and a Governor of one of the United States? A 
Viceroy is a person appointed by a king, and sent to rule over a country 
without any regard to the wishes of the people. A Governor of one 
of the United States is elected to the office by the people themselves. 
Of all forms of government yet devised, which is the best ? Self- 
government. 


RELIGION. 

All nations have some religious notions, and be- 
lieve in the existence of some invisible being, possess- 
ed of power superior to man. 

In regard to the character of tiffs invisible being, or Deity, and the 
modes of worshipping him, — there is great diversity of opinion. Hence, 
the vast number of religious denominations, or sects. The four pre- 
vailing religions of the world are the Christian, Mohammedan, Jewish, 
mid Pagan. 

1. Christians are those who believe and practice the principles of 
morality and religion as taught by Christ. 

There are three great divisions of Christians, viz. : Roman Catho- 
lics, the Greek Church, and Protestants. 

The Roman Catholics are those who acknowledge the supremacy 
of the Pope. 

The Greek Chinch, in its forms and ceremonies, resembles the Ro- 
man Catholic, but denies the supremacy of the Pope. 

Protestants are those who disclaim the jurisdiction of the Pope, 
and take the Bible as the only foundation of Christian faith and wor- 
ship. 

Protestants are divided into various sects ; the principal of which 
are Episcopalians, Presbyterians, Congregationalists, Baptists, Metho- 
dists, aud Friends. 


a meric; a. 53 

2. Mohammedans are those who believe in Mohammed of Arabia, 
who flourished 600 years after Christ. 

3. The Jews are those who believe in the Old Testament and re- 
ject the New, and expect a Saviour yet to come. 

4. Pagans, or Heathen, are those who worship idols, beasts, rep 
tiles, <fee. Paganism prevails in the south-eastern part of Asia, and is 
the religion of savages in all parts of the world. 


PART II. AMERICA. 



DISCOVERY OF AMERICA BY COLUMBUS, IN 1492. 

America, or “ The New World,” is a vast conti- 
nent, noted for the number and magnitude of its 
rivers, its numerous lakes, its vast plains, and its 
lofty and extended ranges of mountains. 

It is 9,000 miles in length, and on an average 1,500 miles in width, 
containing about 15 million square miles. It is distinguished for the 
variety of its climate, its valuable productions, and for the freedom of 
its civil and religious institutions. 




54 


AMERICA. 


It abounds in almost all the animal, vegetable and mineral pro- 
ductions. It contains a great variety of wild animals, and in com- 
paring those of the same species in the two continents, it ha9 been 
found, in a majority of instances, where a difference in size has been 
ascertained, that the American animal is larger than that of th i east- 
ern continent. 

The birds are exceedingly numerous, and are said to be more 
beautiful in their plumage than those of Asia and Africa, but in their 
notes less melodious. The Condor of South America, in size, strength 
and rapacity, surpasses all others of the feathered creation. 

It abounds in gold and silver mines, and produces an abundance of 
iron, copper, quicksilver, antimony, sulphur, nitre, lead, loadstone, and 
marbles of every sort. It has various kinds of precious stones, as 
diamonds, rubies, emeralds, amethysts, alabaster, etc. 

It produces every kind of grain, fruit, pulse, herbs, plants and 
flowers, native to Europe, besides a great variety of others — as cinna- 
mon, pepper, sarsaparilla, cocoa, scarlet die, mahogany, logwood, 
Brazil wood, sassafras, <tc., etc. 

r nie population of America is estimated at 50 millions; consisting, 
of three classes, viz. — Whites, Negroes and Indians. 



The Whites are the descendants of Europeans who have settled in 
America since its discovery. The Negroes are the descendants of 
Africans who have been brought from their native country. The In- 
dians are the descendants of those who occupied the country at the 
time of its discovery, and are generally savages. 

History. — America is often called the new world, because it is but 
a little more than tliree centuries since- it was first made known to the 


AMERICA 55 

people of the eastern continent. The honor of this important event 
belongs to Christopher Columbus, who discovered it in 1492.* * 

The discovery of America excited a spirit of enterprise throughout 
the civilized world, unknown and unfelt at any time before, and drew 
adventurers from all parts of Europe. In 1497, John Cabot, and liis 
son Sebastian, natives of Venice, in the service of Henry VII., king of 
England, discovered North America, and explored the coast from 
Newfoundland to Florida. 

In 1499, Americus Vespucius, a native of Florence, discovered the 
continent at Paria, near the mouth of the Orinoco. On liis return to 
Europe, he published an account of his voyage, and acquired the un 
deserved honor of giving his name to the continent. In a short time 
the whole continent was discovered, and settlements made in various 
parts of it, by different nations of Europe. South America and the 
southern part of North America, were peopled by colonies from Spain 
and Portugal ; tire eastern part of North America, by colonies from 
England, France and Holland. America, at the time of its discovery, 
was inhabited by a rude, barbarous and warlike people, whom Co- 
lumbus and bis followers named Indians. They considered the Span- 
iards as a superior race of beings, and treated them with all the kind- 
ness and hospitality of which native innocence is capable. But their 
kindness was ill repaid. Impelled by a thirst for gold, the Spaniards 
committed the most horrid cruelties upon them, and in some instances 
destroyed whole nations. 

Questions . — Between what two oceans does the western continent 
lie ? How long since America was discovered ? What name is given to 
the northern part of the continent ? What name is given to the south- 
ern part ? What isthmus unites these two portions ? What islands be- 
tween North and South America ? Which approaches nearest to the 
eastern continent, North or South America ? n-a. On which part of 
the western continent do you live ? In what zones does the western 
continent lie ? In what direction from South America is North 
America ? 


• 

* Columbus was born in 1435, in the city of Genoa, at that time a republic in 
the north-western part of Italy. Great exertions were made by the maritime 
powers of Europe at that time to find a passage by sea to the East Indies. The 
Portuguese had made several attempts to accomplish this, by sailing down the 
western coast of Africa. But Columbus, from long and close application to the 
study of geography, became persuaded that the shortest and most direct route to 
India would be found by sailing in a westerly direction. For he imagined that 
the eastern coast of Asia and the western shore of Europe were separated by an 
ocean of moderate extent. To determine this point, he resolved on a voyage of 
discovery. He applied to the government of Genoa for assistance, but without 
success ; he also applied to the government of Portugal, but his applications were 
here rejected ; he next applied to Ferdinand and Isabella, the sovereigns of Cas- 
tile and Arragon, who furnished him with three small vessels and 90 men. He 
sailed from Palos in Spain, the 3d of August, 1492, and discovered San Salvador, 
the most easterly of the Bahama Isles, Oct. 12th, 1492. He made four voyages of 
discovery to this continent, and died at Valladoliu in 150G, aged 59. 


56 


NORTH AMERICA 


NORTH AMERICA. 



North America is one of the largest grand divisions, 
and is noted for the magnitude of its rivers, lakes, 
plains and mountains, and for the freedom of its po- 
litical institutions. 

Its coasts are indented by vast gulfs and bays, — the interior contains 
the largest lakes in the world, and its majestic rivers far surpass those 
oi the eastern continent. 

•There are two great ranges of mountains in North America. The 
western extends from the isthmus of Darien to the Artie ocean, and 
contains several peaks whose tops are covered with perpetual snow. 
The northern part of this range is called The Rocky Mountains ; the 
southern part, The Cordilleras. The eastern range is called the 
Alleghany, and extends through the United States, running nearly 
parallel with the coast. 

North America lias almost every variety of climate. The part 
north of 50° is a barren and frozen region, and is covered with snow 
and ice a great part of the year. Between 50° and 35°, the country 
is subject to great extremes of heat and cold, and produces in most 


NORTH AMERICA. 


57 


parts, grass, gra n, and various kinds of fruit. South of 35° the cli- 
mate is warm, and produces rice, cotton, tobacco, indigo, sugar-cane, 
and tropical fruits, as oranges, lemons, pine apples and tigs. 

The mineral treasures of North America, so far as discovered, con- 
sist of gold, silver, iron, copper, lead, coal, <tc. The gold and silver 
mines of Mexico are supposed to be the richest in the world. Gold 
has recently been discovered in Virginia, North Carolina, Georgia and 
Alabama ; and vast quantities are found in California. Iron is abun- 
dant in various parts, especially in the United States. There are rich 
mines of copper near Lake Superior, also on the banks of the Copper- 
mine river, and others in various parts of the United States. Coal is 
abundant. The most remarkable mines of it are found in Pennsylvania. 

V 

Tin is produced in Mexico ; and the lead mines of Missouri, Illinois and 
Iowa, are among the most productive on the globe. Salt is plenty in 
all parts; the most noted springs are found in the state of New- York. 
Sulphur and all sorts of marble are found in different places. 

The vegetable kingdom embraces a great variety of productions, 
» many of which are peculiar to N. America. The forests contain pines 
of an extraordinary height, oaks of various species, walnut and chest- 
nut trees, ash, beech, birch, yew, cypress, willow, elm, poplar, and 
other trees common to the other continent. Among those which are 
peculiar to America, are the magnolia, the tulip tree, the acacia, and 
many others. In the forests of the warmer regions are the palms, 
mahogany, cocoa and cotton trees, Besides these native productions, 
the orange and lemon trees, the coffee slirub, the sugar-cane and the 
indigo plant, have been introduced and cultivated with success. Indian 
corn, tobacco and the potato, were found here by the Europeans, and 
oy them introduced into the eastern continent. 

The animal kingdom embraces a great variety of species. In the 
most northern regions are found the musk ox, the reindeer and white 
bear. The vast prairies are peopled with immense herds of bisons, 
elks, moose, deer, antelopes, etc. Garni verous animals, such as the 
black bear, grisly bear, wolf, cougar or panther, lynx, <tc., are numer- 
ous in the unfrequented parts of the country. In some parts of North 
America have been found imbedded in the earth, the bones of remark- 
able animals that are not now known to exist. A few years since 
nearly an entire skeleton of one of these animals was dug up near 
Newburgh, in the state of New- York, and is now preserved in the 
museum in Philadelphia. It must have been several times larger than 
the elephant, as a tall man can walk upright under its belly. Bones 
of the same species of animals are found in various parts of the 
western states, and it is highly probable that at a very remote period 
they existed here in great numbers. They are called Mammoth or 
Mastodon. 

All the domestic animals of Europe, the horse, ox, sheep, goat, hog, 
dog and cat, were introduced into America by the first settlers, and 
some of them have increased to such a degree that they form large 
herds in a wild state. 


58 


NORTH AMERICA. 


Among the birds of North America, the most noted is the wild 
turkey. It is peculiar to this country, and was first introduced into 
Europe in 1525, and is the original stock whence have sprung the 
tame turkeys. The mocking bird of the southern states is celebrated 
for its wonderful power of song. It surpasses all other tribes of me- 
lodious birds in the sweetness of its notes. The humming bird is dis- 
tinguished for its beauty and diminutive size. There are numerous 
other birds peculiar to this continent ; and others, as the eagle, owl, 
crow, hawk, swan, goose, duck, Ac., which in many respects differ from 
those of the same name in the eastern continent. The coasts and in- 
land waters swarm with water fowl. 

Alligators are found in the southern rivers, and the waters are filled 
with sturgeons, pike, trout, ells and salmon. The banks of Newfound- 
land and the neighboring coast abound in cod. Three thousand vessels 
and forty thousand men from the United States, ‘Great Britain and 
France, are annually engaged in the cod fisheries. 

Respecting the northern part of North America little is known with 
any degree of certainty. During a few years past, several attempts 
have been made to sail round this part into the Pacific, or in other 
words, to find a north-west passage ; but all have been unsuccessful 
Capt. Parry entered Barrow’s Strait, and sailed to the 106° W. lon- 
gitude, where he discovered a large island, which he named Melville, 
but was unable to. proceed further on account of ice. Mackenzie, 
Hearne, Franklin and others, attempted to explore tliis region by land, 
but were not able to penetrate these fearful abodes of perpetual ice 
and snow. 


Questions . — What bodies of water border on North America ? 
Wliich ocean borders most on North America ? What is the difference 
between the length and the average breadth of North America ? 
What prevents North America from being a continent by itself \ Is 
North America longer from north to south, or from east to west ? 


MAP OF NORTH AMERICA. 


How is North America bounded ? 


British America ? 

U. S. and Territory ? 
Mexico ? 

G uatimala ? 

Russian Possessions ? 


Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 
Capital ? 

? 


Chief Towns ? 
Chief Tow r ns ? 
Chief Towns ? 
Chief Towns ? 

? 


Riveis ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 

\ 


RIVERS. 

Where does Mackenzie’s River rise, in what direction does it run, 
and where does it empty ? Coppermine? Liards? Peace? Atha- 
oasca ? Slave ? Saskatchawan ? Churchill ? Nelson ? Severn ? 


NORTH AMERICA. 


59 


Albany ? Rupert ? Ottawa ? St. Lawrence ? Columbia ? Clark’s ? 
Lewis? Colorado? Gila? Grand del Norte? St. Juan? Missis- 
sippi? Missouri? Yellowstone? Arkansas? Red River ? 


CAPES. 

What is a Cape ? Where is Cape Farewell ? 
Where is Cape Charles ? 

Where is Cape Sable ? 

Where is Cape Lisburn e ? 

Where is Cape Prince of Wales? 

Where is Cape St. Lucas ? 

Where is Cape San Antonio ? 


ISLANDS. 

What is an Island ? Where is Melville Island ? Sabine 3 Disco ? 
Iceland ? Southampton ? Mansfield ? Anticosti ? Capo Breton ? 
Prince Edward ? Newfoundland ? Bermudas ? Bahamas ? Greater 
Antilles viz. Cuba, Hay ti, Jamaica, Porto Rico? Carribbean Islands, 
viz., Santa Cruz, Antigua, Gaudaloupe. Dominica, Martinique, St. 
Lucia, Barbadoes, Grenada, Tobago, Trinidad ? Little Antilles, viz. 
Curacoa, Buen Ayre, Orua, Margarita? Prince of Wales ? Queon 
Charlotte's ? Vancouver’s or Nootka Island ? 


STRAITS. 

What is a Strait ? Where is Davis’ Strait ? 
Where is Hudson’s Strait ? 

Where is the Strait of Belle Isle ? 

Where is Barrow’s Strait ? 

Where is Behring’s Strait ? 


BAYS. 

What is a Bay ? Where is Baffin’s Bay ? 
Where is Hudson’s Bay ? 

Where is James’ Bay ? 

Where is the Bay of Fundy? 

Where is the Bay of Honduras ? 

Where is the Bay of Campeachy ? 


INLETS. 

Where is Regent Inlet ? Where is Northumberland Inlet ? 
Where is Chesterfield Inlet ? Where is Cook's 1 nlet : 


GULFS. # 

What is a Gulf ? Where is the Gulf of St Lawrence i 
W T here is the Gulf of Mexico ? 


60 


NORTH AMERICA. 


Where is the Gulf of California? 


SOUNDS. 

What is a Sound ? Where is Prince William’s Sound $ 
Where is Queen Charlotte’s Sound ? Nootka Sound? 
Where is Smith’s Sound ? Where is Whale Sound i 


PENINSULAS 

What is a Peninsula ? 

Where is the Peninsula of Nova Scotia ? 
Where is the Peniusula of Florida ? 
vfhere is the Peninsula of Yucatan? 
Where is the Peninsula of California! 
Where is the Peninsula of Alaska ? 


MOUNTAINS. 

What is a Mountain ? Where are the Alleghany Mountains 
Where are the Cordilleras Mountains ? 

Where are the Rocky Mountains ? 

Where is Mount Fairweather? Where is Mount St Elias? 
Where is the volcano of Popocatapetl ? 


LAKES. 

What is a Lake ? Where is Lake Superior f 
Where i3 the Lake of the Woods? 

Where is Lake Winnipeg ? 

Where is Athabasca Lake ? 

Where is great Slave Lake ? Where is Great Bear Lake ? 
Where is Lake Chapala ? 

Where is Lake Nicaragua ? 


DIVISIONS. 

What are the Divisions of North America ? 
Which is the most northern Division ? 
Which is the middle Division ? 

Which is the south-western Division ? 
Which is the southern Division ? 

Which is the most north-western Division ? 


What is the length of the Gulf of Mexico ? 
What is the length of the Gulf of California ? 
What is the length of the Carribbean Sea ? 
What is the length of Hudson's Bay ? 


UNITED STATES 


61 



UNITED STATES. 

The United States are the most populous, interest- 
ing and important division of the western continent. 
They are distinguished for the excellence of their 
government, — the rapid increase of the population, — 
and for the intelligence, industry, and enterprise of 
the in) habitants. 

The United States are of great extent ; embracing 
almost every variety of surface, soil, climate and pro- 
ductions. They occupy the most valuable and pro- 
ductive part of North America, and form the most 
powerful republic in the world. 

Agriculture is the leading pursuit of the people; 
while the commerce of the country ranks among the 
first on the globe. It extends to all parts of the earth, 
and embraces the products of every climate and 
nation. 

Bv examining the map, you will perceive that the territory of the 
United States is divided by the Alleghany and Rocky Mountains into 
three great natural sections or divisions, viz. 1 . The Atlantic Slope, 
which extends from the Alleghany mountains to the Atlantic ; 2 The 
6 


62 


UNITED STATES. 


Mississippi Valley, which lies between the Alleghany and Rocky 
Mountains, and is watered by the Mississippi and its numerous biau 
chcs ; 3. The Pacific Slope, which comprises the region between the 
Rocky mountains and the Pacific ocean. Hence it will be seen, that 
the general features of the country is that of an immense plain traversed 
by two great chains of mountains. 

There is no country of equal extent so well watered as the United 
States, by noble rivers and lakes, or so highly favored by nature with 
channels for internal commerce and mutual intercourse. With the 
Atlantic ocean on the east, the Pacific on the west, the gulf of Mexico 
on the south, and the lakes on the north, the United States contain 
some of the finest harbors* in the world, and possess every advan- 
tage for commercial pursuits. 

In a country so extensive, and having so many varieties of exposure 
as the United States, the climate must of corse be various. In a 
general view, the country may be regarded as comprised within three 
distinct climates. 1. That of the cold climate , embracing the Eastern 
States, the northern part of New- York, Michigan and the western terri- 
tories. 2. That of the temperate climate , comprising the Middle States, 
with Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Kentucky and Tennessee. 3. The 
hot climate , comprising the Southern States and Arkansas. 

Every quality of soil may be found in the United States, from utter 
barrenness to the highest degree of fertility. Viewed as a whole, 
however, probably there is no region of equal extent better adapted 
. than this, to support a vigorous, healthy, and numerous population. 
The richest soils are in the western and southern states. The great 
valley of the Mississippi is one of the most fertile regions on the globe. 

The vegetable productions of the United States are exceedingly 
various. There are some, however, common to every section of the 
country. Maize, or Indian corn, and wheat, are cultivated from Maine 
to Louisiana, but succeed best in the Western and Middle States. 

The chief agricultural occupations in the Eastern States are graz- 
ing and the dairy. The Middle States are principally devoted to the 
cultivation of wheat and maize ; the Southern to that of cotton, tobacco, 
6ugar and rice ; and the Western to maize, wheat and hemp. The 
vine has been successfully cultivated in various parts of the Union, and 
the mulberry-tree grows spontaneously, and has been extensively 
planted of late years. 

Manufactures are numerous and highly important. They comprise 
almost every article used. In most sections of the country they are 
rapidly increasing, and not only supply, in a great measure, the demand 
for home consumption, but furnish in some cases, a large amount for 
exportation. 

The fisheries form an important branch of industry, and are carried 


* Among the principal harbors are Portland, Portsmouth, Boston, Newport, 
New Loudon, New- York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Norfolk, Charleston, Savannah., 
Mobile and New Orleans. 


UNITED STATES. 


63 


on principally by the people of the Eastern States. The whale fishery 
is prosecuted in the northern and southern oceans, — and the cod, herring, 
and mackerel fishery on the banks of Newfoundland and along the 
coast. 

Minerals abound in the United States in great variety and profusion 
Iron, coal and lime, exist in great abundance. Lead is found in inex- 
haustible quantities, from Arkansas river to Wisconsin. Copper exists 
m various parts. Salt springs abound in many parts of the Union, and 
large quantities of salt are manufactured in New- York, Pennsylvania, 
Virginia, Ohio and Illinois. Gold has recently been found in con- 
siderable quantities in Virginia, North and South Carolina, Georgia 
Alabama and Tennessee ; and in vast quantities in California. 



CONVENTION AT PHILADELPHIA, 1787. 

History. — The United States were settled principally by emigrants 
from Great Britain. They were all included within the English patent, 
and claimed by the English crown. They were styled “ British colonies 
in North America,” and remained in subjection to the English govern- 
ment till 1775. 

From the first settlement of tins country, the English government 
treated the inhabitants of these colonies as a distinct and subordinate 
class of subjects, and considered their interests entirely subservient to 
the aggrandizement and prosperity of the mother country : and after the 
conquest of Canada, they began to exercise an undue authority over 
them, and to interfere in their civil concerns, in a manner which excited 
the most serious alarm. 

The English government claimed the right of taxing the colonies, 
although they allowed them no participation in their legislative coun- 
cils. The colonies denied this right, and contended that “ taxation and 



64 


UNITED STATES. 


representation were inseparable; and that they could not be safe ll 
their property could be taken from them without their consent.” 

After various oppressive acts on the part of the English government, 
the colonists resolved to support their rights by force of arms. The first 
battle was fought at Lexington, on the 19th of April, 1775. In 1776, 
they declared themselves free and independent, under the name or 
“The United States of America.” In 1783, January 20th, peace was 
settled between the two nations, when Great Britain acknowledged the 
United States to he free, sovereign and independent. 

In May, 1787, a Convention of delegates from the several states 
met at Philadelphia, for the purpose of forming a Constitution adequate 
to the exigencies of government, and the preservation of the Union. 
George Washington was unanimously elected President of this body of 
illustrious statesmen ; and after four months deliberation, they agreed 
upon a Constitution, which was adopted by the several states in 1789, 
and has been the source of unexampled prosperity to the nation.* 


Questions. — From what country did the first settlers of the United 
States principally come? What were the United States called pre- 
vious to 1775 ? Why? Can you tell me to whom Canada belonged 
before the English conquered it? Where is 'Canada? What right did 
the English government claim ? Did the colonies acknowledge this 
right ? What did the colonies at last do ? When and where was the 
first battle fought ? Can you mention any other battles that were 
fought during the revolutionary war ? Can you mention the names of 
any American generals ? How long did the war continue ? When was 
our present constitution adopted ? How long since ? 

Government. — The several states are all united under one general 
government, called a Federal Republic, that is, a republic in which 
several separate republics are united in one. 

Each state is a republic by itself ; for it has a government of its 
own, and is at liberty to make laws relative to its own peculiar in- 
terests ; but the more general concerns of the nation, as the regula- 
tion of commerce, the declaration of war, the coining of money, <fcc., 
are entrusted to a general government. 

The government of the United States consists of three branches, 
viz. : The Legislative ; the Executive. , and the Judicial power. 

1. The Legislative power is vested in a Congress which consists of 
two branches — the Senate and the House of Representatives. The 
Senate consists of two members from each state, chosen by the legis- 
lature thereof, for the term of six years. The members of the House 
of Representatives are chosen for two years, by the people of each 
state, according to the population. Since June, 1842, each state iy 
entitled to one representative for every 70,GS0 inhabitants; conse- 


* For settlement of the states, see General and Comparative Views in the Atlaa, 
Table 34. 


UNITED STATES. 


05 


quently, if it has six times 70,680 inhabitants, it sends six representa- 
tives. Congress meets at W ashington every winter on the first Monday 
in December, to attend to the general interests of the nation. 

2. The Executive power is vested in a President and Vice President 
assisted by five Secretaries, called Heads of Departments, viz. : The 
Secretary of State, the Secretary of War, the Secretary of the Navy, 
the Secretary of the Treasury and the Secretary of the Home Depart- 
ment, the Postmaster-General and Attorney-General. These are 
termed the cabinet. The President and Vice President are chosen 
for four years, by delegates elected by the people, called electors 
Each state chooses as many electors as it has members in Congress. 
For example, Connecticut is entitled to six electors , because the State has 
six members in Congress, viz. — four representatives and two senators. 
As the executive power administers the government, it is termed the 
Administration. Hence we speak of Washington’s administration, 
Jefferson’s administration, etc., etc.* 

8. The Judicial power is vested in one Supreme Court, and in such 
inferior courts as Congress may from time to time establish. The 
present judicial establishment of the United States consists of a Su- 
preme Court, thirty-one District Courts, and seven Circuit Courts. The 
Supreme Court is composed of one Chief Justice and eight Associate Jus- 
tices, who hold a court in the city of Washington annually, commencing 
on the second Monday of January ; besides which, each of these justices 
attends in a certain circuit, comprising two or more districts appropri 
ated to each, and together with the judge of the district, composes a 
Circuit Court, which is held in each district of the circuit. The princi- 
pal business of these courts is to expound the laws of the United States, 
and to settle all questions which arise under the Constitution and 
treaties of the United States The justices are appointed by the Presi- 
dent, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, and hold their 
offices during good behavior. 


Questions. — What is meant by Government ? A. The power that 
makes and executes the laws. What is the government of the United 
States called ? What is the meaning of Federal ? A. United, joined 
by mutual agreement. What power has each state ? What powers 
are intrusted to the general government ? Of how many branches does 
the government of the United States consist ? In what is the Legis- 
lative power vested ? Of what does Congress consist ? In what man- 
ner, and for what length of time are the Senators chosen ? How many 
Senators has this State in Congress ? Can you tell me their names ? 
There are now twenty-six states, and can you tell me of how many 
members the Senate consists ? Who is the president or presiding offi- 
cer of the Senate ? A. The Vice President. For what length of time, 


* For a list of the Presidents, see General end Comparative Views in the 
Atlas, Table 3t>. 

C* 


66 


UNITED STATES. 


and by whom are the Representatives chosen ? How many inhabi 
tants are entitled to one Representative ? If this state contained 
282,720 inhabitants, how many representatives could it send to Con- 
gress ? How many representatives has this state in Congress ? Can 
you tell me their names ? When and where does Congress meet ?. Jn 
what is the Executive power vested ? By whom is the President as- 
sisted ? Who is the President at this time ? Vice President ? How 
is the President and Vice President chosen, and for what length of time, 
To how many presidential electors is this state entitled? Why? If 
this state had eight Representatives in Congress, how 7 many Electors 
would it have a right to choose ? Why ten ? In wliat is the Judical 
power of the United States vested? Of how many Courts does it 
consist at present ? Of how many Judges or Justices ? Who is Chief 
Justice at this time ? What is die principal business of these Courts ? 
By whom are the Judges appointed ? What is the power of the Su 
preme Court called ? A. The Federal Judiciary. Will you recapitu- 
late the powers of each branch of our national government ? A. Con- 
gress makes the laws, the President executes them, and the Judiciary 
explains and applies them in doubtful cases. Of how many branches 
does the government of this state consist ? A. Of three. It has a 
Legislative to make the laws ; an Executive, at the head of which is a 
Governor, to see that the laws are enforced, and a Judiciary to decide 
in disputed cases between citizens. Which consists of the most bran- 
ches then, the government of this state, or of the United States ? 

Inhabitants. — The population of die United States consists of three 
general classes, viz. — Whites, Negroes, and Indians. 

1. The Whites are descendants of Europeans, and are generally of 
English extraction, but embrace many French, Germans, Dutch, Scotch, 
Irish, Spanish, Ac. The Dutch are most numerous in New- York ; ihc 
Germans in Pennsylvania, and the French in Louisiana, 

2. The Negroes are for the most part descendants of Africar slaves, 
and are found principally in the Southern States. 

8. The Indians are the descendants of those who occupied the country 
at the time of its discovery by Europeans. Most of these pr efer their 
own modes of savage life to those of tire whites, and as the latter have 
extended their settlements, they have removed farther and farther back 
into the wilderness ; and at the present time but a small number ol 
them are found east of the Mississippi river. 

A census or enumeration of the inhabitants of the United States is 
taken every ten years. 

Religion. — In almost every country, there is some religion establish- 
ed by law, and the people are not only required to pay for the support 
of it, but to believe it, and if they refuse, they suffer great inconve- 


* For population of each State at different periods, see General and Compara- 
tive Views, Table 35. 


UNITED STATES. 


b7 


\uences and persecutions. But in the United States there is nc 
established form of religion ; every individual is left to the free enjoy- 
ment of his own religion, and is at liberty to worship God agreeably to 
the dictates of his own conscience. The inhabitants are divided into a 
great variety of sects or denominations, as will be seen by reference 
to Table 42, in General and Comparative Views. 



YALE COLLEGE. 

Education. — The United States are not so much distinguished lot 
eminence in literature and science, as for the general diffusion of know- 
ledge. There are numerous seminaries of learning throughout the 
country, and the means of acquiring a good common education are ex- 
tended to all classes of society.* 


MAP OF THE UNITED STATES. 

How are the United States bounded?! Capital? 


. * For a list of Colleges, Theological and Medical Schools, &c, see General and 
Comparative Views. • 

t In giving the boundary of a country, the learner should first mention the dif 
ferent places that border upon it on the north , — then in the same manner on tho 
tiistj — then on the south , — and then on the west. As for example — The United 
States are bounded North by British America ; East by British America and tho 
Atlantic ocean; South by the Atlantic ocean. Gulf of Mexico, and Mexico; and 
West by the Gulf of Mexico and the Pacific ocean. Maine is bounded North by 
Canada; East by New Brunswick and the Atlantic; South by the Atlantic; and 
West by Now Hampshire and Canada. New Hampshire is bounded North by 
Vermont and Canada; East by Maine and the Atlantic; South by Massachusetts, 
and West by Vermont and Canada. Vermont is bounded North by Canada ; East 
by New Hampshire ; South by New Hampshire and Massachusetts, and West by 
New-York, &c. &c. It is highly important that the scholar should correctly learn 
the boundary before he studies the description of the country. 




68 


UNITED S T A r a d . 




EASTERN, OR NEW ENGLAND STATES. 


1 . Maine ? Capital ? 

2. N. Hampshire ? Capital ? 

8. Vermont? Capital? 

4. Massachusetts ? Capital ? 

5. Rhode Island ? Capital ? 

6. Connecticut ? Capital ? 


Chief Towns ? Rivers? 

Chief Towns ? Rivers ' 

Chief Towns ? Rivers ? 

Cl lief Towns ? Rivers \ 

Chief Towns ? Rivers ? 

Cliief Towns ? Rivers ? 


1. IS’ ew- York ? 

2. New Jersey ? 
8. Pennsylvania ? 
4. Delaware ? 


MIDDLE STATES. 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 


1. Maryland ? 

2. Virginia ? 

8. North Carolina ? 

4. South Carolina ? 

5. Georgia ? 

6. Florida ? 

7. Alabama ? 

8. Mississippi ? 

9 Louisiana ? 

10. Texas? 


SOUTHERN STATES. 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital? Chief Towns? 

Capital? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 

Capital ? Chief Towns ? 


Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers « 
Rivers 4 


Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivers ? 
Rivera ? 


WESTERN STATES. 


1 Tennessee ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

2. Kentucky ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

8. Ohio? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

4. Michigan ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

5. Indiana ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers f 

0. Illinois ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

7. Missouri ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

8. Arkansas i 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

9. Wisconsin ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns s 

Rivers ? 

10. Iowa? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

1 1. California ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 


TERRITORIES. 


1 Minesota ? 

Capital ? 


Rivers ? 

Indian ? 

Capital ? 


Rivers ? 

8. Nebraska ? 

Capital ? 


Rivers ? 

4. Oregon ? 

Capital ? 


Rivers i 


UNITED STATES. 


69 


RIVERS. 

Where does the Columbia river rise, in what direction does it run, 
and where does it empty ? Clark’s ? Lewis ? Sacramento ? San 
Joaquin? Colorado? Gila? Rio Grande ? Sabine? Yellowstone? 
Platte? Osage? St. Peter’s ? Des Moines ? Missouri? Arkansas? 
Red? Mississippi? Yazoo? Pearl? Pascagoula? Alabama? 

Ohatahoocliee ? Flint ? Suwanee ? St. John’s ? Altamalia ? Ogeechee ? 
Savannah? Santee? Pedee ? Cape Fear? Neuse ? Roanoke? 
Chowan ? James ? York ? Rappahannoc ? Shenandoah ? Poto- 
mac ? Monongahela ? Little Kanawha ? Great Kanawha ? Ten- 
nessee ? Cumberland ? Green ? Kentucky ? Ohio ? Sciota ? Mia- 
mi ? Maumee? Wabash? Kaskaskia ? Illinois ? Rock? Wis- 
consin? Chippeway ? Fox?' Alleghany? Genesee? Suaquelian- 
nali ? Delaware ? Mohawk ? Hudson, or North River ? Connecti- 
cut ? Merrimack ? Androscoggin ? Kennebec ? Penobscot ? St. 
Croix ? St. John's rivers ? 


LAKES. 

Where is Lake Michigan ? Where is Lake Champlain ? 

Where is Lake George ? Where is Lake Memphramagog ?* 

Where are Oneida, Seneca, and Cayuga Lakes ? A. In the interior 
ot New- York. 

Where is Moosehead Lake ?* Where is Lake Umbagog ?* 
Where is Winnipiseoge Lake ?* Where is Salt Lake ? 


SOUNDS. 

Where is Long Island Sound? Where is Albemarle Sound ? 
Where is Pamlico Sound ? 


BAYS. 

Where is Mobile Bay ? Where is Chesapeake Bay ? 

Where is Delaware Bay ? Where is Massachusetts Bay ? 

Where is Penobscot Bay ? Where is Georgian Bay ? 

Where is Green Bay ? 


CAPES. 

Where is Cape Ann, Cape Cod, and Cape Malabar ? 

Where is Montauk Point ? 

Where is Sandy Hook ? 

Where are Cape May and Cape Henlopen ? 

Where are Cape Charles and Cape Henry? 

Where are Cape Hatteras, Cape Lookout, and Cape Fear i 
Where are Cape Canaveral and Cape Florida ? 

Where is Cape Sable ? 


See Map of the Eastern States. 


UNITED S T A T E S 


*0 


ISLANDS. 

Where are Nantucket and Martha’s Vineyard? 
Where is Long Island ? 

Where are the Bahama Islands? 


MOUNTAINS. 

What is the principal range of Mountains in the United States ? 
Through what States do the Alleghany Mountains extend ? 

Where are the Cumberland Mountains ? 

Where are the Catskill Mountains? A. In New-Vork. 

Where are the Green Mountains ? A. In Vermont. 

'Where are the White Mountains? A. In New Hampshire. 

What Mountains between Mandan District and Oregon Territory ! 


EASTERN, 


OR NEW ENGLAND STATES. 



COMMERCE. 


The Eastern States are the most populous and 
commercial section of the Union. They are distin- 
guished for the infinite variety of their surface, and 
for their numerous lakes, ponds, r>vp, rs, and beautiful 

scenery 

%/ 

Along the coast, the land is mostly level. In the interior, it is di- 
versified with hills, mountains and valleys. There are no plains of any 
considerable extent ; but beautiful swells of land in every form are 
innumerable. 



EASTERN STATES. 7 t 

The two principal ranges of mountains, are the White mountains in 
New Hampshire, and Green mountains in Vermont. Mount Washing- 
ton, the most elevated summit of the former, ;e the highest land in the 
Eastern States. These mountains abound in the most beautiful, wild 
and sublime scenery, and afford a delightful nimble during the warm 
season of the vear. 

V 

The climate is variable, and subject to great extremes of heat and 
cold. It is generally healthy, however, except during the spring months, 
when damp and disagreeable east winds prevail, particularly on the 
sea-coast. The autumn is delightful, and the climate then is one of the 
most agreeable in the world. 

The soil is various, from barren sand to the richest clays and loams. 
It requires diligent cultivation to procure even tolerable crops. It is 
generally better fitted for grazing than tillage. The most important 
production is grass. One of the leading pursuits of the farmer is 
the raising of cattle, horses, sheep and swine. Indian corn, or maize, 
wheat, rye, oats, barley, flax and hemp, are extensively cultivated. 
Apples, pears, peaches, plums, etc., are produced in great abundance, 
especially in the southern part. 

The people of these states are extensively engaged in the whale 
fisheries in the Pacific, in the cod fisheries on the banks of Newfound- 
land, and in the herring fisheries on the coast of Maine and Nova Scotia 

The Eastern States are not less distinguished for manufactures than 
for commerce. Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island and New 
Hampshire are extensively engaged in manufacturing cotton and woolen 
roods, hats, shoes, clocks, iron and tin ware, and various other articles 
(Tie exports from these states, in addition to the articles above mentioned 
Jre lumber, pot and pearl ashes, and fish. 


A SCHOOL HOUSE. 


73 


UNITED STATES. 


Perhaps in no other part of the world is knowledge so universally 
diffused among all classes, as in the Eastern States. The inhabitants 
are generally instructed in the common branches of school education, 
and it is a rare occurrence to meet with a person of mature years who 
cannot both read and write, and who, besides, has not some practical 
knowledge of arithmetic. This is owing to the universal provision made 
for tile education of all classes. The towns are divided into small dis- 
tricts in which a school is established and supported by law, during a 
part, or the whole of the year. One of the most common objects that is 
presented to a traveller in passing through these states is a school house, 
in which the young are taught all the branches necessary to the trans- 
action of the ordinary business of life. In addition to common schools, 
these states are well supplied with academies, high schools and colleges. 
Some of the latter stand at the head of the literary institutions in our 
country. 

The people of these states are intelligent, moral, industrious ant' 
enterprising. They rank among the first in each of the learned pro 
cessions, and with the best mechanics, best farmers, and the best seamer 
in our country. 

Questions . — What is the face of the country in the Eastern States? 
Which are the two principal ranges of mountains ? What is said of the 
climate ? What is meant by climate ? A. The kind of weather that 
prevails in a country, or the temperature of the air. Which winds during 
the spring months are most disagreeable? What is said of the soil? 
What articles are manufactured ? What is the state of education ? 
What is the general character of the people ? Can you tell me when 
the first settlement was made in the Eastern states ? How many years 
since Plymouth was settled ? Where is Plymouth ? What are the ex- 
ports of the Eastern States ?* 


MAINE.! 

r 

How is Maine bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Maine is a large, uneven, and healthy state. It is 
principally distinguished for its extensive coast and 
numerous harbors, its fisheries and ship building. 

The northern part is covered with forests which furnish vast quanti- 
ties of lumber for exportation. The southern pails are thickly settled, 
and present many flourishing towns and villages. 


* See General and Comparative Views, Table 47. 

fThis state was formerly united with Massachusetts, and was termed the Dis- 
trict of Maine , hut in 1820 it was erected into an independent state, and admitted 
nto the Union. 


M A INK. 


n «> 


I O 



I.ITMBER TRADE. 

Between the Penobscot and Kennebec is some of the best land in 
the eastern states. The winters are long and the climate generally severe. 

Near the sea the land is mostly level, and deeply indented with 
bavs and harbors. The coast abounds with islands, and there are nu- 
merous lakes and ponds in the interior. 

Agriculture and manufactures have received considerable attention ; 
but the people are principally engaged in commercial pursuits. Ship 
building, the lumber trade, and the fisheries, are leading branches ot 
industry.* 

Chief Towns . — Augusta is a flourishing towm, pleasantly situated at 
the head of sloop navigation on the Kennebec, 43 miles from the ocean. 
It is regularly laid out, contains a handsome State House, and possesses 
immense water power for mill sites. 

Portland is pleasantly situated on a peninsula in Casco bay. It is 
well laid out and handsomely built, and is the most important town in 
the State. It has a safe and capacious harbor, and is extensi cely en 
tua^ed in commerce and the fisheries. 

“ O t # 

Bangor, on the Penobscot, 60 miles from the ocean, is a large and 
flourishing town. It is in the midst of a fertile country, and is noted for 
t he elegance of its buildings, and for its extensive trade in lumber. 

Thomaston is an important place. It is the seat of the State prison, 
and is noted for its exports of lime, marble and granite. 

Bath, situated on the Kennebec, 13 miles from its mouth, is a flour- 
ishing place. It is noted for its ship building and trade. 


* For an estimate of the various agricultural products in Maine, and in each of 
the other states, seo Table 33, in General and Comparative Views in tho Atlas. 
For the settlement of states, see Table 34. Population, 35 Colleges, 39. Pro 
nunoiation of geographical names, 49 ; &c., &c. 

7 





74 


UNITED STATES. 


% 


Gardiner has flourishing manufactories. Hallowell is noted for its 
granite quarries, — Castine for Ps fine military position, and its excellent 
harbor, — Eastport for its lumber trade and the fisheries, — Belfast for its 
fine harbor and extensive tiade, — Brunswick as the seat oi Bowdoin col- 
lege, and VVaterville as the seat of Waterville college. 

Machias, Saco, Calais, Orono, are noted for their numerous saw mills 
and trade in lumber. Old Town is the residence of a remnant of the 
Penobscot tribe of Indians. 


Map of the United States. — In what direction is Maine longest? 
For what is Maine distinguished ? What river forms part of the bound- 
ary between Maine and New Brunswick ? St.-c. Between Maine and 
New Hampshire ? Wliat river forms part of the boundary in the N. E. 
part ? St.-j. What other rivers in Maine ? What lake ? What mount ? 
Hills ? Towns ? Which extends farthest north, Maine or Iowa ? South ? 
Which part of the state is most populous ? Which most fertile ? At 
what time is the annual meeting for the choice of state officers held ? 
What are the chief agricultural products ?* In wha,t are the people of 
Maine principally engaged ? 

Map of New England. — How many square miles does Maine com- 
prise ? What was its population in 1840? What are its principal 
rivers? s. a. k. p. St.-c. St.-j. What lakes? What, is the length of 
Moosehead lake ? Kennebec river ? Penobscot ? St. Croix ? What 
is the height of Mount Katahdin ? What counties in Maine ? What 
are the shire, or county towns ? What bays on the coast ? c. p. f. n. e. 
m. p. What islands on the coast ? What colleges in Maine ? Theo- 
logical seminaries ? Railroads ? Can you sail from Augusta to Con- 
cord ? 


NEAV HAMPSHIRE. 

How is New Hampshire bounded ? Wliat is its capital ? 

New Hampshire is a mountainous, healthy, and 
tertile state, and is noted for its numerous rivers and 
lakes, and for its beautiful and picturesque scenery. 

It has but a small share of commerce, but is dis- 
tinguished for its agriculture, and nourishing manu- 
factures. 

Chief Towns . — Concord is a pleasant and flourishing town, and is 
(he centre of trade for the northern part of the state. 

Portsmouth, the v^nly seaport of New Hampshire, is a large, well 
built, and flourisliing town, pleasantly situated on the Piscataqua, 8 


* 


See Table 33. 




NEW HAMPSHIRE 


lo 


miles from its mouth. It has an excellent harbor, and contains a Uni- 
ted States’ navy yard.* 



WHITE MOUNTAIN SCENERY. 


Dover is situated on the Cocheeo river, 4 miles above its junction 
with tire Piscataqua. It is tjie oldest town in the state, and is noted 
tor its extensive manufactures. 



DARTMOUTH COLLEGE. 


* The United States have Navy Yards for building ships of war, at Portsmouth, 
Boston, Brooklyn, Sackett’s Harbor. Philadelphia, Washington, Norfolk, Pensa 
cola, and Memphis. 





UNITED STATES. 



Hanover is beautifully situated on the Connecticut river. It is tire 
seat of Dartmouth College, one of the most respectable and flourish- 
ing institutions in the United States. 

Exeter is pleasantly situated on Exeter river, a branch of the Pisca 
taqua. It is the seat of Philips Academy, and is distinguished for it? 
numerous manufacturing establishments. Manchester, Great Falls. 
Nashua, Somersworth, and New Market, are thriving places, and noted 
for their manufactures. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is New Hampshire 
longest ? What river forms part of the boundary between New 
Hampshire and Maine ? A. Salmon Falls river. Between N. H. and 
Vermont? How many miles of sea-coast has New Hampshire. A. 
Eighteen. What sea port ? What can you say of Portsmouth ? For 
what is New Hampshire noted ? Distinguished ? Which extends 
farthest north, New Hampshire or Vermont ? South ? When are the 
state officers chosen ? What are the agricultural products ? 

Map of New England How many square miles does New Hamp- 
shire comprise ? What was its population in 1840 ? What the prin- 
cipal rivers ? Lakes ? Mountains ? What is the highest summit of 
the White mountains? How high is mount Washington? What 
counties in New Hampshire ? Shire tcrtyns ? What college ? What 
can you say of Dartmouth college ? What * theological seminary ? 
What towns on the Connecticut river ? In what lake does the Con- 
necticut rise ? When, where, and by whom was New Hampshire set- 
tled ? Can you sail from Concord to Burlington ? 


VERMONT* 

How is Vermont bounded ? What is its Capital. 

Vermont is a beautiful, picturesque, and inland 
state. It derives its name from the Green Mountains, 
which extend through its whole length, dividing it 
into eastern and western declivities. 

It is a well watered, healthy, and fertile state, and 
is noted for its mines of iron, copper , and lead , and 
for its numerous quarries of marble. 

* The word, Vermont, is derived from two French words, signifying Green 
Mountain — Verd, green, and Mont, mountain. The mountains were so called on 
account of the numerous evergreens with which they were covered. The soldiers 
from Vermont, so celebrated lor bravery in the revolutionary war were denomi- 
nated “ Green Mountain Boys.” 


VERMONT 


77 


A large portion of the soil is fertile, and well adapted to grazing oi 
tillage. Wheat is extensively cultivated on the west side of the moun- 
tains. Barley, rye, oats, peas, flax and potatoes, flourish in all parts of 
the state. Maple sugar is made in quantities nearly equal to the home 
consumption. Horses, cattle and sheep, are raised in great numbers, 
and sold for New- York, Boston and Montreal markets. 



Chief Towns . — Montpelier is a beautiful and flourishing town, plea- 
santly situated on Onion river, 48 miles from its mouth. 

Bennington is the oldest, and one of the largest towns in the state. 
It is celebrated for a battle fought here in 1777, in which the Americans, 
under Gen. Stark, defeated a detachment from the army of Burgoyne.* 

Burlington is pleasantly situated on Lake Champlain, and is the most 
commercial town in the state. 

Middlebury, situated on Otter Creek, 20 miles from its mouth, is 
the greatest manufacturing town in the state. 

Windsor is pleasantly situated on the Connecticut river, and is dis- 
tinguished for its beautiful and picturesque scenery. It is well built, 
and has considerable trade. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Vermont longest ? 
Which part widest ? What river separates it from New Hampshire? 
What lake mostly separates it from New- York ? From what does Ver- 
mont derive its name ? For what is it noted ? What is the principal 
employment of the people ? The agricultural products ? Which is the 
oldest town in the state? For what is Benuington celebrated ? 


7 * 


* Sec Oluey's History of the United States, page 148. 



78 


UNITED STATES 


Map of New England. How many square miles does Vermont 
comprise ? Its population ? What are the principal rivers ? c. m. l. o. o. 
What lakes? What river connects lake Cliamplain with the St. Law- 
rence? Lake Memphremagog with the St. l. ? What mountains in Ver- 
mont ? W hat is the length of the Green mountains ? What counties in 
Vermont ? Shire towns ? What towns on Connecticut river ? Lake 
Champlain ? What is the length of lake Champlain ? What colleges in 
Vermont? University? When, where, and by whom was Vermont 
settled ? Can you sail from Burlington to Boston ? 


MASSACHUSETTS. 



A VIEW OF BOSTON. 

How is Massachusetts bounded ? Which is its Capital ? 


Massachusetts is the oldest, most populous and im- 
portant of the Eastern States. It is distinguished for 
the number of its literary institutions and for the in- 
telligence, industry and enterprise of its inhabitants. 

In agriculture, manufactures and commerce, it is 
one of the first states in the Union. It abounds in 
flourishing towns and villages, noted for the neatness 
of their dwellings, the elegance of their churches, and 
the beauty of their rich and fertile landscapes. 


M ASS A C II U SETTS? 


79 


It is generally an uneven, healthy, and fertile state. Its numerous 
rivers and smaller streams furnish every facility for manufacturing 
operations ; and its internal communication, by means of canals, rail- 
ways, and excellent roads, is scarcely equalled. 

Cities . — Boston is a large, wealthy, and flourishing city, situated on 
a small peninsula in Massachusetts bay, and surrounded by a beautiful 
and populous country. It lias an excellent harbor and an extensive 
commerce, and is noted for the elegance of its public buildings and the 
number of its humane and literary institutions. In the vicinity of Boston 
are many interesting places ; Cambridge, noted for its university, one of 
the oldest and best endowed literary institutions in the Union ; Charles- 
town, celebrated for the battle of Bunker Ilill, and the noble monument 
erected in commemoration of it; and Roxbury, for the increase of its 
population, the elegance of its country seats and well cultivated gardens. 

Salem is a large, wealthy and flourishing place, 14 miles N. E. of 
Boston. It is chiefly built on a narrow peninsula formed by two inlets 
from the sea, called north and south rivers. Its situation is low, but it 
is pleasant and healthy. It contains many handsome buildings and is 
noted for its extensive commerce. 



LANDING OP’ TIIE PILGRIMS AT PLYMOUTH. 

Plymouth, 86 miles S. E. of Boston, is a place of considerable trade 
and is noted for being the first settled town in New England. 

The first English settlement in New England was made at Ply- 
mouth, Dec. 21st, 1620, by 101 Puritans, who fled from England on 
account of religious persecution. The anniversary of the landing of the 
Pilgrims is still observed. 

Worcester, situated 40 miles W. of Boston, in the midst of a fertile 
Country, is the largest, and one of the most beautiful inland towns in 



80 


UNITED STATES. 


New England. It contains many elegant buildings, and is a place of 
great wealth and trade. 

Springfield is a beautiful and flourishing town, 87 miles W. of Bos- 
ton. It contains a number of elegant public buildings, and a large 
United States’ Armory ; and is distinguished for its extensive inland 
trade, and numerous manufacturing establishments. 

Northampton is one of the most beautiful towns in New England. 
Lowell, on the Merrimack, is noted for its extensive manufactures, and 
the rapid increase of its population. Newburyport, at the mouth of 
the Merrimack, is remarkable for the beauty of its situation, and the 
regularity of its streets, and for its commerce. Marblehead and Clonces- 
ter are extensively engaged in the cod fisheries. Nantucket and New 
Bedford are largely concerned in the whale fisheries. Lynn, on the 
coast between Boston and Salem, is a pleasant and flourishing town, 
noted for the manufacturing of shoes. Pittsfield, Lenox and Stock 
bridge, are pleasant towns in the western part of the state. 

Map of the United States. In what direction is Massachusetts 
longest ? What bay east of Massachusetts ? What three capes ? a. 
c. m. What large river runs through it ? What river in the N. E. part 
What two islands S. E. of Massachusetts ? Which extends farthest 
north, Massachusetts or Illinois ? For what is Massachusetts distin- 
guished ? When are the state officers chosen ? What is the distance 
from Boston to Portland? To Albany ? To New York ? See table 32. 

Map of New England. What is the extent of Massachusetts 
Population ? What are its principal rivers ? Bays ? What mountains 
in the western part ? h. Of what chain are the Hoosack mountains 
a continuation ? g. What two mountains near Northampton? t. h 
What counties in Massachusetts ? Shire towns ? What large manu- 
facturing town on the Merrimack 25 miles N. W. of Boston ? Which 
is the first settled town in Massachusetts ? When was Plymouth set- 
tled ? Where is Lexington, memorable for the first battle of the Re- 
volution ? When was the battle fought ? A. The 19th of April, 1775. 
What towns on the Connecticut river ? What canals in Massachusetts ? 
Railroads ? Tlirough what large towns does the W estern railroad pass ? 

w. s. w. p. What literarv institutions in Massachusetts ? How will 

%/ 9 

you sail from Boston to Providence ? 


RHODE ISLAND. 

How is Rhode Island bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Rhode Island is a small, pleasant and healthy 
state ; and is distinguished for its flourishing manu- 
factures, and extensive commerce. 


li H O D E ISLAND. 


81 



It is mostly a level state, and has generally a fer 
tile soil, especially on the islands and shores of Nar- 
raganset Bay. 

Rhode Island, from which the state takes its name, is in the southern 
part of Narraganset Bay, and contains about 50 square miles. It is cele 
brated for its delightful and healthy climate, and is a noted report of in- 
valids from various parts of the United States. 

Chief Towns . — Providence is situated on Providence river at the 
head of Narraganset bay, 35 miles from the ocean. It is one of the 
most wealthy and flourishing towns of its size in the United States, It 
has an extensive commerce, and is distinguished for the extent and 
variety of its manufactures. 

Newport is finely situated on Rhode Island, and is distinguished lor 
its beautiful situation, and the salubrity of its climate. It has consideia 
ble commerce, and one of the best harbors in the United States. 

Bristol is a pleasant, wealthy, and commercial town, situated about 
half way between Providence and Newport. 

Pawtucket, situated on Pawtucket Falls, 4 miles N. E. of Provi- 
dence, is one of the most flourishing manufacturing villages in the 
United States. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Rhode Island 
longest? Which part widest? Which extends farthest east, Rhode 
Island or New Hampshire ? For what is it distinguished ? F rom what 
does the State take its name ? For what is the Island of Rhode Island 



82 


UNITED STATES 


celebrated ? What college in Rhode Island ? For what is Providence 
distinguished ? Newport? When are the State officers chosen ? 

Map of New England. What is the extent of Rhode Island ? 
What its population ? What bay in Rhode Island? What island in 
the southern part of Narragansett bay ? What island south of Rhode 
Island ? b. What two points at the entrance of Narragansett bay ? 
Ft. Judith and Sekonnet point on the east. What live counties in 
Rhode Island? p. k. w. Newport county comprises Rhode Island and 
several smaller islands in Narragansett bay arid the part of the State 
east of the bay. Bristol county embraces the small part of the State 
north of Narragansett bay. What canal ? Railroads ? When, where, 
and by whom was Rhode Island settled ? How will you sail from 
Providence to Hartford ? 



VIEW OF HARTFORD. 

How is Connecticut bounded ? What are its Capitals? 

Connecticut is a small, healthy and fertile State> 
and is noted for the extent and variety of its manu- 
factures ; for its literary institutions, and for the 
intelligence, enterprise, and good morals of the 
people. 


CONN EOTIC UT. 


83 


Connecticut lias generally an uneven surface, 
and abounds in beautiful scenery. 

It is well situated for commerce, and carries on a 
considerable trade with the West Indies, and with 
Ihe Northern and Southern States. 

In proportion to its population, Connecticut is more extensively en- 
gaged in manufactures than any other State except Rhode Island. 
The ingenuity and industry of the people, in this respect, have a repu- 
tation tliroughout the Union. At Middletown are manufactories of 
cotton, woolen, paper, combs, rifles, <fcc. At Tariffville, are manufac- 
tories of cotton and carpeting. At Norwich, are manufactories of flannel, 
cotton, leather, paper and iron. At Manchester and Vernon, there are 
extensive cotton manufactories. At Canton, is a celebrated manufac- 
tory of axes. At Enfield, is a manufactory of carpets. Hartford is 
distinguished for the manufacture of books, chiefly for education. There 
are also in different parts of the State, extensive manufactories of hats, 
clocks, combs, block tin ware, and other tilings. Considerable attention 
is paid to the culture and manufacture of silk, at Mansfield, Hartford, 
and other places, and the increasing attention that is paid to it, renders 
it probable that in a few years it will become an important branch of 
industry. 

Connecticut is more amply provided with the means of common 
education than any other State in the Union, and in no part of the 
world are the useful branches of education more generally understood. 
The School Fund belonging to the State amounts to more than two 
millions of dollars. The income of this fund is appropriated by the 
constitution of the State, to the support of primary schools, and is divi- 
ded among the different towns in proportion to the number of children 
between 4 and 16 years of age. 

Chief Towns . — Hartford is pleasantly situated on the Connecticut 
River, 50 miles from its mouth, in the midst of a beautiful and fertle 
country. During a few years past, it has rapidly increased in com- 
merce, population and wealth. It contains a number of elegant public 
buildings ; among which are several beautiful churches, a state house, 
and market. 

New Haven is pleasantly situated on a bay of the same name, 
4 miles from Long Island Sound. It is built in squares, with wide 
and handsome streets, and is not excelled in beauty by any town in 
the United States. One of the squares is occupied bv the state house, 
tlie college buildings, several churches and other edifices, which, with 
rows of elm trees surrounding the spot, render it one of the mosi 
beautiful places in the country. The commerce of New Haven is 
considerable, and is yearly increasing. In addition to Yale College the 
city is celebrated for the number of its boarding schools and smallei 
seminal ies for the young of both sexes. Hartford and New Haven are 
tlie alternate places for the meeting of the state legislature. 


t T N I T E I > ST A T E S . 


S4 



PUBLIC SQUARE, OR GREEN, IN NEW HAVEN, 


New London is situated on the Thames, 3 miles from its mouth. 
It has a considerable amount of shipping, and one of the best harbors 
in New England. 

Norwich is finely situated at the head of sloop navigation on the 
river Thames, 14 miles N. of New London. It is a beautiful and ro- 
mantic town, and is rapidly increasing in manufactures and popula- 
tion. 

Middletown is pleasantly situated on the Connecticut, 31 miles 
from its mouth. It has a considerable share of commerce, and is noted 
for the extent and variety of its manufactures. 

Litchfield is 30 miles west of Hartford, in the midst of a fertile and 
hilly country. The principal village is delightfully situated on an ele- 
vated plain, affording extensive and beautiful prospects. 

Wethersfield is a pleasant town, noted for the State Prison. Sav- 
brook and Guilford are resorted to in summer, for sea bathing. Staf- 
ford is distinguished for its iron works and mineral waters. Berlin 
and Meriden are celebrated for the manufacture of tin ware. Bristol 
Plymouth, Watertown and Waterbury, for the making of wooden 
clocks. Danbury for the manufacture of hats. Farmington is a beau- 
tiful town. Suffield is noted for the Baptist Literary Institution 
established there ; and Windsor for being the first settled town in Con- 
necticut. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Connecticut 
longest? Which part is widest? Which is the principal river in Coiv 
necticut ? What is its length ? For what is Connecticut noted? Foi 
what have the people a reputation ? What does the School Fune 



MIDDLE STATES. 


85 

amount to? What can you say of Hartford ? New Haven ? When 
is elector’s meeting held in Connecticut ? 


Map of New England. What is the extent of Connecticut? Its 
population ? Which are the three principal rivers in Connecticut ? n, 
c. t. What branch has the Housatonic ? Naugatuc. What branch 
lias the Connecticut ? Farmington. What two rivers unite at Nor- 
wich and form the Thames? Y an tic and Shetucket. What eight 
counties in Connecticut? l. h. t. w. n-l. m. n-h. f. What are the shire 
towns of each ? What large island south of Connecticut ? To what 
State does Long Island belong ? A . To New- York. How long is it ? 
What three small islands at the eastern extremity of Long Island 
sound ? f. g. p. What Island east of Long Island ? g. What city near 
the mouth of the Thames? n-l. When was New London burned by 
the British ? What are the principal towns on Connecticut river ? 
Housatonic ? What other towns can you mention in Connecticut ? 
What canal? Railroads? Literary institutions ? Which is the most 
populous city ? When, where, and bv whom was Connecticut settled ? 
How will you, sail from Hartford to Albany ? 


MIDDLE 


STATES. 



The Middle States occupy an important section of 

our country. They are distinguished for agriculture, 

manufactures, and commerce, and for their numerous 

and extensive canals and railroads. 

8 




86 


UNITED STATES. 


In general, the soil is fertile, and the climate mild and healthy. 
Wheat is the most important production ; but rye, oats, barley, Indian 
corn, buckwheat, beans, flax and hemp are raised in large quantities. 
The climate is peculiarly adapted to the growth of various kinds of ex- 
cellent fruit. Apples, pears, peaches, <fcc. are produced in abundance. 

These states are rich in minerals. Iron is found in most parts. 
Copper, lead, limestone, and marble exist to some extent ; but the most 
important mineral is anthracite coal. In no part of the world is this 
valuable material found so abundantly as in Pennsylvania. Bituminous 
coal is found in large quantities in the vicinity of Pittsburg. Salt springs 
are numerous, especially in New- York. The most noted are at Salina 
and Syracuse, where more than two million bushels of salt are made 
annually. 

The enlightened zeal which the state of New- York has shown in 
promoting education, is deserving of the highest praise. Common 
schools are established and supported by law in every town, and ample 
provision is made for the education of all classes of society. Besides the 
common schools, there are about one hundred academies and high schools. 
All the public literary institutions of New- York are united in one body, 
under the name of the University, and are under the superintendence of 
a bodv of literary men, called “the Regents of the University of New- 
York.” 


In Pennsvlvania, considerable has been done for the establishment 
and support of common schools, and many parts of the state are well 
supplied with means of elementary instruction. 

In New Jersey and Delaware, public attention has been turned to 
the subject of common schools, and exertions have recently been made 
for their establishment in every town. 


Which are the Middle States ? How many of them border on the 
Atlantic? Which one has no sea-coast ? What lake borders on Penn- 
sylvania ? Which is the most northern of these states ? Wliich is the 
most southern ? Which extends furthest east ? Which extends furthest 
west ? Which is the largest of these states ? How many square miles 
has Pennsylvania ? Which is the next largest ? How many square 
miles has New- York ? Which is the smallest of the Middle States? 
Which is most thickly inhabited, or has the greatest number of in- 
habitants to a square mile? How many inhabitants to a square mile 
has New- York? What large island belongs to New- York? Which of 
these states is longest? Which is most nearly square? Wliich is 
most irregular in its shape ? What are the exports of the Middle States ? 
(See Table 49.) 


NEW-YORK. 

How is New- York bounded? What is its Capital? 

In population, wealth, and political importance 


/ 


NEYV-YORK 


87 



NEW-YORK. 


New-York is the first state in the Union. Its territory 
is extensive and fertile ; and it is remarkable for the 
rapid growth of its cities, towns and villages. 

Its natural advantages for agriculture, commerce 
and manufactures, are unrivalled. Indeed, it abounds 
in all that constitutes the prosperity of a people. It 
has taken the lead in internal improvements, and 
is distinguished for its numerous canals and railroads ; 
for its navigable rivers and lakes ; and for the indus- 
try, intelligence and enterprise of its inhabitants. 

New- York produces in abundance all the staple commodities and 
luxuries common to the climate. The principal of these is wheat. It 
is rich in minerals. Limestone, iron ore, marble, &c., are found in large 
quantities. There are numerous and valuable salt springs ; the most 
Important are at Salina and Syracuse, where more than two million 
bushels of salt are produced annually. 

The mineral springs at Ballston and Saratoga are famous tliroughout 
the country. During the warm season, they are the resort of the sick, 
the gay, the fashionable, from various parts of the Union, and they give 
health to many, and pleasure to all who visit them. 

The falls of Niagara, between lake Erie and lake Ontario, are the 
most stupendous cataract on the globe. The river is tlu-ee quarters of 
a mile in width, and falls perpendicularly over a precipice in two 
columns, to the depth of about 1 CO feet. The shock causes the earth 



88 


UNITED STATES. 






to tremble for a considerable distance ; and a cloud of vapor rises over 
the spot which is sometimes seen 20 or 30 miles. During the summer 
and autumn, these falls are visited by persons from different parts of the 
world. 

Cities and Towns. — Albany is situated on the west bank of the 
Hudson, 150 miles north of New- York, near the head of tide water. In 
commerce, population and wealth, it is the second town in the state. It 
contains a handsome state house, and many other elegant buildings. It 
is a place of great trade, and is surrounded by a beautiful and populous 
country, and witliin a short distance are many thriving villages and 
towns. 

New- York is situated on New- York or Manhattan island, about 16 
miles from the Atlantic, at the junction of the Hudson and East rivers. 
It is the most populous city in America, and one of the first commercial 
places on the globe. The city is principally built of brick, and most of 
the buildings have a neat and many of them an elegant appearance. 
The finest street is Broadway, which traverses the whole city in a 
straight line from north to south, and is eighty feet in breadth. It is oc- 
cupied chiefly by shops and elegant public buildings, and few streets in 
the world equal it for the splendor, bustle and fashion which it exhibits. 
The public buildings are numerous, the most noted among them, are 
the Merchants’ Exchange, the Custom House, City Hall, Trinity Church, 
Hall of Justice, Astor House, <fcc. The Croton water works, by means 
of which the city is supplied with an abundance of pure and whole- 
some water, are among the great works of the age, and stand as a 
proud monument of the enterprise, liberality and wisdom o'f its citizens. 
There is no city perhaps in the world, which possesses greater advan- 
tages of situation than New- York, both for internal and external com- 



NEW- YORK. 


89 



VIEW ON HUDSON RIVER. 

merce. It is here that merchants and traders resort from all quarters — 
from the shores of the Atlantic, the confines of the lakes, and the bank* 
of the Mississippi, with a certainty that they can dispose of their own 
produce, and supply themselves with every article they require. It is 
here that strangers and travellers assemble as the place of departure to 
every part of the world. It is at present, and probably will long re- 
main, in a great degree, the central point for the commerce of the 
United States. 


Brooklyn, directly opposite to New- York, on the west end of Long 
Island, has grown within a few years to an important city. It is rapid- 
ly increasing in population and trade. Its situation is high, and affords 
many pleasant sites overlooking New- York city and bay. In the north- 
eastern part, on a bay called the Wallabout, is the United States’ Navy 
Yard. 

Troy is beautifully situated on the east bank of the Hudson, 6 
miles above Albany. It is regularly built, and contains many elegant 
buildings. It has considerable trade, and is distinguished for its manu- 


factures. 

Hudson is well situated for trade, 28 miles south of Albany, at the 
head of ship navigation on the Hudson. It is one of the most im- 
portant places on the river, and is at present increasing in business and 
wealth. 

Newburg, Poughkeepsie, Cattskill, Lansingburg and Schenectady, 
are flourishing and important places. Utica, 96 miles N. W. of Albany, 
is a thriving place with an extensive inland trade. It is regularly 
built, the streets are broad, straight and commodious. It is noted for 
its benevolent and literary institutions, and for the extensive manufac- 


8 * 


90 


UNITED SI ATES. 


tories in its vicinity The city is nearly the geographical centre of the 
state. 

Rochester, on the Genesee river, is a place of great trade and wealth, 
and of astonishingly rapid growth. It is well built, and its streets are 
handsome and regular. It stands on the Erie Canal, 7 miles from lake 
Ontario. It is noted for its manufactures, especially those of flour. 

Buffalo is a large and thriving place, at the junction of the Canal 
with lake Erie. It is the grand emporium of the lake commerce. Its 
harbor is thronged with steamboats and other vessels, and its streets 
with travellers, emigrants, and men of business. It is rapidly increasing 
in population and wealth. 

Lockport is a flourishing place on the Canal, 65 miles W. of Ro- 
chester. Geneva occupies a fine situation on Seneca lake. Auburn, 
situated at the outlet of Owasco lake, is a flourishing village. Canandai- 
gua, near the outlet of Canandaigua lake, is a place of considerable trade 

Map of the United States. In what direction is New- York 
longest ? How many states border on it ? Lakes ? What large river 
in the eastern part? What branch has the Hudson or North river ? m. 
What two large rivers rise in the southern part ? What river rises in 
Pennsylvania and runs N. into lake Ontario? g. What towns on the 
east bank of the Hudson ? t. h. p. What towns on the west bank ? 
n. c. a. Where is the military academy of West Point? A. On the 
west bank of the Hudson, 62 miles north of New- York. Which are 
the three principal towns on the Mohawk ? s. u. r. What town near ' 
the mouth of the Genesee? r. What is the principal town on lake 
Erie ? What is the population of Buffalo ? What literary institutions 
in New- York ? At what time is the election of State officers held ? For 
what length of time is the governor chosen? His salary? For what 
is New- York distinguished ? What was the population of New-York 
in 1790? In 185.0 ?* 


Map of New-York. What is the extent of New-York? Popular 
tion ? What three rivers empty into lake Ontario ? b. o. g. What 
three in the southern part? s. a. d. Which is the longest river in New- 
York? What lake is connected with lake Champlain? What is the 
length of lake George ? Champlain ? What lakes in the interior of 
New-York? o. s. o. c. s. c. and Crooked lake. What river is the outlet 
of these lakes? How many counties can you mention in New-York ? 
Shire towns ? How many counties on Long Island ? k. q. s. What 
separates Long Island from Connecticut ? What is the population of 
New-York city ? Albany? Utica? Rochester? Rome? Syracuse? 
Auburn ? Owego ? Buffalo ? What river connects lake Erie and lake 
Ontario ? What is the length of Niagara river ? What celebrated falls 
in it ? What can you say of Niagara falls ? What large island in Ni- 
agara river just above the falls ? What battle was fought in Canada 


See Table 35. 


NEW JERSEY. 


91 


near the falls ? "When was the battle of Chippewa fought ? Saratoga ? 
White Plains ? Stoney Point ? Brooklyn heights ? Plattsburg < 
What canals in New-York ? Railroads ? Where is the Croton aqueduct, 
for conveying water to the city of New-York ? Its length ? [See map 
of Central States.] Where are the two State penitentiaries of New- 
York ? A. At Auburn and Sing Sing. Where are Saratoga and Balls- 
ton mineral springs ? How will you sail from Albany to Trenton ? 


NEW .JERSEY. 

How is New Jersey bounded ? What is its Capital '? 

New Jersey is a small but interesting state. It 
is noted for its navigable rivers, canals, and railroads, 
and for its flourishing manufactures. 

The face of the country is diversified. It is flat 
and sandy in the south ; uneven and hilly in the 
middle, and mountainous in the north. The central 
portions of the State are fertile, highly cultivated, 
and covered with handsome towns and villages. 

New Jersey abounds in valuable garden vegeta-. 
bles, and in apples, pears, peaches, and other fruits 
of the finest quality, and it always finds a ready 
market for these in New-York and Philadelphia. 

The great thoroughfare between the Northern and Southern States 
passes through h[ew Jersey, and the advantage which the State en- 
joys as it regards distance and facilities in transporting goods to market, 
are not exceeded by those of any district of equal extent in our 
country. 

Towns. — Trenton, situated at the head of tide waters on the Dela- 
ware, 30 miles N. E. of Philadelphia, is a handsome town, and a place 
of considerable trade and manufactures. 

New Brunswick is pleasantly situated on the Raritan, 14 miles from 
its mouth. It is the most commercial town hi the State. 

Newark, on the Passaic, 9 miles W. of New-York, is one of the most 
beautiful towns in the United States. It is distinguished for the manu- 
facture of shoes and leather. 

Princeton, 1 1 miles N. E. of Trenton, is situated on the great road 
between New-York and Philadelphia. It is a pleasant town, and con- 
tains a number of elegant buildings. % 

Burlington is pleasantly situated on the Delaware river, 1 7 miles N 




92 


UNITED STATES. 


E. of Philadelphia. It is well built, and has considerable manufactures 
and trade. 

Elizabethtown is situated on Elizabethtown creek, in the midst of a 
beautiful and fertile country. It contains several handsome buildings, 
and has considerable commerce. 

Patterson is situated on the Passaic river, 15 miles N. W. of New- 
York. It is a flourishing town, and the seat of very important man- 
ufacturing establishments. 

The Passaic Falls at this place, are the greatest curiosity in the 
state. The river is 40 yards wide, and falls perpendicularly 70 feet 
in one entire sheet, presenting a scene of singular beauty and gran- 
deur. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is New Jersey 
longest? Which is the most southern cape ? The most northern ? 
Sandy Hook. What bay separates New Jersey from Delaware S 
What river divides it from Pennsylvania? For what is New Jersey 
noted ? What does it abound in ? What literary institutions in New 
Jersey ? 

Map of the Central States. What is the extent of New Jersey ? 
Population ? What harbors on the coast ? What is the length ol 
Delaware bay ? Delaware river ? What counties can you mention ? 
Shire towns ? Canals ? Railroads ? How many towns can you men- 
tion in N. Jersey ? Which is the largest ? n. What is said of Newark ? 
Trenton ? When was the battle of Trenton fought ? What town on 
the Passaic, fifteen miles N. W. of New York? What noted curiosity 
at Patterson ? Which is the most northern county ? Which is the 
most southern ? What bay south of Staten Island ? Raritan bay. On 
how many sides is New Jersey bounded by water? How will you 
sail from Trenton to Harrisburg ? 


PENNSYLVANIA* 

How is Pennsylvania bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Pennsylvania is a large, healthy and fertile state, 
and is distinguished for its agriculture, manufactures 
and commerce ; for its fine roads, bridges and canals, 


* The colony of Pennsylvania was founded in 1682, by William Penn, a distin- 
guished philanthropist, belonging to the denomination of Friends. He obtained 
of Charles I. a grant of the territory now included in the state of Pennsylvania ; 
but believing that this gave him no just right to the country, he purchased the 
territory of the Indians, whom he considered the just and lawful owners. Shortly 
after he planted his infant colony, he met the Indians under “the great elm tree,” 
at Kensington*, and entered into a treaty of peace, which remained uninterrupted 
for the space of 70 years. 


PENNSYLVANIA 


93 



WILLIAM PENN FORMING A TREATY WITH THE INDIANS. 

a., /d for its extensive mines of coals. It enjoys a mild 
and agreeable climate, abounds in fruit, and may be 
regarded as one of the most important of the United 
States. 

The middle portion of the state is mountainous ; the remainder is 
generally level or moderately uneven. The soil is fertile, and under 
a high state of cultivation. 

Pennsylvania is the greatest manufacturing state in the Union. 
All the necessaries of life, and many of its luxuries, are to be found in 
this state, either the produce of its soil, or the labor of its citizens. 

Pennsylvania abounds in all the elements of wealth and power. 
Public opinion has given it a strong impulse towards manufactures and 
a gigantic system of internal improvements. New towns and villages 
are springing up in every direction. Its inhabitants, though composed 
of all nations, are distinguished for their habits of order, industry and 
frugality. The passing stranger, as he traverses the state, is struck 
with the noble roads, canals, railroads and other public works, with the 
well cultivated farms, their commodious houses of stone or brick, ex- 
tensive barns and other buildings of the same materi als. 

Towns . — Harrisburg is pleasantly situated on the Susquehannah, 9T 
miles N. W. of Philadelphia. It is regularly laid out, and handsomely 
built. The state house occupies an elevation overlooking the town, and 
is a large and elegant building. 

Philadelphia, in the extent, variety, and value of its manufacture^ 


94 


UNITED STATES 


is the first city in the Union. It is pleasantly situated between the 
Delaware and Schuylkill, six miles above theii confluence, and by 
the course of the river and bay, 126 miles from the ocean. Its com- 
merce is very extensive, and ships of the line can sail up to the city. 
It is laid out in squares, and is probably the most regular and uni- 
form city in the world. The streets are handsomely paved, broad, 
and pleasant, crossing each other at right angles, and kept remarka- 
bly clean. The houses are neatly built of brick, three stories high. 
Drnamented with marble steps and window sills. The city is adorn- 
ed with many handsome public as well as private dwellings. But 
the greatest pride of Philadelphia, is the Fair Mount water works, 
by which the city is supplied with pure and wholesome water from the 
Schuylkill. 

Philadelphia is celebrated as a seat of literature, and especially ol 
medical science, and is distinguished for its religious and benevolent 
institutions. It contains numerous schools and seminaries of learning, 



GIRARD COLLEGE. 

and by the will of the late Stephen Girard, a large sum was left to 
found and support a college for the education of the poorer classes in 
societv. 

Pittsburg is situated at the junction of the Alleghany and Monon- 
gahela, 300 miles N. W. of Philadelphia. It is one of the greatest 
manufacturing towns in the United States, and is the centre of an ex- 
tensive trade. In general, the town is well built, but the use of pit 
coal in the houses and manufactories, gives it a dingy and disagreeable 
appearance, from its dust and smoke. Its growth has been remarkably 
rapid, and it is noted for its brass and iron foundries, glass works, and 
for its inexhaustible mines of coal. By means of the Ohio, it has an 



PENN S YLV A N I A. 


95 



INTERIOR OF A COAL MINE. 


easy communication with the Western States and New Orleans, 
and at the point where the two rivers unite, may be seen a crowd of 
steamboats which are occupied in plying between this and the various 
towns below. 

Lancaster, 62 miles from Philadelphia, is a pleasant, flourishing, and 
wealthy town, and is regarded as one of the handsomest in the Middle 
States. It is surrounded by a rich and highly cultivated country, and 
carries on a large trade with the interior. 


• 

Map of the United States. In what direction is Pennsylvania 
longest ? How many states border on Pennsylvania ? What river 
forms the eastern boundary of Pennsylvania ? What river passes 
nearly through the centre of the state $ What two rivers unite and 
form the Ohio ? What city at their junction ? p. What can you say 
of Pittsburg ? Between what two rivers is Pliiladelphia ? d. s. What 
can you say of Philadelphia ? For what is Pennsylvania distinguished ? 
What literary institutions in Pennsylvania ? 


Map of the Central States. What is the extent of Pennsylvania ? 
Population? What branches has the Delaware river? s. l. What 
branches has the Susquehannah ? j. w. t. What branch has the Alle- 
ghany ? k. Monongahela? y. Which is the longest river in Penn- 
sylvania ? What counties can you mention in Pennsylvania ? Shire 
towns ? Canals ? Ilailroads ? What towns on the Delaware ? Sus- 
quehanna ? Ohio ? Alleghany ? When did the massacre of Wyo- 
ming take place ? Braddock’s defeat ? Battle of Germantown 1 


96 


UX1TED STATES. 


What mountains? Wliat minerals does Pennsylvania alound in? A 
Coal, iron, lime, and salt springs ? When, and by whom was the co- 
lony of Pennsylvania fotmded ? How will you sail from Harrisburg 
to Wilmington ? 


DELAWARE. 



DEEP CUT OF THE CHESAPEAKE AND DELAWARE CANAL. 


How is Delaware bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Delaware is a small and healthy state, noted lor 
its manufactures. 

The northern part of the state is generally hilly, 
and has a fertile soil ; the southern part is low, level, 
and sandy. 

Wheat is extensively raised in this state, and the flour made here is ol 
a superior quality. The flour mills near Wilmington, on the Brandy- 
wine. are the best and most celebrated in the United States. 

The Chesapeake and Delaware Canal crosses the northern part ol 
this state, uniting the two bays. It begins at Delaware City, 46 miles 
below Philadelphia, and passes westerly 14 miles to Pock Creek, a 
navigable branch of Elk rivei It is traversed by steam boats, packets 
and merchant vessels. The Deep Cut is a passage through a hill 4 miles 
long and 90 feet in height, being the deepest cut of any canal in the 


BOUT HERN STATES 


97 


world. The Summit Bridge which crosses the canai at tliis place, is a 
single arch 255 feet in length. 

Near Lewiston is the Delaware Breakwater, an important national 
work, consisting of two piers, — an ice-breaker 1,700 feet long, and a 
breakwater 2,800 feet long. The work forms an artificial harbor of 
great extent and importance, and cost about three million dollars. 



VIEW OF DELAWARE BAY. 


Towns. — Dover is pleasantly situated between the two principal 
branches of Jones’ Creek, 10 miles from its entrance into Delaware 
Bay. It is regularly laid out with wide streets, is generally well built, 
and contains a handsome State House. 

Wilmington is situated in the northern part of the state, between 
Christiana and Brandywine creeks, 1 mile above their confluence. It 
is the largest and most important town in the state, and is celebrated 
for its flour mills and other manufacturing establishments. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Delaware lonsrest * 

m o 

What separates it from New Jersey? What cape has Delaware? 
Which extends furthest south, Delaware or Ohio ? Which state is 
largest, Delaware or Connecticut ? What can you say of Delaware ? 

Map of the Central States. Wliat is the extent of Delaware ? 
Population ? What counties has Delaware ? Shire towns ? What 
swamp in the southern part ? What, and where is the Delaware Break- 
water ? What is the length of Delaware bay ? What canal ? What 
can you say of the Chesapeake and Delaware canal ? What lailroads ? 
When was the battle of Brandywine fought ? How will you sail from 
Wilmington to Annapolis & . 

9 



98 


UNITED STATES 


SOUTHERN STATES. 



The Southern States, in extent of territory, far sur- 
pass the. Eastern or Middle States, and are distin- 
guished for their valuable productions, numerous 
slaves, and for the amount of their exports. 

The Southern States, along the coast, varying from 60 to 200 miles 
in breadth, are generally low, sandy and barren, except near the rivers 
and bays. This section abounds in pine forests, and is usually termed 
“ the Pine Barrens ” The interior is hilly and mountainous, and has a 
rich and productive solL The climate, in the eastern and southern part, 
is warm and unhealthy ; in the interior it is mild and salubrious. 

Wheat, tobacco and Indian corn are the principal productions in' the 
northern part ; rice, cotton, and sugar in the southern ; and pitch, tar, 
turpentine, and lumber in the eastern part. 

The middle and western portions of these states are inhabited prin- 
cipally by farmers who have few slaves and small estates, depending 
principally on their own labor for support. The eastern part, or low 
country, is occupied by planters. These live on large plantations, at 
a considerable distance from each other, and are supported by the la- 
bor of their slaves. They are usually well informed, polite, and re- 
markably hospitable. Their incomes are large, and they have much 
leisure to indulge in amusements. Hunting and dancing are favorite 
diversions, and music is cultivated with much diligence and success. 
The women are generally well educated, and usually possess refined 


MARYLAND. 


99 


manners and cultivated minds. Education however, is less generally 
(liHused in the southern than in the northern states, and there is less ot 
intellectual activity and of the spirit of enterprise and improvement. 

Gold is the most important mineral. It is found in most of the state? 
bordering on the Atlantic, but more abundantly in North Carolina, 
Georgia and Virginia. This metal is now found so extensively that it 
has become an object of national importance. The government has es- 
tablished branches of the United States’ Mint at Charlotte, in North 
Carolina, and at Dahlonega, in Georgia, for the purpose of coining the 
gold found in the Southern States. The gold region reaches from \ ir* 
ginia to Alabama. Coal and iron are found in various parts, but more 
abundant in Virginia than in any other of the Southern States. 

Which are the Southern States? (See page 68.) How many are 
there? Wliich is the most northern of the Southern States? V hich 
is the most western? How many of them border on the Atlan f io ? 
Wliich is the largest of the Southern States ? What are the exports ol 
the Southern States. (See table 47.) 


MARYLAND. 


A VIEW OF BALTIMORE. 

How is Maryland bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Maryland, considering its extent and population, 
is one oi the first commercial states in the Union. It 
is well watered by rivers emptying into Chesapeake 




100 


UNITED STATE?. 


bay, affording numerous facilities for inland naviga- 
tion. In addition to these, the state is largely enga- 
ged in internal improvements. When these are com- 
pleted, Baltimore will be one of the most favorable 
positions for foreign and domestic commerce in the 
United States. 

The soil is well adapted to the growth of all sorts 
of grain, and a great variety of fruits. Ifs exports ol 
flour and other bread stuffs, are immense. The sta- 
ple production is tobacco. 

It is divided into two parts by Chesapeake bay, 
called the eastern and western shore. The eastern 
part is generally level ; the ivestern part is hilly and 
mountainous. 

lbions . — Annapolis is a handsome and regular city, pleasantly 
situated on the Severn river, two miles from its entrance into Chesa- 
peake bay. 

Baltimore is situated on the Patapsco river, 14 miles from its en- 
trance into Chesapeake bay. It has an extensive commerce, both 
foreign and inland, and may be considered the best flour market in the 
world. It is divided by a small river into two parts, called the Town 
and Fell's Point. The latter is the principal seat of commercial busi- 
ness. It is finely built, chiefly of brick, and the streets are neatly 
paved. It contains many handsome buildings, and two splendid mar- 
ble monuments — one to the memory of Washington — the other to the 
memory of those who fell in the battle of North Point, in 1814. The 
city has had a rapid growth, and is distinguished for the amount of its 
shipping. 

Frederick is a large and important place, pleasantly situated 42 
miles W. of Baltimore, in a fruitful tract of country, and is well built 
It has a considerable trade in flour and grain. 

Hagerstown is a flourishing place. Cumberland is a great thorough- 
fare. Easton and Cambridge are the principal places on the Eastern 
shore. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Maryland 
longest? What bay divides Maryland? On which side of Chesapeake 
bay is the largest division of Maryland ? What river separates Mary- 
land from Virginia ? What river empties into the head of Chesapeake 
bay ? What literary institutions in Maryland ? What can you say of 
Maryland? When, where, and by whom was Maryland settled* What 
are the, chief agricultural products ? (See table 83.) 


DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 


101 


Map of the Central States. What is the extent of Maryland ? 
Population ? What is the length of Chesapeake hay ? Potomac river ! 
What counties? Shire towns? Canals? Railroads? What towns 
can you mention ? What can you say of Baltimore ? When was 
the battle of North Point fought? What town at the head of Chesa- 
peake bay, burned by the British in 1813? H-d-o. What railroad 
passes through Havre de Grace ? How will you sail from Baltimore to 
Washington ? 


DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 


The District of Columbia is of small extent, and 
noted for being the seat of the General Government 
of the United States. The land is finely elevated and 
beautifully diversified by hill and dale. 

The district was formerly ten miles square, given to the United 
States in 1790, by Maryland and Virginia, for the purpose of a na- 
tional capital. In 1800, it became the seat of the General Govern- 
9* 




102 


UNITED STATES 



mcnt, and the residence of the President and the other chief executive 
officers of the nation. In 1846, by an act of Congress, the part given 
by Virginia was restored to that state. Consequently the District is 
now confined to the Maryland side of the Potomac, and contains about 
70 square miles. 

Washington, the capital of the United States, is situated on the 
Potomac, 300 miles, by the course of the river and bay, from the ocean. 
The city is laid out on a regular plan, and when completed, will be 
one of the most beautiful and commodious cities on the globe. The 
Capitol, for the meetings of Congress, is situated on capitol square, at 
the head of Pennsylvania avenue, and commands a delightful view of 
the city and surrounding country. It is constructed of free-stone, and 
composed of a c^re and two wings. The length of the whole is 350 
feet ; depth of thv wings, 121 feet ; height to the top of the dome, 120 
feet. The Senate chamber, in the north wing, is a semi-circle of 74 
feet in length, and 42 in height. The Representatives’ chamber, in the 
south wing, is also a semi-circle, 95 feet in length and 60 in height. 
About a mile and a half west of the Capitol, is the President’s house, 
an elegant structure of free-stone, two stories high, with a lofty base 
ment, 180 feet long by 85 wide. Near it are four elegant brick build- 
ings, occupied by the Secretaries or Heads of Departments. 

The General Post Office is a structure of white marble. The Pa- 
tent Office is a handsome edifice, and the depository of manv interest- 



VIRGINIA. J 03 

lug objects. The building for the Smithsonian Institute will be, when 
completed, one of the most beautiful in the United States. 

Georgetown is situated on the Potomac, 3 miles west of Washington. 
It is a handsome town, and has a considerable trade. 

In what direction from us is Washington ? After whom was it 

O i . • 

named ? Who was George Washington ? In what direction from 
Washington is Georgetown ? Alexandria ? When does Congress meet 
in Washington ? The first Monday in December, annually. Which 
has the greatest latitude, or is farther north — Washington or this place ? 
In what longitude from Washington is this place ? Boston ? St. Louis t 
Philadelphia ? Detroit ? Charleston ? How will you sail from Wash- 
ington to Richmond ? 


VIRGINIA. 



MOUNT VERNON. 


IIow is Virginia bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Virginia is a large, populous, and wealthy state. 
It is distinguished for its great natural resources, its 
happy climate, its navigable rivers, and the amount 
of its exports. 

The vegetable productions are numerous. Wheat, tobacco, corn, Ac., 
are produced in large quantities. The mineral treasures are boundless, 
Extensive gold mines have been discovered. Iron, copper, lead, coal, Ac., 
are found. In the western part are salt springs, from which great 





104 


UNITED STATES. 


✓ 


quantities of salt are made. The principal works are on the Little and 
Great Kanawha, whore about three million bushels are annually pro- 
duced. 

The Natural Bridge oyer Cedar Creek, is one of the greatest natural 
curiosities m the world. It is about 100 feet in length, 60 feet wide and 
250 feet above the surface of the water. There are several remarkable 
caves— the Blowing cave, W eir’s cave, <fec. 

Towns . — Richmond is pleasantly situated at the Falls on James river, 
1 50 miles from its mouth. The town rises gradually from the water, 
and has a fine, picturesque appearance. Most of the houses are ol 
brick, and many of them are elegant. Its public buildings are very 
commodious. The capitol is built upon an eminence, and has a com- 
manding and delightful prospect. It has good schools, and convenient 
houses of public worship for many religious denominations. Its inland, 
coasting, and foreign trade is extensive, and increasing. It has flourish- 
ing manufactures, and by means of the river and canals, the city is con- 
nected with a rich and highly cultivated back country, abounding in 
wheat, corn, hemp, tobacco and coal. 

Norfolk, the principal sea port in the State, is situated on Elizabeth 
river, 8 miles from its entrance into Hampton Roads. Its harbor is 
good, and it has more foreign commerce than any other town in the 
State. 

Alexandria is situated on the west bank of the Potomac, 6 miles 
south of Washington. It has an extensive trade, principally in flour. 
It is a pleasant, regular and well built city. 

Yorktown, situated on York river, 11 miles from its mouth, is fa- 
mous for the capture of Lord Cornwallis and his army, 19th October, 
1781* 

Mount Vernon is situated on the Potomac, 9 miles below Alexan- 
dria, It is memorable for having been the residence of Gen. Wash- 
ington. 


Map of the United States. — In what direction is Virginia longest? 
Does any part of it lie on the east side of Chesapeake bay ? How many 
States border on Virginia ? What two rivers empty into Albemarle 
sound ? r. c. What four into Chesapeake bay ? j. y. r. p. What branch 
has the Potomac ? s. What three empty into the Ohio ? l-k. g-k. b-s. 
What river in the northern part unites with the Alleghany at Pitts- 
burg ? m. Which is the longest river in Virginia ? What mountains in 
Virginia ? What are the principal towns ? What literary institutions ? 
What can you say of Virginia ? What are the agricultural products ? 

Map of the Central States. What is the extent of Virginia ? 

Population ? How many counties can you mention ? Shire towns ? 

Canals? Railroads ? Which is the most northern countv? b. Most 

«/ 


* See OIney’s History of the United States, page 176. 


NORTH CAROLINA. 


105 


south-western ? l. What two counties east of Chesapeake bay ? a. s. 
In what county is Richmond ? Norfolk ? Fredericksburg ? Wheeling ? 
By what rivers is Virginia bounded ? When and where was the first 
settlement made in Virginia? When was the battle of Yorktown 
fought ? Which extends farthest north, Virginia or Delaware ? Where 
is the Natural Bridge ? A. In the southern part of Rockbridge county, 
156 miles west of Richmond. What can you say of the Natural 
Bridge ? Where are the Hot and Warm Springs ? A. In Bath county. 
Where are Madison’s and Weir’s caverns ? A. In Rockingham county. 
What can you say of that portion of the State lying between the Blue 
Ridge and Alleghany mountains ? A. It is called the “ Great Valley 
Section,” and consists of an elevated table-land from 1200 to 1500 feet 
above the level of the sea, noted for its fertility and singular wildness 
and beauty. Where is the University of Virginia? When does the 
annual election of State officers take place ? How will you sail from 
Richmond to Wilmington ? 


NORTH CAROLINA. 



GOLD MINES. 

How is North Carolina bounded ? Its Capital ? 

North Carolina is a large state, and is noted for 
its agricultural productions. It exhibits great diver- 
sity of surface, soil, and climate. The country for 
more than sixty miles from the coast, is a low plain 


106 


UNITED STATES. 


with many inlets and swamps from the sea. This is 
called the low country, and abounds in pine forests. 

The interior is uneven, healthy and productive, and is the most popu- 
lous part of the State. The western part is mountainous, and remarka- 
ble for the purity of its air. 

The productions of North Carolina are various. Wheat, rye, barley, 
oats and flax are cultivated. Indian corn is abundant throughout the 
whole State ; and cotton is raised in considerable quantities. Tobacco, 
l ice, and sweet potatoes abound, and the soil and climate are favorable 
to the growth of the grape and mulberry. 

The coast is lined with sand banks and islands, which render access 
to the bays and sounds extremely difficult. Its commerce is chiefly 
carried on through the seaports of the neighboring states. The exports 
are rice, cotton, tobacco, pitch, tar, turpentine and lumber. 

North Carolina abounds in iron ore, and is re markable for its rich 
mines of gold. The region containing these, embrace an extent of 1,000 
square miles in this state, and reaches from Virginia across the centre 02 
the state through South Carolina and Georgia, into Alabama. The 
mines in North Carolina occupy above 20,000 men. At Charlotte is a 
branch of the United States mint for coining the gold. 

There are a great number of mills for grinding. They are driven 
by steam and water. In some instances, the gold is found in pure 
particles in the sand ; in other parts it is found in mines, or in the 
form of ore. It usually exists in small grams, but is sometimes found 
in lumps of one or two pounds weight. 

Towns . — Raleigh is a handsome town, and is pleasantly situated 
near the central part of the state. 

Newbern is the largest town in the state, and has a considerable 
share of commerce. 

Wilmington is the most commercial town in the state. It is situated 
on Cape Fear river, 36 miles from its mouth. 

The towns in tliis state are small, the inhabitants living mostly on 
their plantations. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is North Carolina 
longest? What capes on the coast? h. l. f. What sounds? Rivers? 
What are the principal towns ? What mountains in the western part ? 
What is the distance from North Carolina to Gibralter ? What country 
in Asia in the same latitude as the southern part of North Carolina? 
What literary institutions in North Carolina? What can you say ol 
North Carolina. 


Map of the Southern States. What is the extent of North Carolina i 
Population? What bays on the coast? Inlets? What counties can 
you mention ? Shire towns ? What other towns ? Which is the most 
populous town? What railroads? Canals? What mines in North 


SOUTH CAROLIN A 


107 


Carolina? What can you say of the gold mines? What can you 
say of the coast of North Carolina ? What large river iri the western 
part ? t. Which is the longest river in North Carolina? How will you 
sail from Wilmington to Charleston ? 


SOUTH CAROLINA. 



How is South Carolina bounded ? Its Capital ? 


South Carolina is distinguished among the South- 
ern States, for the opulence of her planters, the in- 
telligence and refinement of her citizens, and for her 
internal improvements, and amount of exports. 

'The coast, for about 100 miles from the sea, is low, flat, sandy and 
unhealthy. The rivers are bordered with marshes, in which are pro 
duced large crops of rice. 

The interior is beautifully diversified with hills and dales, and has 
a rich, fertile soil. The western part is mountainous, and has a cool 
and healthy climate. 

The staple productions are cotton and rice. of which Large quantities 
are annually exported. The culture of tiiese is so profitable that wheat, 



108 


UNITED STATES. 


com, and other grains are almost neglected. Tobacco thrives well, 
The fruits which flourish best are pears, pomegranates, water melons, 
rigs, apricots, nectarines, almonds, olives, apples, peaches and oranges. 

Towns . — Columbia is pleasantly situated on the Congaree, near the 
centre of the state. It is regularly laid out, on an elevated piaia 

Charleston is situated on a point of land at the junction of Ashley 
and Cooper rivers, seven miles from the ocean. It is the principal 
market for the products of this state as well as a considerable portion 
of North Carolina. The plan of the city is regular, and many of the 
streets are handsome. Most of the houses are furnished with tl ree 
piazzas to each story. It contains many elegant edifices, and its citi 
zens are characterized by hospitality, gayety, and politeness. 


Map of the United States. Li what direction is South Carolina 
longest ? What are its rivers? Principal towns? What literary 
institutions? For what is South Carolina distinguished? What fruits 
flourish ? Which extends farthest south, South Carolina or Arkansas ? 


Map of the Southern States. What is the extent of South Caro- 
lina? Population? South Carolina is divided into Districts instead oi 
Counties. What districts can you mention ? In what district is Charles- 
ton ? What can you say of Charleston ? What bay on the coast ? 
l. What sound in the southern part ? What entrance? What town 
on Port Royal island ? What canal ? Railroads ? Which is the longest 
river in South Carolina? Where is Table mountain, the most noted 
curiosity in the state ? When was the battle of Monk’s Comer fought ? 
Eutaw Springs ? Cowpens ? King's Mountain ? What fort at the 
entrance of -Charleston harbor? How Avill you sail from Charleston 
to Savannah? 


GEORGIA. 

How is Georgia bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

(reovgia is one of the largest states in the Union, 
and is rapidly increasing in wealth, population and 
power. The state is greatly diversified in respect to 
surface, soil, and climate. 

The marshy grounds, overflowed by creeks and rivers, extending 
fifteen or twenty miles from the coast, constitute the rice plantations. 
Next to this portion, are the pine barrens, which extend from 60 to 90 
miles from the sea. 

Beyond these barrens, the country becomes uneven, diversified with 
hills and mountains, and possesses a strong, rich soil. This section pro- 
duces cotton, tobacco, wheat, corn, and other kinds of grain. 

Melons, citrons, figs, oranges, limes, pears, peaches and other fruits 


GEORG l A 


109 



COTTON AND RICE FIELDS. 


are cultivated. A part of the soil is well suited to the grape vine. The 
staple production is cotton, but rice, tobacco, and lumber are important 
articles of commerce. 

The minerals are iron in great abundance, gold and copper. The 
gold region extends in a broad belt through this state, and is becoming 
an object of great and increasing interest. At Dahlonega is a branch 
of the United States mint for coining the gold. 

The winters are mild and agreeable, and snow seldom falls ; but the 
summers are warm, and in the southern part, unhealthy. 

Towns . — Milledgeville is pleasantly situated on the Oconee. It is 
a flourishing town, and has a considerable trade. 

Savannah is situated on the river Savannah, 17 miles from its 
mouth. It is the largest town in the state, and has an extensive com- 
merce. 

Augusta is a flourishing town on the Savannah river, 127 miles bv 
land, above Savannah. It is well situated for trade, the produce of 
the northern part of the state being collected here, to be conveyed 
to SavannalL 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Georgia long- 
est ? What rivers ? Principal towns ? What mountains in the north- 
western part ? What literary institutions ? Wliat can you say of 
Georgia ? 


Map of the Southern States. What is the extent of Georgia ? 
• Population ? What counties can you mention ? In what county is 
Milledgeville ? Savannah ? Augusta ? What islands on the coast ? 
10 




110 


UNITED STATES. 


Wliat swamp in the southern part ? Okefinokee swamp is of great 
extent. It abounds in alligators, snakes, frogs, turtles, and immense 
swarms of musquitoes. What canal ? Railroads ? What rivers fonn 
boundary lines ? Which is the longest river in Georgia ? How will 
you sail from Savannah to Port Leon ? 


FLORIDA. 



How is Florida bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Florida is the most southern portion of the United 
States, and is remarkable for the variety of its vege- 
table productions, and for its numerous rivers, ponds, 
lakes and marshes. 

The soil near the rivers and lakes, is equal to any 
in the world ; in other parts, however, it is less pro- 
ductive. The climate is soft and delicious, rarely 
suffering from cold, and constantly refreshed by 
breezes from the Atlantic and the gulf of Mexico. 

Florida is noted for the majestic appearance of its towering forest « 
trees, and the brilliant colors of its flowering shrubs. The pines, palms. 





FLORIDA. 


Ill 


cypress, cedars and chestnuts grow to an extraordinary size and height 
The laurels, especially the magnolias, are uncommonly striking objects 
rising with erect trunks to the height of 100 feet, forming towards the 
head a perfect cone, and having their dark green foliage silvered over 
with large milk-white flowers, frequently eight or nine inches in diam- 
eter. The live oak, so valuable in ship building, grows here to a large 
size. After forming a trunk from 10 to 20 feet high, and from 12 to 18 
feet in circumference, it spreads out its branches, in some instances 60 
paces on every side. The Everglades of Florida are immense swamps, 
or tracts of marshy land, covered with water and grass. 

Many rich fruits, particularly limes, prunes, peaches, grapes and 
figs, grow wild in the forests. St. John’s river and some of the lakes 
are bordered with orange groves, and olives are cultivated with suc- 
cess. Fish abound in the rivers and lakes, and game is abundant in the 
forests. 

Florida was formerly a Spanish province. In 1819 it was ceded 
by Spain to the United States ; in 1822 it was erected into a territorial 
government, and in 1845, admitted as a state, into the union. 

Towns. — Tallahasse is a new, pleasant and flourishing town, dis 
tinguished for its healthy situation, and for the beauty and fertility of 
the surrounding country. 

St. Augustine, the oldest town in the United States, is pleasantly 
situated on the eastern coast, about 18 miles south of the mouth of St. 
John’s river. It is built on a peninsula, and consists of four principal 
streets. It is distinguished for its dry and healthy atmosphere, and 
has the advantages of refreshing breezes from the sea, and the fra- 
grance of orange groves. It is the resort of invalids from all parts of 
the United States 

Pensacola is situated on a bay of the same name, 50 miles east of 
Mobile. Its situation is pleasant and healthy, and it is rapidly in- 
creasing in population and wealth. Its harbor is one of the most safe 
and capacious in the gulf of Mexico, and has been selected as a naval 
station by the government of the United States. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Florida longest ? 
What cluster of isles near Cape Sable ? What cluster west of Florida 
Reefs? What cluster of the West Indiaisles south-east of Florida? 
b. What is St. Salvador, or Cat island noted for ? What stream passes 
between the Bahama isles and Florida ? What bays on the coast ? r. 
a. t. What rivers in Florida ? For what is Florida remarkable ? 


Map of the Southern States. What is the extent of Florida ? 
Population ? What rivers form boundary lines ? p. c. St. m. Which 
is the longest river in Florida ? How is Pensacola situated ? Port 
Leon ? St. Augustine ? What is said of St. Augustine ? For what 
is Florida noted ? How will you sail from Port Leon to Tuscaloosa i 


» 


l \2 UNITED STATES. 


ALABAMA. 



How is Alabama bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Alabama is a large and newly settled state, and is 
distinguished for the rapid increase of its population. 
It possesses great diversity of surface, soil, climate 
and productions. 

Along the coast, the land is low, level, and well suited to the culti- 
vation of rice. The middle is uneven ; the northern parts are broken or 
hilly, but very fertile and healthy, and embrace the principal settle 
ments. 

Cotton is the staple production, and is raised in great quanti- 
ties. Rice, corn, wheat, rye, oats, &c., are successfully cultivated. The 
sugar-cane is becoming an object of attention, and it is supposed that 
the vine and olive would flourish. Iron ore is found in several places ; 
coal abounds on the Black Warrior and Cahawba, and gold exists in 
the north-eastern part. The climate is generally healthy, except in the 
southern part. 

Montgomery, situated on a high bluff on the Alabama, at the head 
of steamboat navigation, is an important and flourishing place. It is 
generally well built, and the centre of an extensive trade, particularly 
in that of cotton. 


* 


MISSISSIPPI. 


113 


Mobile, on Mobile river, is a flourishing commercial place. Next 
to New Orleans, it is the greatest cotton mart of the South. It is sit- 
uated on a beautiful plain, is well built, and commands a delightful 
prospect. 

Tuscaloosa, Wetumpka, Gainsville, Florence, Huntsville, and Tus- 
cumbia, are thriving towns, and places ol some note. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Alabama longest ? 
What bay in the southern part ? m. What rivers in Alabama ? Prin- 
cipal towns ? What mountains terminate in the northern part ? What 
literary institutions ? What can you say of Alabama ? 


Map of the Southern States. What is the extent of Alabama ? 
Population ? What counties can you mention in Alabama ? In what 
county is Mobile ? Tuscaloosa ? Montgomery ? Huntsville ? Flo- 
rence ? Which is the most populous town in Alabama ? What two 
rivers unite and form the Alabama? c. t. What shoals in Tennessee 
river ? Which is the longest river in Alabama ? What rivers form 
boundary lines ? What railroads in Alabama ? How does Alabama 
compare in size with New- York ? How will you sail from Tuscaloosa 
to Natchez ? 


MISSISSIPPI. 

How is Mississippi bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Mississippi is a large, level and fertile State. Its 
local situation, the fertility of its soil, the tempera- 
ture of its climate, and the value of its productions, 
render it an important member of the Union. 

The productions are numerous. The most im- 
portant is cotton, and it employs most of the industry 
of the people. Rice, corn, sugar, wheat, &c., are 
successfully cultivated ; and plums, peaches, figs 
and other fruits grow in abundance. 

The southern part of the State, for about 100 miles from the Gulf 
of Mexico, is mostly a level, sandy, pine forest, interspersed with cy- 
press swamps, prairies, marshes, and a few hills of moderate elevation 

10 * 


114 


UNITED STATES. 




COTTON FIELDS. 



The remainder of the State is more elevated, and agreeably diversified, 
and noted for the fertility of the soil. 

Towns . — Jackson is finely situated on a plain, about half a mile 
square, near the Pearl river. It is a flourishing and healthy place, and 
noted for its elegant state house and other public buildings. 

Natchez has an elevated situation, and is the largest and one of the 
most flourishing towns in the State. It is surrounded by a populous, 
fertile, and highly cultivated country, and is the centre of trade for the 
t owns in the western part of the State. Great numbers of steamboats 
and river craft are continually arriving and departing here. Its streets 
are broad, and many of its buildings handsome. 

Vicksburg, Columbus, Grand Gulf, Yazoo City, Monticello, Woodville. 
and Port Gibson are flourishing towns. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Mississippi long- 
est ? What are its chief rivers ? Principal towns ? What rivers form 
boundary lines ? m. p. t. What literary institutions ? What can you 
say of Mississippi ? 


Map of the South-western States. What is the extent of Missis- 
sippi ? Population ? What counties can you mention ? In what county 
is Jackson? Natchez? Vicksburg? Which is the largest town in 
Mississippi ? What is its population ? Which is the longest river ? Its 
length ? Which extends farthest west, Mississippi or Illinois ? East i 
What towns on the Mississippi ? What railroads ? When is the elec- 
tion of State officers held ? For what length of time is the governor 
chosen? His salary? When does the legislature meet? Sail from 
Natchez to New Orleans. 


LOUISIANA 


115 


LOUISIANA. 



BATTLE OF NEW ORLEANS. 

How is Louisiana bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Louisiana is a large, level, and fertile State. It 
presents the appearance of an immense plain, divided 
into marshes,* prairies,! pine forests and alluvions.! 

The part bordering on the Grulf of Mexico con- 
sists of low prairie land and marshes, intersected by 
numerous bays and rivers. Around the mouth of 
the Mississippi, for thirty or forty miles, it is a con- 
tinued swamp, destitute of trees, covered with a 
species of coarse reed, four or five feet high. The 
most fertile and cultivated portions of the State are 
the alluvions on the borders of the Mississippi, Red 
river, and smaller streams. 

* Marshes, a tract of low, wet land, a swamp. 

t Prairie, an extensive tract of land, generally level, destitute of trees and 
covered with tall grass. They usually have a fertile soil, peculiarly suited to the 
purposes of grazing and feeding immense herds of cattle. Many of the prairies 
are very large, extending farther than the eye can reach. In Asia, these plains 
are called Steppes; in South America, Pampas. 

J Alluvions, level, fertile lands, lying on the margins of rivers, formed there 
by means of the action of the water. 


116 


UNITED STATES. 


The agricultural and commercial resources of 
Louisiana are immense. Its staple productions are 
cotton, sugar and rice. Oranges, lemons, figs and 
dther tropical fruits flourish in the southern part. 

A considerable portion of this state is lower than the Mississippi. 
To prevent its being overflowed, levees, or artificial embankments of 
earth are raised on the sides of the river, from five to forty feet in 
height. These sometimes are broken away by the stream, and a 
vast extent of country is deluged with water, and great devastation is 
produced. 

Towns . — Baton Rouge is situated on the east bank of the Mississippi, 
110 miles above New Orleans. It is a flourishing place, and i3 consi- 
dered the most healthy situation on the river. 

New Orleans is situated on the Mississippi, 105 miles from its 
mouth. It i3 the grand commercial metropolis of the Mississippi 
valley. The plan of the city is regular, and its suburbs are adorned 
with beautiful gardens and orange groves. No city on the globe pos- 
sesses so great natural advantages for a commercial capital. The 
Mississippi and its tributaries above the city, have an extent of more 
than 20,000 miles of waters, already navigated by steamboats, and 
passing through the richest soils and the pleasantest climates. Its com- 
munication with the ocean is easy, being accessible for the largest shipa 
Its harbor is constantly crowded with all kinds of maritime and river 
craft; and often may be seen at one time 1500 flat boats engaged in 
lading and unlading. Steamboats are coming and departing every 
hour, and fifty or sixty are frequently seen at the levee together It 
is rapidly increasing in population, commerce and wealth, and bids fair 
to become the largest city of America, and one of the first commercial 
cities on the globe. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Louisiana longest ? 
What are its chief rivers ? Which form boundary lines ? s. m. p. 
Which are the principal towns ? What literary institutions ? What 
can you say of Louisiana ? In what direction from us are the mouths 
of the Mississippi ? 


Map of the South-western States. What is the extent of Louisi- 
ana ? Population ? Louisiana is divided into Parishes instead of 
Counties. How many parishes can you mention ? Which extends 
farthest south ? In what parish is New Orleans ? Natchitoches ? 
Baton Rouge ? What lakes ? Bays ? When was the battle of New 
Orleans fought ? Which is the most populous city or town in Louisi- 
ana ? Which the longest river ? Which extends farthest west, Lousi- 
ana or Missouri 2 East? How will you sail from New Orleans to 
Galveston ? 


TEXAS 


117 


TEXAS. 



How is Texas bounded ? Wliat is its Capital ? 


Texas is a new, interesting, and important State. 
It embraces one of the finest countries in the world. 
Its soil is of uncommon fertility — its climate, one of 
alternate spring and summer ; and its productions 
comprise most of those of temperate and torrid zones. 

The surface resembles a vast inclined plane, gradually sloping from 
flic mountains to the gulf of Mexico. Along the coast, varying from 
30 to 100 miles in width, it is low and level. Beyond this maritime 
plain, it is more elevated and undulating, and expands into broad prairies. 
In the western part, it rises into hills, table lands, and lofty mountains, 
presenting the most beautiful and sublime scenery. 

Along the numerous rivers and streams, the country is well wooded, 
furnishing an ample supply of timber, both for use and ornament. In 
the northern part, aq| two remarkable belts of woodland, in the midst 
of the prairies, called “ The Cross Timbers.” The larger of these, is 
from 5 to 50 miles in width, and more than 100 miles in length. 

The vast prairies are covered with luxuriant grass, and during the 
vernal season, are overspread with flowers of every tint and hue. The 
soil is remarkably fertile. Live oak, so valuable for ship building, is 
abundant ; also, most most other kinds of wood. Cotton, sugar, rice, to- 
bacco, corn, wheat and most other grains are produced in great abun- 


118 


UNITED STATES. 


dance. Oranges, lemons, figs, pine-apples, dates, olives, peaches, melons, 
&c., (fee., arrive at perfection. Coal, iron, copper and lead, are among 
the minerals of the state, 

Texas is one of the finest grazing countries in the world. The prairie® 
and plains abound in herds of cattle. Buffalo, deer, wild horses, or 
mustangs, are numerous in the interior and northern parts of the state. 

On the border of Texas and Mexico are several Indian tribes. The 
most noted of these are the Camanches. They are active and brave, — 
expert with the bow and arrow, — and the best horsemen in the world. 

Texas was formerly a province of Mexico. In 1835, the people de- 
clared their independence, which was secured by the defeat and capture 
of Santa Anna, the Mexican President, and the destruction of his armv. 
at San Jacinto, April 21st, 1836. In 1845, it was annexed to the United 
States as an independent state. 

Towns. — Austin is pleasantly situated on the left bank of the Colo- 
rado, 200 miles from its mouth. It is rapidly increasing in population. 

Houston, on Buffalo Bayou, is a large and interesting place. It con- 
tains several churches and other elegant edifices, a number of manufac- 
tories, and has considerable trade. 

Galveston is the principal seaport. It is a large, thriving and im- 
portant place, and has an extensive trade. 

Matagorda, St. Augustine, Nacogdoches, Washington, Corpus Christ], 
and Brazoria, are important places. Near San Antonio, the oldest place 
in the state, are the ruins of the Alamo, a fortress which was defended 
with unexampled bravery, for two weeks, by 150 Texans, under Col. 
Travis, against 4000 Mexicans under Santa Anna. Goliad is noted for 
the massacre of Col. Fannin and 400 Texan prisoners, by the Mexicans, 
in cold blood. Velasco is a noted summer resort. 


What rivers form part of the boundary of Texas ? What other 
rivers ? Where are “ The Cross Timbers ?” Where are the Gau da- 
loupe mountains ? What does the surface of Texas resemble ? Whaf 
is the general course of the rivers ? What towns can you mention ? 
Which is the oldest settled town in Texas ? What ruins are near it ? 
What town on the Rio Grande nearly opposite Matamoras ? When 
was the battle of Palo Alto fought ? Reseca de la Palma ? Where is 
San Jacinto, and for what is it noted ? When was Texas annexed to the 
United States? Which extends farthest south, Texas or Florida ? What 
Table-land in the north-western part ? What can you say of the Ca- 
manches ? How will you sail from Galveston to Nashville? 

#i 

WESTERN STATES. 

The Western States all lie in the great valley of 
the Mississippi.* They are distinguished for their 


* The Valley of the Mississippi embraces the vast region lying between the 
Alleghany and Rocky mountains, watered by the Mississippi and its numerous 


WESTERN STATES. 


119 



COMMENCING A SETTLEMENT. 


mild climate, fertile soil, large and navigable rivers, 
and for their unexampled increase in population, 
wealth, and political importance. 

The most striking feature in the geography of these states, is the 
Prairies, or natural meadows, which embrace so large a portion of their 
surface. They are destitute of trees, and covered with tall grass and 
wild flowers. Many of them are celebrated for tlieir richness and beauty. 
These prairies cover a vast extent of country north of the Ohio and 
also west of the Mississippi, and afford pasturage to countless herds of 
buffaloes, deer, and various other wild animals. 

The climate of these states is healthful and pleasant, being milder 
and less subject to changes than in the Eastern or Middle States. These 
States contain the most extensive section of fertile land in the Union, 
and the productiveness of the soil fits them for becoming the granary of 
the whole continent. The productions are various and abundant. Cot- 

tranches. It extends 20 degrees in latitude and about 30 in longitude. If we ex- 
cept the Amazon, probably no other valley on the globe will compare in size 
with it; and it probably surpasses all others in the richness and variety of its soil, 
and its general adaptation to the support and comfort of civilized man. In extent, 
it is like a continent; in beauty and fertility, it is the most perfect garden of na- 
ture. If we glance an eye over this immense region, connected by navigable riv- 
ers — if we regard the fertility of soil, the variety of productions, and if we com- 
bine those advantages offered by nature, with the moral energy of the free and 
active people who are spreading their increasing millions over its surface — what a 
brilliant prospect opens upon us through the darkness of future times! We see 
arts, science, industry, virtue, and social happiness already increasing in that 
region beyond what the wildest fancy would have dared to hope, thirty or fortj 
years ago. 


120 


U NITED STATES. 



EMIGRANTS. 

ton, tobacco and rice are produced in the southern portions ; wheat, 
corn, oats, barley, hemp, tfcc., are extensively cultivated in other parts 
Fruits of most kinds grow in abundance. Horses, cattle and swine are 
raised in great numbers, and thousands of barrels of beef and pork are 
sent to the eastern and southern markets. 

There is probably no country in the world, of equal extent, so finely 
watered as the valley of the Mississippi. It is completely veined by 
navigable rivers, which afford unparalleled facilities for internal com- 
munication. The number of steamboats on the Mississippi and its tri- 
butary streams, is immense. In addition to these, a vast number of 
flat boats, or arks, annually descend these rivers, besides a multitude of 
smaller craft. The quantities of produce of various kinds, transported 
in these to New Orleans, are immense. 

Lead is the most abundant of all the metals in these states. The 
lead mines of Missouri and Illinois are the richest in the world. Bitu- 
minous coal is found in various parts. Salt springs are numerous ; and 
no part of the Mississippi valley is remote from a plentiful supply of 
salt. 

The cause of education in most parts of these states is liberally patron 
ized. The number of common schools is rapidly increasing ; higher semi- 
naries of learning and colleges are fast multiplying, and the zeal that is 
manifested in their establishment, gives an assurance that tliis interesting 
portion of our country will soon be as highly favored with the means ol 
intellectual and moral culture, as it is now with natural resources for 
the support and comfort of civilized man. 

The Western States are remarkable for the remains of antiquitv 
with which they abound. These consist of the ruins of forts or fortifi- 
cations, mounds of earth, or graves, walls, hearths, &c. To judge from 



121 


TENNESSEE 

these woiks, the nation that constructed them, must hare been far 
more civilized, and much better acquainted with the useful arts than 
the present Indians. From the lofty trees with which they are over- 
grown, it is concluded a long period must have elapsed — perhaps 1000 
years — since the desertion of these fabrics, and the extinction of the 
people by whom they were erected. They are found in the vicinity of 
each other, spread over the great plains from the southern shore of lake 
Erie to the gulf of Mexico, generally in the neighborhood of the great 
rivers. Their structure is regular, and they have been supposed to 
warrant the opinion of the existence, in ancient times, of great cities 
along the Mississippi. The mummies, or dried bodies enveloped with 
coarse cloth, and found in some of the saltpetre caves of Kentucky, indi- 
cate the existence formerly of a race in these parts, different from that 
of the present Indians, and that had probably become extinct long be- 
fore the discovery of this continent by Columbus. 

Which are the Western States ? Which is the most northern ? 
Which is the most southern ? Which extends farthest east? Wliich 
extends farthest west ? Which is the largest ? Which is the small- 
est ? Wliich is the longest ? Which is the shortest ? Which one is 
most regular in its shape ? Which one is most irregular ? How many 
of these are nortli of the Ohio fiver ? How many west of the Missis- 
sippi ? Wliich are the three largest rivers of the Wertern States? 
What are the exports of the Western States ? (See Table 47.) 


TENNESSEE. 

How is Tennessee bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Tennessee is one of the most healthful, pleasant, 
and interesting states in the Union. It is agreeably 
diversified with mountains, hills, and valleys, and is 
noted for its navigable rivers, and for its beautiful and 
picturesque scenery. The state is divided by the 
Cumberland mountains, into East andAVest Tennes- 
see. The climate is pleasant and salubrious, and the 
soil generally very luxuriant. 

The great business of the state is agriculture. 
Cotton, tobacco, corn, wheat and hemp are produced 

in abundance, and are the staple commodities. 

li 


p 


122 


UNITED STATES. 



CUMBERLAND MOUNTAINS. 


Being remote from the sea, it is not exposed to sudden changes of 
temperature. The winters are mild, and it has been observed that tho 
season of vegetation lasts three months longer here than in Maine. The 
climate of East Tennessee is considered one of the most desirable in 
North America, 

The state is rich in minerals. A considerable portion of it is bedded 
on limestone. Gypsum, copperas, alum, nitre, lead, <fcc., are found 
Coal is supposed to be plentiful. There are several mineral springs, 
and many valuable salt springs. 

The mountains of Tennessee contain a great number of caverns. 
But few of them have been explored, and little more is known ol 
them than that they abound in nitrous earth. One of them has been 
descended 400 feet below the surface, and found to consist of a smooth 
limestone rock, with a stream of pure water sufficient to turn a mill. 

Among the Enchanted mountains, a name given to several spurs of 
the Cumberland ridge, are some very singular toot prints marked in the 
solid limestone rock. These are tracks of men, horses, and other ani- 
mals, as fresh as if made yesterday, and as distinct as if made in clay 
or mortar. On the shore of the Mississippi is a similar impression of 
two human feet in a mass of solid limestone. The tracks of human 
beings have uniformly six toes on each foot. Walls of faced stone, and 
even walled wells, have been found in many places, which are undoubt- 
edly the work of a remote generation. A description of the curiosities 
3 f Tennessee would fill a large volume. 

Towns . — Nashville is situated on the Cumberland river, 200 miles 
from its mouth, in the midst of a populous and fertile country. It is 
the largest and most flourishing town in the state, and carries on an ex- 
tensive steamboat navigation. 




ARKANSAS. 


123 


Memphis, the second town in the state, is situated on a hue bluff on 
ihe east bank of the Mississippi. It contains a United States’ Navy 
Yard, and is a place of much commercial business. 

Knoxville, the principal town in East Tennessee, is situated on the 
Ilolston, 22 miles above its junction with the Tennessee river. It is a 
pleasant and flourishing place. 

MAr of the United States. In what direction is Tennessee longest ? 
IIow many states border on Tennessee ? What are its chief rivers ? 
Principal towns ? Its literary institutions ? 

Map of the Southern States. What is the extent of Tennessee ? 

Population ? How many counties can you mention ? In what county 

is Nashville ? Knoxville ? Memphis ? Murfreesboro ? Gallatin ? 

Which is the largest town ? Its population ? Which is the longest 

river ? Its length ? What mountains separate Tennessee from North 

Carolina ? What railroads in Tennessee ? What curiosities in Ten- 
« 

uessee ? How will you sail from Nashville to Little llock ? 


ARKANSAS. 



A PRAIRIE ON FIRE. 


How is Arkansas bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Arkansas is a large, fertile and newly settled state, 
distinguished for its navigable rivers, and the variety 
of its productions. 


124 


UNITED STATES. 


The eastern part is a low, level, and unhealthy 
region, covered with thick forests, and is liable to 
annual inundation. The remainder is more elevated, 
and enjoys a healthy climate. 

Arkansas has a large portion of land of great fer- 
tility, which produces cotton, wheat, com, rice and 
tobacco, &c., with a great variety of fruits and vege- 
tables. Cotton and corn are the staple productions. 

The country is exceedingly -well adapted to the raising of cattle. 
Wild animals and fowls are abundant, as the buffalo, deer, elk, otter, 
beaver, wild cat, catamount, wolf, bear, etc., wild geese, turkeys, quails. 
<&c. 

The principal minerals are iron, lead, coal and salt. There are se\ e- 
ral springs, and about 150 miles northwest of Arkansas, are the famous 
hot springs. They are much resorted to by invalids, and are efficacious 
in many disorders, although they exhibit no mineral properties beyond 
common spring water. The temperature in the driest season, is at the 
boiling point, but subject to considerable variation. The land around 
them is called “ The land of peace ” — and formerly tribes of Indians un- 
friendly to each other, on arriving at this place, always suspended hos- 
tilities. 

Towns. — Little Rock is pleasantly situated on the Arkansas river, 
about 120 miles from its mouth. It is the centre of trade for a large 
extent of country. Its situation is healthy, and it is fast increasing in 
population. 

Arkansas has an elevated situation on the river of the same name, 
60 miles from its mouth. It is one of the oldest settlements west of 
the Mississippi, commenced by the French in 1685. Emigrants from 
Canada afterwards arrived, but like all places whose inhabitants live 
by hunting and the Indian trade, its advancement was tardy. Its 
present population are^ principally descendants of French and Indians. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Arkansas long 
est ? What are its principal rivers ? Which is longest ? Chief towns ? 
Which is largest ? What springs on the W ashita ? What can you say 
of the Hot Springs ? 


Map of the Western States. What is tne extent of Arkansas? 
Population ? What mountains extend into the northern part ? What 
hills in the central part ? How many counties can you mention ? In 
wluit county is Little Rock ? Helena ? Ultima Thule ? When are 
the elections for state officers held \ How will you sail from Little 
Rock to Jefferson City ? 


MISSOURI. 


125 


MISSOURI. 



VIEW OF TOWER ROCK, ON THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER. 


How is Missouri bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Missouri is a large and interesting state. Jt 
abounds in plains and prairies, and is remarkable for 
the number and magnitude of its navigable rivers, 
and for its rich and extensive mines of lead and coal. 

The climate is mild, and the soil exceedingly productive on the 

E rairies and along the rivers. Indeed, a great proportion of the land 
of the richest kind, producing corn, wheat, rye, oats, hemp and 
tobacco in great abundance. Cotton is produced in the warmer dis- 
tricts ; and vast numbers of cattle are raised on the prairies. The 
principal exports are lead and furs. 

The most remarkable feature in Missouri is its lead mines, which 
are estimated to cover an area of about 3,000 square miles. They ai*e 
in the eastern part of the state ; the centre of them is about 7 0 miles 
southwest from St. Louis. There are about fifty mines, which employ 
more than twelve hundred laborers, and produce three million pounds 
of lead annually. 

Toims. — Jefferson City is a newly settled town, on the Missouri, 
120 miles above its junction with the Mississippi. It is situated on a 
high bluff shore, in the midst of a beautiful and fertile country 

St. Louis is pleasantly situated on the Mississippi, 18 miles below 
the mouth of the Missouri, and 1,200 miles above New Orleans. It is 
11 * 


UNITED STATES. 


1**6 

the largest and most commercial town in the state and bids fair to 
become an immense city. Hunting and trapping parties are fitted out 
at this place, and great quantities of furs, deer skins, and buffalo robes 
are here collected. It is a flourishing city, and its situation for trade is 
one of the best in the world. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Missouri longest ? 
What are the principal rivers ? What are the chief towns and how 
situated? Which extends farthest south, Missouri or Kentucky? 
West, Missouri or Louisiana ? East ? What literary institutions ? Foi 
what is Missouri remarkable ? What mines ? 


Map of tiie Western States. What is the extent of Missouri ? 
Population ? Wliat mountains in the southern part*? What mountain 
between the southern part of St. Francis and Washington counties ? 
What mines near Iron mountain ? What counties can you mention in 
Missouri ? In what county is Jefferson city ? St. Louis ? St. Charles ? 
Booneville ? Liberty ? From what town do the Santa Fe traders 
usually start ? What four rivers form boundary lines ? How will you 
sail from Jefferson City to Louisville? 


KENTUCKY. 

Plow is Kentucky bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Kentucky is a large, populous and flourishing state ; 
and is distinguished for its mild climate, fertile soil, 
extensive manufactures, and for the intelligence and 
enterprise of its inhabitants. 

The face of the country along the Ohio, is hilly ; 
the eastern part is mountainous ; the remainder of 
the state is level or gently undulating. 

The principal productions are hemp, tobacco, wheat, 
corn, rye, barley, &c. Apples, pears, peaches, plums 
and cherries are abundant. The domestic animals 
are large and beautiful, particularly the horse. 

There are numerous salt springs, from which are manufactured vast 
quantities of salt, affording a supply not only for this, but for some ol 
the neighboring states. At Harrodsburg, near Kentucky river, is a 


KENTUCKY. 


127 

spring holding in solution Epsom salts. This is much frequented by 
invalids. 

Nearly the whole of Kentucky rests on a Led of limestone, usually 
rtbout eight feet below the surface. There are every where apertures 
in this limestone, through which the waters of the rivers sink into tlie 
earth. The large rivers of this state, for this reason, are more dimin- 
ished during the dry season than those of any part of the Union, and 
the small streams entirely disappear. 

The banks of the rivers are natural curiosities. Many of them have 

0 ^ 

worn very deep channels in the calcareous rocks over which they flow, 
Hie precipices formed by the Kentucky river are in many places 
awfully sublime, presenting perpendicular banks of 300 feet of solid 
limestone. 

Ancient fortifications and mounds of earth, are found in almost all 
parts of Kentucky; and in Big Bone valley, 29 miles southwest of 
Newport, enormous bones and tusks of the Mammoth have been dug 
up from the depth of twenty feet below the surface. 



MAMMOTH CAVE, KENTUCKY. 


Kentucky is famous for its stupendous caves. One called Mammoth 
cave, 130 miles from Lexington, on the road leading to Nashville, is 
said to be sixteen miles in length, with a great number of avenues and 
windings, and includes several apartments, the largest of which con- 
tains eight acres, and is overspread with one solid arch of limestone 100 
feet high. From the earth at the bottom of these caves is manufac- 
tured large quantities of saltpetre. 

Towns. — Frankfort is a pleasant and handsome town, situated on 
the Kentucky river, 60 miles from its mouth. It has regular streets, 
arid contains an elegant state house and other public buildings. It is 



128 


UNITED STATES: 


a place of considerable business. Steamboats of 300 tons come up to 
the town when the water is high. A chain bridge crosses the river, 
wliich is about 80 yards wide, to the flourishing village of South 
Frankfort. 

Lexington* is delightfully situated on a branch of the Elkhorn riv- 
er, 22 miles southeast of Frankfort, in the midst of the most fertile 
part of the state. The town is regularly laid out, and handsomely 
built, and is distinguished for its manufactures, wealth and refinement 
The surrounding country is beautiful, and highly cultivated, and adorn- 
ed with many handsome villas, and rural mansions. 

Louisville, situated at the rapids of the Ohio, is the largest and 
most flourishing town in the state ; and in a commercial point of view, 
it is the first city of the west, commanding the trade of a great extent 
of country. It is regularly built and contains many fine buildings, and 
is distinguished for its increase in population, manufactures and 
wealth, 

Maysville is a flourishing town, and is rapidly increasing in popula- 
tion, commerce and manufactures. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Kentucky long- 
est ? How many states surround Kentucky ? What are its principal 
towns ? Which is the largest ? Which is next in size ? What literary 
institutions ? What can you say of Kentucky ? For what is Kentucky 
famous ? What can you say of the Mammoth Cave ? 

Maps of the Central and Western States. "What is the ex- 
tent of Kentucky ? Population ? What are the principal rivers ? m. 
o. t. c. g. s. k. l. b-s. What rivers form boundary lines ? What moun- 
tains in the south-eastern part ? How many counties can you mention ? 
In what county is Frankfort ? Louisville ? Lexington ? Maysville ? 
Paducah ? In what direction from us is the mouth of the Ohio ? 
What railroads in Kentucky ? When, where and by whom was the first 
settlement made in Kentucky ? How will you sail from Louisville to 
Cincinnati ? 


OHIO. 

How is Ohio bounded ? What is its Capital ? 
in extent, population, and political importance, 
Ohio is one of the first states in the Union. It is 
noted for the fertility of its soil, and the mildness of 

* Lexington derived its name from the circumstance that some hunters were 
engaged on the spot in laying out a town in 1775, when a messenger arrived with 
the news of the battle of Lexington, and they immediately decided to commem- 
orate that event by giving that name to the place. See Olney’s History of the 
United States, page 124, 


O 11 l (J, 


129 



its climate ; and its inhabitants are distinguished for 
enterprize in agriculture, manufactures, commerce, 
and internal improvements. 

The southern part of the state is uneven and hilly ; 
the remainder is generally level. In some parts there 
are large prairies, particularly on the head waters of 
the Sciota and Muskingum. 

Ohio produces abundantly every thing which grows 
in the Middle States. Wheat is the staple produc- 
tion, and flour is exported in vast quantities. Corn, 
rye, and all other kinds of grain, grow here in great 
perfection. Scarcely any part of the United States 
is so productive, or affords so many of the natural 
means for an easy and comfortable subsistence. Iron 
ore and pit coal are abundant, and there are numer- 
ous salt springs. 

The great fertility of the soil, the low price of land, and the mild- 
ness of the climate, have attracted emigrants, not only from the Eastern 
and Middle States, but even from Em ope. Indeed, its progress in po- 
pulation, power, resources, and energy, lias no parallel in history. The 
first settlement was made in 1788 Then all was a wilderness, inhabit- 
ed by savages and wild beasts; now with nearly three millions of in- 
habitants, her cities, towns, canals, roads, colleges, schools, and other 
improvements, excite the admiration of the world. 


130 


UNITED STATES. 


Tvums. — Columbus is pleasantly situated on the Sciota mer, near 
the centre of the state. It was laid out in 1812, and has rapidly in- 
creased in population. 

Cincinnati is pleasantly situated on the north bank of the Ohio, near 
the south-western corner of the state. The city rises gradually from 
the river, and is regularly laid out, and handsomely built of brick. The 
streets are broad, and adorned with many elegant public buildings and 
private dwellings. It w T as first laid out in 1789 ; since which time its 
growth in population, wealth and trade, has been exceedingly rapid. 
Immense quantities of flour, pork, tobacco and other produce, are con- 
veyed every year down the river in steamboats to New Orleans. It is 
the centre of trade for a large extent of country, and is distinguished 
for its extensive manufactures. It is the largest and most wealthy city 
of the Western States, and may be regarded as one of the most flourish- 
ing in the Union. 


Map of the U nited States. In what direction is Ohio longest ? 
IIow many states border on it ? What are the principal towns ? Which 
is the largest ? Its population ? What literary institutions ? What 
can you say of Ohio ? 

Map of the Central States. What is the extent of Ohio ? Po- 
pulation ? What are the principal rivers ? o. m. h. s. l-m. m. m. s. c. 
Which is the longest river? Its length? What canals ? Railroads? 
How many comities can you mention ? Which is the most southern 
county ? After whom are the three north-western counties, bordering 
on Indiana, named ? [See National Preceptor, page 59.] In what 
county is Columbus ? Cincinnati ? Cleveland ? Zanesville ? Toledo ? 
Gallipolis ? What is the length and greatest widtli of lake Erie ? 
When, and where did the battle on Lake Erie, called Perry’s victory, 
take place ? How will you sail from Cincinnati to Indianapolis ? 


INDIANA. 

How is Indiana bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Indiana is a large, level, and remarkably fertile 
state, distinguished for its rich prairies, navigable 
rivers, and for the rapid increase of its population. 

The climate is mild and pleasant. The forests are 
in leaf early in April ; and the multitudes of flower- 
ing shrubs put forth their blossoms, and give an inde- 
scribable charm to the early spring. 

The most astonishing crops of corn, wheat, rye, 


INDIANA 


131 



GATHERING "WHEAT. 


oats, barley, &c., are produced with but little labor. 
Vast quantities of pork, lard, corn, meal, wheat and 
stock are exported down the Ohio and Mississippi to 
New Orleans. 

In the vicinity of Vevay, the vine is successfully 
cultivated by some Swiss settlers, and seA r eral thou- 
sand gallons of wine are annually made, and the 
quantity is yearly increasing. 

There are a number of Caves in Indiana. One called Epsom Salts 
Cave, is on the bank of the Big Blue river. The entrance is in the 
side of a hill 400 feet in height. The "whole floor of the cave is cover- 
ed with Epsom salts, sometimes in lumps of ten pounds "weight and of 
the purest quality. About a mile and a half within the cave is a white 
column of satin spar, fifteen feet in diameter, and thirty feet high, regu- 
larly fluted from top to bottom. 

Towns. — Indianapolis is pleasantly situated on the west branch of 
the White river, in the midst of a very fertile country. It contains many 
handsome buildings, and is noted for the rapid increase of its popu- 
lation. 

Vincennes is one of the oldest towns in the Western States. It is 
pleasantly situated on the Wabash, 150 miles from its mouth. It is 
a place of considerable trade, and is accessible to steamboats the greater 
part of the year. 

New Albany is pleasantly eituatei on the Ohio, a short distant* 


I‘32 


UNITED STATES. 


below Louisville in Kentucky. It is the largest town in the state, and 
is rapidly increasing in population, trade and wealth. 


Map of the United States In what direction is Indiana longest. ? 
What are its principal rivers ? Which is longest ? Chief towns ? 
What literary institutions ? What can you say of Indiana ? Of its 
caves ? 


Map of the Central States. What is the extent of Indiana ? Pop- 
ulation ? Wliich extends farthest south, Indiana or Maryland ? Which 
extends farthest north, Indiana or New Jersey? How many counties 
can you mention? In what county is Indianapolis? New Albany? 
Madison? Evansville? Vincennes? La Fayette? Delphi? Mich- 
igan city ? Wliich is the most populous town in Indiana ? Where is 
V evay ? In what county ? What is cultivated in its vicinity ? What 
canals in Indiana ? Railroads ? When did General Wayne defeat 
the Indians on the banks of the Maumee river ? When was the 
battle of Tippecanoe fought ? What two rivers unite and form the 
Maumee ? St.-j. St.-M. What city at their junction ? What is the 
population of Fort Wayne? How will you sail from Indianapolis to 
Springfield ? 


ILLINOIS. 

How is Illinois bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Illinois is one of the largest, most level, and fertile 
states in the Union, remarkable for its extensive 

prairies, and its advantages for inland navigation. 

* 

This state is rich both in vegetable and mineral productions ; and 
perhaps no section of our country offers so many inducements to the 
farmer, the mechanic, and the scholar, as Illinois. 

The staple products are corn, wheat, potatoes, tobacco, lead, cattle 
horses, and sheep. The number of swine fattened and exported is al- 
most incalculable. Cotton is produced for home consumption, and 
apples, pears, peaches, plums, grapes, <fcc., arrive at great perfectioa 

Coal and iron are abundant ; but the most extensive mineral is 
lead. The mines of this metal near Galena, in the northwestern cor- 
ner of the state, are among the richest in the world. They occupy 
a large tract, in Illinois, Wisconsin and Iowa. Salt springs are com 
mon. 


ILLINOIS 


lt>3 



LOG nUT AND WHEAT FIELD ; MOUNT JOLIET IN THE DISTANCE. 

Illuiois abounds in prairies, those beautiful plains so common In 
the western country. In spring and summer they appear like sear' o/ 
verdure. The grass, three or four feet high, and often overtopped by 
fragrant blossoms, is waved by the winds like the rolling billows of 
the ocean. Without a tree in sight, except the thick forest which 
bounds them as the beach limits the sea, they stretch away beyond 
the power of vision. They are usually as level as the unruffled lake, 
and without the dreariness, present ail the uniformity of the Arabian 
deserts. 

Towns. — Springfield is pleasantly situated in the midst of a beau- 
tiful and fertile country. It contains a number of elegant buildings, 
and is rapidly increasing in population. 

Chicago is one of the most important and flourishing places in the 
State. It is the centre of a large and growing trade. Its harbor and 
wharves present the appearance of one of the Atlantic cities. Steam- 
boats, ships, and other vessels, are constantly arriving with emigrants, 
goods, <fec., and departing with the produce of the country. 

Alton, the great commercial emporium of the western part of the 
State, Quincy, Nauvoo, Peoria, Beardstown, Naples, and Jacksonville, 
are all flourishing places. 

Map of the United States. In what direction is Illinois longest ? 
Which part is widest ? What are its principal rivers ? Which is 
longest ? How many rivers form boundary lines ? What are the chief 
towns ? How situated ? What literary institutions ? What is said of 
Illinois t What minerals ? What does Illinois abound in ? Describe 
a prairie ? 

12 


134 


UNITED STATES 


Map of the Western States. What is the extent of Illinois ? 
Population ? What are the principal rivers ? w. l. w. o. m. k. s. i. r. 
What counties can you mention? Which is the most southern 
county? In what county is Springfield ? Alton? Chicago, Nauvoo, 
the Mormon city ? Peoria ? Which is the most populous town ? 
Which is the most southern town ? In what direction from us is Cairo ? 
Where is Galena? For what is it distinguished ? A. For being the 
metropolis of the great lead region. What can you say of the lead 
mines around Galena ? What canals ? What can you say of the canal 
to connect the Illinois river with lake Michigan ? A. It is one of the 
most important works of the kind in the United States. What rail- 
roads ? How will you sail from Springfield to Detroit ? 


MICHIGAN. 



MACKINAW. 

How is Michigan bounded ? Its Capital ? 


Michigan is a large, level, fertile and healthy 
state, distinguished for its advantages for commer- 
cial purposes, for its mines of copper, and for the 
rapid increase of its population. 

In most parts the soil is of surprising depth and richness, producing 
wheat, corn, oats, barley, peas, apples, pears, grapes, tfec., in abund- 
ance, It is abundantly supplied with wild game, water fowl, and fiyh 


WISCONSIN. 


of the finest quality. The tide of emigration is fast setting into the 
state, and it bids fair soon to become an important member of the 
Union. 

Towns. — Lansing is a new town, handsomely laid out in the midst 
of a fertile, healthy, and beautiful country. 

Detroit is beautifully situated on Detroit river, 18 miles from Lake 
Erie, and 7 from Lake St. Clair. It is regularly laid out, with spacious 
streets, on an elevation of about 40 feet above the river, of which it 
commands a delightful view. It contains many handsome buildings, 
and is rapidly increasing in population and business. It is advantage 
ously situated for commerce, and is a place of importance in the fur 
trade. A number of steamboats and lake vessels are constantly 
plying between Detroit and Buffalo, Cleaveland, Chicago, and other 
places on the lakes. 

Mackinaw is a military post, situated on an island in the straits 
which connnect Lake Huron and and Lake Michigan. The town is on 
the south side of the island, and consists of two streets. It is much 
resorted to by fur traders, and during the summer months is visited by 
thousands of Indians. On a cliff, 300 feet above the town, is the fort. 
Its elevated situation affords a very extensive view of lake Huron and 
Michigan. 


Map of tiie United States. What lakes border on Michigan? 
What strait connects lake Michigan and lake Huron ? What river or 
strait connects lake Superior and lake Huron ? A. St. Mary’s river. 
It is sixty miles long, and general width three-fourths of a mile. What 
famous rocks on the south shore of lake Superior ? What valuable 
mines near lake Superior ? Copper mines. 

Map of Michigan and W isconsin. What is the extent of Michigan ? 
Population ? What bays in and around Michigan ? How many coun- 
ties can you mention ? In what county is Detroit ? Ypsilanti ? Jack- 
son ? Adrian? Sault St. Marie? What falls at Sault St. Marie? 
Which is the largest town in Michigan? What rivers in Michigan? 
Railroads ? What islands in lake Michigan ? Lake Huron ? St. 
Mary’s river ? How much longer is lake Superior than lake Michigan ? 
Which extends farthest south, Michigan or Connecticut ? How will you 
sail from Detroit to Milwaukie ? 


WISCONSIN. 

How is Wisconsin bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Wisconsin is a large and newly settled state. It 
is distinguished for the great variety of its natural 
scenery — rivers, lakes, hills and plains ; and is noted 


130 


UNITED STATES. 


for its fertile soil, great mineral resources, and for the 
rapid increase of its population. 

Its mines of copper, in the northern part, and those of lead in the 
south-western, are among the richest in the world. Its forests abound 
in game, and its rivers in fish. In the numerous lakes and marshes, 
wild rice grows in abundance. 

Towns. — Madison is beautifully situated on a peninsula, Detween 
the 3d and 4th of the “ Four Lakes.” It is regularly laid out, and is 
noted for its central square, elegant state house, and the beauty of its 
surrounding scenery. 

Milwaukie is the most important place in the state. It is well built — 
is rapidly increasing in population — and as it contains the only good 
harbor between Chicago and Green Bay, it is likely to become a place 
of great commercial importance. 

The other principal towns are Green Bay, Sheboygan, Racine, 
Southport, Prairie du Chien, Cassville, Fond du Lac, <fcc. 

Map of the United States. — In what direction is Wisconsin longest ? 
What rivers ? Chief towns ? Which part do you imagine is warmest ? 
Why ? What does it abound in ? 


Map of Michigan and Wisconsin. What is the extent of Wiscon- 
sin ? Population ? What lakes in Wisconsin ? What river connects 
lake Winnebago to Green Bay ? How near do Fox and Wisconsin rivers 
approach each other ? What counties can you mention ? In what 
county is Madison ? Milwaukie ? Green Bay ? Prairie du Chien \ 
How will you sail from Prairie du Chien to Iowa City ? 


• IOWA. 

How is Iowa bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Iowa embraces an interesting tract of country — 
beautiful in appearance, and of uncommon fertility. 
It is noted for its extensive prairies, mild climate, its 
inexhaustible mines of lead, coal and iron, and for the 
rapid increase of its population. 

Iowa was organized in 1838, as a territory, and in 1846 admitted 
into the Union as a state. Several Indian tribes still reside in it; among 
which the Sioux are the most numerous and powerful. 

Towns . — Iowa City was laid out in 1838. It is noted for its beau 


MINESOJA TERRITORY. 137 

tiful situation, the regularity of its streets, its promenade, and the fertility 
of the surrounding country. 

Burlington is pleasantly situated on the Mississippi, in a fertile dis- 
trict, and lias considerable trade. It was laid out in 1834, and is in a 
flourishing condition. 

Dubuque, situated in the centre of the mining district of Iowa, is 
at present the largest town in the territory, and promises^ be a place 
of great commercial importance. 


Map of the United States. In what direction is Iowa longest! 
What are its principal rivers ? Chief towms, and how situated ? 


CALIFORNIA. 

How is California bounded ? What is its capital ? 

California, the golden state, comprises one of the 
finest portions of North America, noted for its de- 
lightful climate, fertile soil, and its boundless mineral 
treasures. 

In regard to climate, productions, settlement, and geographical po- 
sition, California is one of the most remarkable states on the globe. 
On the line of an American road to Asia, with its great central bav 
of San Francisco, — the most magnificent harbor in the world, — it 
seems destined to become one of the first states of the Union. Wheat 
and other graius, apples, pears, peaches, grapes, <fcc., grow to perfec- 
tion. The seasons are marked by wet and dry. V egetation generally 
commences and ceases with the rains. 

The “ Placers,” or gold deposits, were first discovered in February, 
1848. Their richuess soon astonished the whole civilised world. 
Thousands upon thousands at once hastened to that land of boundless 
wealth ; and although millions of gold have been obtained, the quan- 
tity seems as inexhaustible as ever. There are valuable quicksilver 
mines. 

Toivjis. Sacramento City is an important commercial town, in the 
midst of a level and fertile country, 140 miles from San Francisco. 
It is regularly laid out and is rapidly increasing in population, wealth 
and importance. San Francisco is a populous and important place, 
and appears destined to become one of the first commercial cities on the 
globe. Monterey is on a fine bay and is noted for its healthy climate. 

In what direction is California longest? What rivers rise at oppo- 
site euds of the great valley of the Sacramento and San Joaquim,and 
unite and empty into the bay of San Francisco ? What other rivers ? 
What two ranges of mountains ? The coast range and Serra Nevada. 

12 * 


138 


UNITED STATES. 


MINESOTA TERRITORY. 

How is Minesota bounded ? What is its capital ? 
Minesota is generally a level, healthy and fertile 
territory, noted for its numerous rivers, lakes and 
prairies. 

It consists chiefly of an elevated plain, and is the highest land be- 
tween the Gulf of Mexico and Hudson’s Bay. It abounds in beautiful 
scenery, and has a mild climate and a rich soil, well adapted to wheat, 
rye, corn, oats, potatoes, apples, pears, <fcc. Wild rice grows in abund- 
ance in the numerous lakes, ponds and marshes. Though much of 
the surface consists of prairies, there are large tracts of timber, 
chiefly of white pine, hemlock, birch and sugar maple, which furnish 
large quantities of lumber for exportation. 

Itasca lake, the source of the Mississippi, is 1500 feet higher than 
the Gulf of Mexico, and by the course of the river 3600 miles distant. 
The outlet of the lake is about ten feet broad and fifteen inches deep. 

Minesota was organized, or erected by Congress into a territorial 
government in 1849, and is fast filling up with an intelligent and en- 
terprising population. 

Towns. St. Paul is a new and flourishing town, eight miles below 
the falls of St. Anthony. St. Anthony has a fine situation, and is the 
seat of the University of Minesota. Stillwater is a thriving place, 
and contains the penitentiary. Sauk Rapids, Fort Snelling, Fort 
Ripley are growing places. In the northern part along Red River, 
a fine fertile region, is Lord Selkirk’s settlement. Pembina is the 
chief (own. 

What Rivers form part of the boundary ? What Lakes in Mineso- 
ta ? Rivers ? Towns ? % Forts ? Which has its source farther south, 
Red River or the Mississippi ? What settlement on Red River ? 

INDIAN TERRITORY. 

How is Indian Territory bounded ? 

This territory embraces a line region, noted for 
its large rivers, vast plains, mild climate and abund- 
ance of game. 

The General Government set apart this territory for the perma- 
nent residence of those Indians who have gone there from the states 
east of the Mississippi, chiefly from Georgia, Alabama and Tennessee. 
Christain missionaries have resided among them, and exerted a happy 
influence on their habits, manners, and moral condition. The tribes 
that have made the greatest advances towards civilization are the 
Cherokees, Choctaws, Creeks, Chickasaws and Shawnees. 


KANSAS TERRITORY. 

* 

How is Kansas bounded ? What is its capital ? 


OREGON TERRITORY. 


139 


Kansas is generally a level, healthy and fertile 
territory, rapidly increasing in population. 

The surface consists chiefly of prairies, interspersed with groves of 
timber. The climate is mild, and in the eastern and middle portions, 
the soil is remarkably rich, adapted to all the products of the middle 
states. Kansas was organized in 1854. 

Towns. Fort Leavenworth, Lawrence aud Council Grove are the 
principal settlements. 

In what direction is Kansas longest ? Which extends farthest 
south, Kansas or Virginia? Which are the two principal Rivers? 
What Desert in the western part? What Peaks in the Rocky 
Mountains ? 

NEBRASKA TERRITORY. 

Plow is Nebraska bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Nebraska is an extensive territory, remarkable 
for its large rivers, immense prairies, and sublime 
scenery. # 

The surface is generally level, and in many parts very fertile. 
Near the livers, it is usually well timbered and has a rich, deep soil, 
finely suited to agricultural purposes. Buffalos, wild horses and other 
animals abound on the prairies. The grizzly bear, antelope, moun- 
tain sheep aud goat are numerous among the Rocky Mountains. 

This region has been called the “ Paradise of Hunters,'’ but it is 
being settled by emigrants from the States and from Europe, and 
will soon become the abode of an active, industrious, intelligent and 
enterprising people. Nebraska was organized in 1854. 

Towns. Nebraska City, Omaha City aud Bellevue are the chief 
settlements. 


What three Rivers unite and form the Missouri ? What are the 
chief branches of the Missouri ? What Hills in Nebraska ? What 
Indian tribes ? Which extends farthest north, Maine or Nebraska ? 
Which farthest south, Nebraska or Pennsylvania? 


OREGON TERRITORY". 

How is Oregon bounded ? AVhat is its capital ? 

Oregon is a large territor}^, distinguished for its 
mild climate, fertile soil, its vast forests and nume- 
rous animals. 

The Cascade and Blue Mountains naturally divide the territory 
into three sections — the western, middle and eastern, which differ 
materially in climate, soil and productions. The western section has 


140 


UNITED STATES. 


a mild climate throughout the year, is fertile in various products, 
and famous for its wheat, rye, fruits, &e. The middle section is much 
higher, consists mostly of rolling prairies, and is a line grazing country. 
The eastern section is high, rocky and broken, and the soil generally 
sterile and unfit for cultivation. 

The Columbia river forms the principal harbor. It is seven miles 
wide at is mouth, but the channel is narrow and the navigation diffi- 
cult. Along the Columbia are pines of immense size which furnish 
vast quantities of lumber for exportation. Oregon was organized iu 
1848. 

Towns. Salem, the capital, is a flourishing place. Oregon City, 
Portland, Milwaukie and Umpqua are thriving and important towns. 
Astoria is the chief port of entry. 

Into how many sections is Oregon naturally divided ? In which 
are the chief settlements ? What Rivers can you mention ? What 
Mountains ? Towns ? Capes ? Indian Tribes ? 


WASHINGTON TERRITORY. 

How is Washington Territory bounded ? What is its capital ? 

This is an extensive territory, famous for its 
mountains, rivers, forests and animals. 

It generally resembles Oregon in its surface, soil and climate. The 
rivers abound in salmon and other valuable fish, and the forests in 
game. Elk, deer, bears and wolves are numerous. Much of it is a 
wild region and inhabited by Indians. Coal is found in abundance 
near Puget’s sound. Washington Territory was organized in 1853. 

'Towns. Olympia is in an extensive, fertile district, and is rapidly 
increasing in population and importance. Pacific City, Steilacoom 
City, New York and Port Vancouver are the principal settlements. 

Which is the great river of Washington Territory ? What branches 
has the Columbia ? What Gulf in the western part ? What Strait 
is the entrance to the Gulf of Georgia ? What Inlet connects Puget’s 
Sound to the Strait of Juan de Fuca ? What Mountains can you 
mention ? What Towns ? What Indian Tribes * 


UTAH. 

How is Utah bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Utah is of great extent, and remarkable for its 
mountains, deserts, its Great Salt Lake and fine 
climate. 


NEW MEXICO. 


141 


Utah is generally an elevated and barren table land. The western 
part consists chiefly of a dreary, inhospitable desert, nearly 1500 
miles in circuit, called the “Great American” or “Fremont Basin.” 
The middle portion is a flne region, generally well watered and ex- 
ceedingly fertile. The eastern part consists of mountains, hills and 
fertile valleys, and abounds in the wildest scenery. 

Salt Lake is of great extent, being about 180 miles in circuit and 
salter than the ocean. It has no outlet ; neither has Humboldt, 
Pyramid or Nicollet Lake. 

The population consists principally of Mormons who have emigrated 
there within a few years past, and by their industry, skill and perse- 
verance have laid the foundation of a flourishing and important state. 
Their settlements are in a rich, fertile region, chiefly in the vicinity 
of Salt Lake. There are many Indian tribes in Utah, in a very 
degraded state. 

Towns. Salt Lake City is pleasantly situated on the Jordan. 22 
miles from its entrance into Great Salt Lake, 4200 feet above the 
level of the sea. It was laid out in 1847. It is generally well built 
and is a place of much business. Fillmore City, Parawan, Provo 
City, and Ogden City, are among the other more important towms. 

What Mountains east and west of Utah ? What Mountains in 
Utah? What Livers ? Lakes? Towns? What Great Basin does 
Utah include ? What becomes of the water that flows into the lakes ? 


NEW MEXICO. 

How is New Mexico bounded ? What is its capital ? 

New Mexico is of great extent and consists mostly 
of an elevated table land, crossed by ranges of 
mountains. 

The eastern part abounds in prairies; the western is a vast region 
but little known, occupied by a number of Indian tribes. The central 
part, the valley of the Rio Grande, is an elevated temperate region, 
producing grains, fruits, tfcc. The grazing is excellent, supporting 
immense flocks of sheep, goats, and vast herds of cattle. Wild 
horses are numerous and game is abundant. 

New Mexico is rich in mineral treasures, — in iron, gold, silver, cop- 
per, lead, coal, gypsum and salt. 

Towns. Santa Fe is in the midst of a fertile territory, and has an 
extensive trade with Missouri, aud other states. Taos and Albuqur- 
que are the other principal towns. 

What mountains extend through New Mexico ? What large river ? 
What rivers form part of the boundary? In what part are the 
principal settlements? What Indian tribes in the western part? 


142 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


BRITISH AMERICA 


In what direction from us is British America ? 

British America comprises an immense territory . 
In its natural features, it is exceeding diversified. 
Lakes, rivers, bays and gulfs occupy a large portion 
of its surface. Throughout the whole of this vast 
region, the winters are long and severely cold, and 
tlie summers short and exceedingly warm. 

British America is mostly inhabited by Indians, among whom the 
whites hare established trading houses for the purpose of procuring 
furs and skins. Wild animals abound, as bears, deer, beaver, moose, 
wolves, foxes ; and water-fowl are found in immense numbers and 
variety. 

The French originally settled Canada, and named the country New 
France. In 1759, it was conquered by the British, and in 1763 it was 
ceded by the former to the latter ; and from that time it has formed a 
part of the British dominions. 

British America is divided into Canada, New Brunswick, Nova 
Scotia, New Britain, Newfoundland, and several islands in the gulf of 
St. Lawrence. 


CANADA* 

In what direction from us is Canada ? What is its Capital ? 

Canada is an extensive country, remarkable foi 
the grandeur of its lakes and rivers, and for the va- 
riety of its climate and productions. 

The western part, called Canada West, has generally a level sur- 
face, and a pleasant and healthy climate, though subject to extremes 
of heat and cold. In the settled portion along the St. Lawrence, lakes 
Erie, Ontario and St. Clair, the soil is excellent, and yields abundant 
crops of grass, wheat, Indian corn, flax, <fcc. The inhabitants are mostly 
of English descent, and many of them emigrants from the United 
Siates 

The eastern part, called Canada East, has an uneven surface, being 
intersected by parallel ranges of mountains from the sea-coast. Much 

* In 1791, Canada was divided into two provinces, called Upper and Lower 
Canada. These continued separate and distinct until Feb. 1841, when they were 
again united as formerly, under one government. 


CANADA. 



143 

of the soil is fertile. Though the winters are long and severely cold, 
the summers are warm and vegetation is rapid, and the products of the 
soil rise quickly to maturity. The principal settlements are in the val- 
ley of the St. Lawrence. From Montreal to Quebec, the margin of 
the river, for about one mile in breadth, presents the appearance of one 
continued village. More than three fourths of the inhabitants are of 
French descent, called Habitans,” who speak the French language 
and are Catholics. The remainder are English, Scotch, Irish, and then 
descendants. The most noted curiosity in this part of Canada is the 
falls of the Montmorenci, seven miles below Quebec. Near its en- 
trance into the St. Lawrence, it passes over a rock, and descends in 
one sheet to the depth of 240 feet, presenting a grand and sublime 
spectacle. 


QUEBEC. 

0 is situated -on a promontory, at the confluence of the river 
St. Charles with the St. Lawrence, about 400 miles from the ocean. 

1 he city is divided into two parts, the Upper and Lower Town, bv a 
ine of steep rocks. It has a deep, safe and capacious harbor, sufficient 
to contain 100 sail of the line. It is so strongly fortified, both by na- 
tuie and art, as to be deemed impregnable. 

2 owns. Montreal is situated on an island of the same name, in the 
river St. Lawrence, ISO miles above Quebec, and 200 below lake Ontario. 
It is regulai ly built, and is distinguished as the centre of a very exten- 
sive and valuable fur trade, and as the great channel of commerce be 
tween Canada and the United States. 

Kingston is pleasantly situated on Lake Ontario, 190 miles from 
Montreal. It is regularly laid out, and noted for its safe and convenient 
harbor, and flourishing trade. It is the principal station for the BritisI/ 
shipping on the lake. 



144 


BRITISH AMERICA. 


QUESTIONS. 

Wliat lakes between Canada and the United States ? w. r. s. h. 
St.-c. e. o. What river connects lake Ontario to the gulf of St Law- 
rence ? Its length ? What large river empties into the St. Lawrence 
near Montreal ? o. What river connects Lake Champlain to the St. 
Lawrence; s. [See map of New England States.] What other rivers 
can you mention ? What towns ? What part of Canada extends 
farthest south ? Which extends farther south, Canada or Vermont? 
In what direction from us is Quebec? Kingston? If we were at 
Kingston how many ways could we goto New- York by water ? What 
noted cuoriosity near Quebec ? What falls in the river Niagara ? 
Through what must the waters of Lake Superior pass to reach the 
ocean ? By whom was Canada first settled ? When was it taken and 
ceded to the British ? When was Canada divided into two provinces ? 
What were these provinces called ? V r hen was it again united under 
one government ? What proportion of the inhabitants of the eastern 
part are French ? What are they called ? What appearance is pre 
tented in the valley of the St. Lawrence between Montreal and Quebec ? 
Which do you think has the coldest climate, Quebec or this place ? 
Why? What is the extent? Government? Religion? State 01 
society ? What are the exports of Canada ? How will you sail from 
Montreal to St. Johns in New Brunswick ? 


NEW BRUNSWICK. 

In what direction from us is New Brunswick? 

New Brunswick extends frnm Maine to the Gulf ol 
St. Lawrence, and is noted for its extensive forests 
and valuable fisheries. 

f 

The climate, like that of Canada, is subject to great 
extremes of heat and cold, but is generally healthy. 
It is mostly a level province, and has generally a fer- 
tile soil. 

The principal articles of export are fish and timber . 

Chief Towns . — Frederickton, the capital of New Brunswick, is 
situated on the river St. Johns, 80 miles from its mouth, at the head ol 
sloop navigation. It is regularly laid out, and contains a number ol 
elegant buildings. 

St. Johns, situated on the river St. Johns, 8 miles from its mouth, is 
the largest and most flourishing town in the province. It has a good 
liarbor and an extensive commerce. 


Map of New Brunswick. What rivers in New Brunswick ? What 
bay in the south? What large island east ? p-e. How many counties 


NEW BRITAIN 


146 


can you mention What is its extent? Population? What is the 
government? State of society? What are the exports of New 
Brunswick ? 


NOVA SCOTIA. 

In what direction from us is Nova Scotia ? 

Nova Scotia is a narrow peninsula, 300 miles in 
length, and is noted for its valuable minerals of coal, 
gypsum, or plaster of Paris, copper and iron. 

It has a cold, damp, but healthy climate, and in 
most parts a productive soil. The principal exports 
are fish, lumber and plaster of Paris. 

Chief Towns. — Halifax, the capital, -is situated on Chebucto bay, 
near the centre of the province. It has a spacious and commodious 
harbor, and is the principal naval station of Great Britain in North 
America 

Liverpool and Annapolis are places of considerable trade. 

What cape south of Nova Scotia ? What separates Prince Edward’s 
isle from New Brunswick and Nova Scotia? What separates Cape 
Breton isle from Nova Scotia? The island of Cape Breton belongs to 
the province of Nova Scotia. What counties can you mention ? What 
is the extent? Population? Government? What bay between Nova 
Scotia and New Brunswick ? For what is the Bay of Fundy remark- 
able ? A. For its tides, which rise from 40 to 70 feet, and so rapid that 
animals on the shore are often overtaken and drowned. What are the 
exports of Nova Scotia? 



NEW BRITAIN. 

In what direction from us is New Britain ? 

New Britain is a cold, barren and desolate region. 
It includes Labrador, East Main, and North and 
South AVales, and is inhabited by various tribes of 
Indians, among whom the English have erected forts 
and trading houses , for the purpose of procuring fur a 
and skins. 

Wild animals abound in those regions ; the principal of which are 
moose, deer, otters , bears , beavers , martins, foxes, hares , etc. During the 
18 


146 


BRITISH AMERICA 



FUR TRADERS CARRYING THEIR CANOE ACROSS A PORTAGE. 


short summer, the numerous lakes and rivers are covered with sea-fowl, 
which come from the south. 

The method of travelling in New Britain, is in canoes of birch bo.rk, 
which are so light that they can easily be conveyed from one stream to 
another. In these, the fur traders travel thousands of miles, with their 
furs and skins. 



ESQUIMAUX TNDIANS, SNOW HUTS, (fee. 

The Esquimaux Indians inhabit the coast, and are small, dull, and 



NEWFOUNDLAND. |47 

axtremeiy filthy, living principally on seals and whales. The Knis- 
teneau inhabit the interior, and are little known. 


What large bay in New Britain? What bay south of Hudson’s 
bay ? j. What lakes ? Rivers, and where do they empty ? What 
islands in the northern part ? What Indians inhabit the northern part 
and coast of Labrador ? What other tribes can you mention ? W liat 
animals? What is the mode of travelling ? What mountains extend 
through the western part ? What missionary stations on the coast of 
Labrador ? What strait between Labrador and Newfoundland ? b. 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 



BANKS OK NEWFOUNDLAND, COD FISHERY 

In what direction from us is Newfoundland ? 

Newfoundland is a large, cold and barren island, 
celebrated for the cod fisheries on its coast, which are 
the most valuable in the world. 

The interior of the island has never been explored. Its shore is 
bold and rocky, and abounds in fine harbors. It is estimated that more 
than 3,000 vessels and 40,000 men, American, English and French, are 
annually employed in the fisheries. 

St. Johns, the capital, has a good harbor and considerable trade. 


Map of Newfoundland. What bodies of water around Newfound- 
land ? What bays ? Capes ? What is its extent ? Population t 



BRITISH AMERICA. 


148 


Government ? State of Society ? What do you know of the interior ? 
What bank east of Newfoundland ? Its length ? Width ? Cod-fish 
are taken with a hook and line. What are the exports of Newfound 
land ? 


PRINCE EDWARD'S. 

Prince Edward’s, formerly St. John’s, is a fine, fertile and level 
island. It is inhabited by Scotch Highlanders, and people ot French 
origin, called Acadians. 


What separates Prince Edward’s Isle from New Brunswick and 
Nova Scotia? What cluster of Isles N. E. of it? What island east! 
What is the capital ? Charlotte Town. 


CAPE BRETON. 

Cape Breton is generally a fertile and healthy island. It abounds 
in timber and coal mines, and its coasts in fish. It is politically united 
to Nova Scotia, and sends two members to the House of Assembly. 
Sydney is the principal town. 


Map of Nova Scotia. What divides Cape Breton nearly into two 
equal portions ? A. An arm of the sea, called the Bras d'Or. What i3 
the extent of the island ? Population ? What towns ? 


BERMUDA ISLANDS. 

In what direction from us are the Bermuda Islands ? 

The Bermudas consist of about 400 small islands ; most of which 
are barren and uninhabited. Only eight possess any importance. 
They enjoy almost perpetual spring. The trees never lose their ver- 
dure, and the leaves only fall when new ones begin to appear. The aiT 
is so pure that sick people go there from the United States, for the re- 
covery of their health. They belong to Great Britain, and are an im- 
portant naval station. Georgetown, on St. George’s isle, is the principal 
towm. 


Map of North America. In what ocean are the Bermudas ? To 
what government do they belong ? What is their population ? Which 
has the pleasantest climate, the Bermudas or this state ? 


GREENLAND. 


149 


RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS. 


In what direction from us are the Russian possessions ? 

The Russian Possessions comprise a cold, dreary 
region, but little known, inhabited by Indians and 
Esquimaux, whose pursuits are hunting and fishing. 

They sell their furs to the Russian traders, and receive in payment, 
fire arms, tobacco and other articles. The Russians have established a 
number of trading factories along the coast, the principal of which is. 
New Archangel, on the island of Sitka. 


Questions . — What Straits separate the Russian Possessions from 
Asia ? What Cape east of Bliering’s Straits ? What Cape in Asia 
opposite to Cape Prince of Wales ? e. What Sounds on the coast \ 
Bay? Inlet? How high is Mount St. Elias? Mount Fairweather ? 
Which is farthest north, the Russian Possessions or this state. 


GREENLAND. 



GREENLAND, SEAL, WHITE BEAR AND BOATMEN. 

In what direction from us is Greenland ? 


Greenland is one of the coldest and most barren 
countries on the globe, exhibiting little except rocks, 
and mountains of ice and snow. It belongs to Den- 
mark, and is principally valuable for the whale fish- 
ery on its coast, 
is* 




J 50 


NORTH AMERICA 


The Moravians have established several missionary stations here, 
for the purpose of instructing the natives in the principles of religion, 
and imparting to them the blessings of the gospel. 

Formerly Greenland was supposed to be a part of North America; 
but late discoveries render it probable that it is a vast island. 

The principal animals are the white bear, seal, walrus, reindeer, 
fox, and dog. The latter are used for drawing sledges. 

Idle Greenlanders are small in stature, good natured, stupid, indo 
lent, and filthy. The population is supposed to be 20,000. 


What cape south of Greenland ? What missionary station near 
cape Farewell ? l. What towns or settlements in Greenland? What 
separates Greenland from North America ? What sounds at the north- 
ern extremity of Baffin’s Bay ? s. w. There is a vast mine of sea coal 
on Disco island. What is the principal animal ? Did you ever see a 
white bear ? What can you say of the Greenlanders ? What are the 
exports of Greenland? 


MEXICO. 



GREAT SQUARE, MEXICO. 

How is Mexico bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Mexico is a large, rich, and populous country, and 
is noted for the fertility of its soil, for its valuable 


MEXICO. 


151 


productions, and for its numerous and extensive mines 
of gold and silver. * 

The surface is very irregular. The shores are low 
and flat ; but the interior rises into a lofty plain, or 
table land, 6 or 8,000 feet high, and 1,700 miles in 
length. 

The most valuable productions are corn , wheat, 
coffee, sugar, indigo, tobacco, cotton, logwood, ma - 
ho gaiiy, cochineal, and most kinds of tropical fruits . 

The climate varies with the elevation ; and the inhabitants desig- 
nate these variations by appropriate names ; the low portion near the 
coast, is called the hot country ; the middle regions , the temperate 
country ; and the higher regions , the cold country. 

Mexico, when discovered by Europeans, was the seat of a powerful 
empire, and inhabited by a brave and warlike people who were ac- 
quainted with many of the arts, and had made considerable advances 
in civilization. Many remains of their monuments and buildings still 
exist. The most celebrated among them is the Pyramid of Cholula, 
70 miles east of Mexico. It consists of four stories or terraces, and is 
177 feet high, and 1,423 feet broad. It is built of unburnt bricks. 
On the top of the Pyramid was a temple in which they offered human 
sacrifices to the sun. 

This vast country was conquered by the Spaniards under Fernando 
Cortez in 1521. It was called New Spain, and remained a Spanish 
Province till 1821, when the nation declared itself independent, and es- 
tablished a republican form of government. 

Towns . — Mexico is the most ancient, and one of the most populous 
cities in America. It is situated near lake Tezcuco, in a delightful 
valley, which is 230 miles in circumference, and elevated more than 
7,000 feet above the level of the ocean. It is regularly built in the 
form of a square, of four miles on each side. It is distinguished for the 
width and regularity of its streets, the splendor of its public edifices, and 
for its mint, at which more money is coined than at any other in the 
I ' world. 

Guanaxuato is a large and flourishing city, 150 miles N. W. of 
Mexico. The ground on wliich the city is built, is about 7,000 feet 
above the level of the sea. It is distinguished for gold and silver 
mines. 

La Puebla is situated on a large plain, 70 miles S. E. of Mexica 
The city is regularly laid out, and contains many elegant buildings. 
The ground on wliich it stands is elevated more than 7,000 feet above 


* The mine9 of Mexico produce annually about twenty millions of dollars. 
The three principal mines are Guanaxuato, Zacatecas, and Catorce. 


152 


CENTRAL AMERICA. 


the level of the ocean. It is famous for its manufactures of earthen 
ware, iron and steel. 

Zacatecas is situated in a mountainous country, 240 miles N. W 
of Mexico. It is one of the most celebrated mining places in Mexico. 

Vera Cruz, the principal port on the Gulf of Mexico, is a place 
of great trade. It is unhealthy, and has a poor harbor. 

Acapulco is the principal port on the Pacific. It is distinguished 
for its excellent harbor, but is a miserable unhealthy town. 


BALIZE SETTLEMENT. 

This comprises a small territory in Mexico, on the 
east side of the peninsula of Yucatan. It is owned 
by the British, and was established for the purpose 
of cutting logwood and mahogany. 

It extends along the Bay of Honduras about 150 miles, and is in- 
habited by Negroes and Indians, with a few whites. 

Balize, the capital, is situated on a river of the same name. It con- 
tains about 250 houses, built of wood. It is the only seaport in the 
Settlement, and its exports annually amount to about one million and a 
half of dollars. 


In what direction from us is Mexico ? What rivers empty into the 
Gulf of California ? Pacific ? Gulf of Mexico ? What mountains ? 
Volcano? Lakes? How many cities and towns can you mention? 
What is the extent of Mexico ? Population ? Form of government ? 
Prevailing religion? State of society? What are the exports of 
Mexico ? 


CENTRAL AMERICA, OR GUATIMALA. 

How is Guatimala bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Central America, or Guatimala, is a rich, popu- 
lous, and fertile country, noted for its warm climate, 
numerous volcanoes, and for its beautiful and pic- 
turesque scenery. 

The most valuable productions are grain , cochi - 
neal honey , cotton , sugar-cane, indigo , allspice , 

* Cochineal is an insect, which affords a most beautiful crimson tint. It feeds 
upon the Nopal or Cactus Cochinilifcr , and is gathered by the natives. It is used in 
giving red colors, especially crimson and scarlet, and for making carmine. From 
Guatimala and Mexico, cochineal is annually exported, to the amount of two and 
half millions of dollars. 








CENTRAL AMERICA. 


153 . 


* 



CUTTING LOGWOOD AND MAHOGANY. 

» 

and tropical fruits. The bay of Honduras is cele- 
brated for its logwood and mahogany. Cattle and 
sheep are abundant. 

Tliis is generally a mountainous country, and is remarkable for its 
volcanoes; more than twenty are constantly burning. Eruptions and 
earthquakes are common. 

This country was conquered by the Spaniards under Pedro de Al- 
varado in 1524, and continued a Spanish province till 1821, when it de- 
clared itself independent of Spain, and established a republican form of 
government. 

Splendid remains of cities, temples, <fcc., are found in Guatimala 
and Yucatan, built by nations now entirely unknown. 

It is in contemplation to construct a ship canal from the Pacific tc 
lake Nicaragua, and thus open a passage through that lake and San 
Juan river to the Atlantic. When this is completed, it will revolution- 
ize the commerce of the world. 

Towns . — St. Salvador is pleasantly situated in the midst of a fine 
valley, and is surrounded by a country of great fertility. Its inhab- 
itants are chiefly employed in the indigo trade ? 

New Guatimala is the most populous city, and is situated in a de- 
lightful valley, nearly one mile above the level of the sea. 

Old Guatimala, the former capital, was destroyed in 1830 by an 
earthquake. P is rebuilding, and contains several thousand inliab- 
itants. 



2 54 


WEST INDIES. 


The other principal towns are Cartago and Leon. The chief sea- 
ports are Truxillo and Omoa. 

In what direction from us is Central America, or Guatimala? 
What lake in Guatimala ? n. What river is the outlet of lake Nica- 
ragua ? St-j. Wliat bay in the northern part ? h. Which has the 
greatest latitude, or wliich is farthest from the equator, Leon or this 
place ? Is the climate warmer or colder in Guatimala than in this 
state ? What are the exports of Guatimala ? What is the extent of 
Guatimala? [See map of West Indies.] Population? Form of gov- 
ernment ? Religion ? State of society ? 


WEST INDIES. 



SUGAR PLANTATION SUGAR MILL. 


Where are the West Indies situated ? 

The West Indies comprise one of the most impor- 
tant and valuable groups of islands on the globe. 
They are distinguished for the fertility of their soil, 
the value of their productions, and the amount of 
their exports. 

These islands produce sugar, cotton, coffee, indigo, allspice, ginger, 
cocoa, tobacco ; also, tropical fruits, as oranges, lemons, limes, pome- 
granates, citrons, pine apples, melons, (fee. Maize, yams, and sweet 
potatoes are extensively raised for food. The mountains abound i& 
valuable trees, as cedar, mahogany, lignum-vitae, (fee. 


♦ 



WEST INDIES 


156 


All the principal islands are traversed by mountain ranges from 
0000 to 8000 feet high. Many of the small islands rise in single peaks 
several thousand feet above the sea. St. Kitts, Montserat, Guadaloupe, 
Dominica, St. Vincent, and Grenada are volcanic islands. In the island 
of Trinidad there is a lake of asphaltum, or pitch, three miles in cir- 
cuit. 

The climate, tempered by the sea breezes and the mountain air, is 
healthy and delightful during the greater part of the year. In autumn, 
hurricanes often occur, which sometimes do immense damage. 

About one-sixth of the population are whites ; the rest are negroes 
and mulattoes. The blacks are mostly slaves, except in Hayti and the 
islands belonging to Great Britain and France. Hayti is an independent 
government of blacks ; all the other islands belong to European nations. 

The West Indies are usually divided into the Greater and Little 
Antilles — the Bahamas, and the Caribbean islands. 

BAHAMAS. 


ISLANDS. | 

BELONGING TO 

SQ. MILES. 

POP. 

CHIEF TOWNS. 

Bahama 
Providence 1 

Turks i 

*Guanahani 

> G Britain. 

5,424 

20,000 

Nassau. 

GREAT ANTILLES. 

Cuba 
t Hayti 
Jamaica 
Porto Rico 

Spain 

Independent 
G. Britain 
Spain 

43,380 

29,500 

6,250 

8,700 

900.000 

700.000 

380.000 

390.000 

Havana. 
Cape Henry. 
Kingston. 

St. John’s. 


CARIBBEAN ISLANDS. 


Trinidad 

G. Britain 

1700 

25,000 

Port of Spain. 

Gaudaloupe 

France 

675 

127,600 

Basse Terre. 

Martinique 

France 

370 

95,000 

St. Pierre. 

St. Lucia 

G. Britain 

225 

16,000 

Carennge. 

Barbadoes 

G. Britain 

166 

102,500 

Bridgetown. 

Tobago 

G. Britain 

140 

16,000 

Scarborough. 

St. Vincent 

G. Britain 

130 

23,000 

Kingston. 

Grenada 

G. Britain 

110 

22,500 

St. George. 

Santa Cruz 

Denmark 

100 

31,000 

Santa Cruz. 

Antigua 

G. Britain 

93 

35,000 

St. John’s. 

Tortola 

G. Britain 

90 

11,000 

Road Harbor 

St. Thomas 

Denmark 

40 

5,000 

St. Thomas. 


* The first land seen by Columbus in his voyage of discovery, Oct 12, 1492. It 
was called by the natives Guauahani, but Columbus named it St. Salvador. It is 
now usually called Cat island. 

t Formerly called Hispaniola by the Spanish, and St. Domingo by the French- 
In 1791, the blacks rose against their masters, and finally succeeded in establishing 
their independence, and called the island Hayti, the original Indian name- 


156 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


Cities. — Havana, the capital of the island of Cuba, is one of the 
largest and most flourishing cities in America, and is considered as the 
key of the West Indies. It carries on an extensive commerce, and has 
one of the best harbors in the world, capable of containing 1 000 vessels 
without either cable or anchor. The entrance into the harbor is so nar- 
row as to admit only one vessel at a time. It is strongly fortified, and 
adorned with numerous churches and other elegant edifices. 

Kingston, the largest city of Jamaica, is pleasantly situated, contains 
many handsome buildings, and has an extensive trade. 

In what direction from us are the West India islands ? Which is the 
most northerly group of the West India islands ? b. Which is the most 
northerly island ? a. Which is the most easterly of the West India 
islands ? b. Which is the most southerly island ? t. Which is the most 
westerly ? c. What towns on the island of Cuba ? [See Map of West 
Indies.] To whom does Cuba belong? What is its population ? Its 
capital ? What towns in Hayti ? What is its population ? Capital ? 
To whom does Jamaica belong ? Its car>ital? To whom does Porto 
Rico belong? What is its capital? What cluster of islands lie about 
midway between Porto Rico and Nova Scotia ? b. What are the ex- 
ports of the West Indies ? 


SOUTH AMERICA. 

South America is one of the richest, most fertile, 
and picturesque divisions of the globe. It surpasses 
all others in the size and grandeur of its rivers, and 
in the height and extent of its mountains ; and is re- 
markable for the variety of its animal, vegetable and 
mineral productions. 

It is naturally divided into three great sections — the western, mid- 
dle, and eastern. The western consists of a broad, mountain plain, 
elevated about 12,000 feet above the level of the sea, crowned by the 
more lofty tops and peaks of the Andes. The middle section embra- 
ces the interior from north to south. It is a great expanse of country, 
composed of marshy or sandy plains, furrowed by three immense rivers, 
and then numerous branches. The eastern section, embracing the east- 
era part of Brazil, consists of an elevated region, but of less extent than 
the western. 

South America is noted for the varieties of its climate. These arise 
principally from the vast difference in the degrees of elevation between 
the highest and lowest lands. In the middle section, or low country 
near the equator, the temperature is that of perpetual summer 
The trees, plants and shrubs are constantly clothed in verdure — flowers 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


157 


blossom, and fruits ripen throughout the year. The declivities and plains 
of the mountains enjoy a cool, delightful climate, and the temperature 
is that of perpetual sprang. On the lofty and snowy summits of the 
mountains, perpetual winter reigns as severe as in the frozen regions of 
the north. 

The majestic rivers of South America leave far behind them those 
of the old world, both by the length of their course and in the vast 
amount of water they convey to the ocean. The largest of these is 
the Amazon. It is formed by a great n limber of rivers which rise in the 
Andes, the largest of which is the Ucayale. It flows into the Atlantic 
under the equator. The width of the mouth is stated by some writers 
at 150, and by others at 180 miles. Boat navigation commences at Jaen, 
and it is said that vessels of 400 or 500 tons, may sail from the mouth 
throughout almost its whole extent. Its depth 1500 miles from the 
ocean, is stated at from 30 to 40 fathoms. The banks are covered with 
immense and impenetrable forests, where the foot of man lias rarely or 
never trod, but where multitudes of wild and ferocious animals roam 
undisturbed. Here are found a great variety of venomous serpents, 
and birds of the most beautiful plumage and song, and apes ox the most 
fantastic appearance. The waters swarm with alligators, turtles, and 
a great variety of flsli. The second river in South America is the La 
Plata. Its majestic course is full as broad as that of the Amazon, and 
its immense opening at its mouth might be considered as a gulf. At 
the distance of 180 miles from the sea it is 30 miles in width. 

The vegetable kingdom in South America is noted for its variety 
and abundance. Among the trees, the most remarkable is the palm, 
of which there are eighty-seven varieties, which are equally distinguish- 
ed for their beauty and size, and for their various uses, furnishing wine, 
oil. wax, and sugar. Besides these, the cocoa, banana, cin chana and 
a multitude of others abound, common to the tropical and temperate 
climates. 

The potato, cocoa, vanilla, and corn are native plants, and the soil yields 
a great number of medicinal plants and dye stuffs, and resinous trees. 
The plantations of Guiana yield all the productions of the West Indies. 
Cayenne produces spices, and Paraguay matte or tea. Almost every 
variety of grain is cultivated, and flowering shrubs exist in the greatest 
abundance. The most delicious fruits, as oranges, citrons, pine apples, 
pomegranates, pears, apples, figs, grapes, etc. grow almost spontaneously 
m the greatest plenty. 

lirthe animal kingdom, the Jaguar, or American tiger, the puma, 
or cougar, and the ocelet, are the principal beasts of prey. The lama, 
guanaco and vicuna, of the sheep kind — the tapir and peccary, of the 
hog kind, are peculiar to the countries on the Andes. The alligator or 
caymen attains to a length of 15 feet or more, and there are numerous 
serpents of monstrous size. The birds are numerous and noted for 
the brilliancy of them plumage, and the sweetness of their song. The 
condor is the largest bird of flight known in the world. In the great 
grassy plains, or pampas, in the United Provinces and Brazil, roam 
14 


♦ 


158 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


numberless herds of wild horses and cattle, sprung from those brought 
to the country by Europeans ; the latter are so numerous that they are 
killed merely for their hides. # 

The mineral kingdom abounds in the most precicus productions. 
The diamond mines of Brazil are the most prolific in the world, and 
the extensive mines of gold, silver, platina and mercury, excel those of 
any other part of the globe. In Chili there is scarcely a mountain with 
out gold, or a river without golden sand. Iron, lead, tin, copper, salt, Ac. 
are abundant, but are little sought after. 

South America formerly was divided into provinces, most of which 
were under the government of Spain and Portugal. But these have 
become independent of these powers, and with the exception of Brazil, 
have established republican forms of government. Considerable atteiv 
• tion is paid to education. Several universities have been founded, and 
information has been extensively diffused by means of books and news- 
papers. 

The population* of south America is composed of Whites, Indians, 
Negroes, Mestizoes, Mulattoes, and Samboes. The higher classes of the 
whites are well educated and wealthy, but dissolute in their morals ; the 
lower classes are ignorant, indolent and generally vicious. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 

How is South America bounded ? 


N ew Grenada ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns? 

Rivers 1 

Venezuela ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Equador ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns? 

Rivers ? 

Guiana ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Peru ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Bolivia ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns? 

Rivers ? 

Brazil ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns? 

Rivers ? 

Paraguay ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns? 

Rivers ? 

Uruguay ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Buenos Avres ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers 1 

Chili ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Patagonia ? 


Rivers ? 


RIVERS. 

Where does Port Desire river rise, in what direction does it run, and 
where does it empty ? Bio Negro ? Rio Colorado ? Saladillo ? Dulce ? 
Salado ? Vermejo or Grand? Pilcomayo ? Paraguay? Uruguay? 
Parana? San Francisco ? Parnaiba? Tocantins? Xingua? Tapa- 
jos? Madeira? Puras ? Javary ? Amazon? Negro? Caqueta ? 
Putumayo ? Napo ? Essequibo ? Orinoco ? Magdalena ? Cauca ? 

* The whites that are born in America, are called Creoles— 'those born in 
Spain, Chapatones. The Mulattoes are descendants of whites and negroos, 
and the Mestizoes of whites and Indians ; — and the Samboes of negroes and 
Indians. 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


169 


ISLANDS. 

Where is the island of Trinidad ? 

Where is the island of Joannes or Marajo ? 
Where are Martin Vas and Trinidade? 
Where are the Falkland Isles ? 

Where is the island of Tierra del Fuego ? 

‘ Where is Staten Land ? 

Where is the island of Chiloe ? 

Where are the Juan Fernandez Isles? 
Where is the island of St. Felix ? 


CAPES. 

Where is Cape or Point Gallinas ? 

Where is Cape St. Roque ? 

Where is Cape Horn ? 

Where is Cape Blanco ? 

Where is Cape North ? 

Where is Cape Frio ? 

Where are Cape St. Maria and Cape St. Antonio ? 
Where is Cape Corientes ? 

Where is Cape Blanco ? 


STRAITS. 

Where is the strait of Magellan ? 
Where is the strait of Le Maire ? 
Where is Cockburn Channel ? 


LAKES. 

Where is Lake Titicaca ? 

Where is Silver Lake ?. 

Where is Lake Oberava ? 

Where is Lake de-los-Palos ? 
Where is Lake Maracaybo \ 


BAYS. 

Where is Blanco Bay ? 

W here is the Bay of Paranagua ? 
Where is the Bay of All Saints ? 
Where is the Bay of Choco ? 


GULFS. 

Where is the Gulf of Venezuela ? 
Where is the Gulf of Darien ? 
Where is the Gulf of Panama ? 
Where is the Gulf of Guayaquil ? 
Where is the Gulf of Penas ? 


160 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


MOUNTAINS. 

How far do the Andes extend ? 

Where is Mount Sorata, the highest peak of the Andes ? 
Where is Mount Chimborazo ? Mount Chilian ? 

Where is Cotopaxi, the highest volcano on the globe ? 


NEW GRENADA. 

How is New Grenada bounded? What is its capital ? 

New Grenada is a large, populous, and interesting 
state. It is distinguished for its elevated plains, lofty 
mountains, and for the great variety of its climate 
and productions. 

The population is comprised chiefly in the valleys between the 
mountains, which are extremely fertile, producing cotton, grain, coffee, 
tobacco, and the vam^a tropical fruits in abundance. The mountains 
are rich in mineral treasures. The gold and silver mines yield about 
two millions of dollars annually. There are mines of copper, tin, and 
lead ; and on the coast is a valuable pearl fishery. 

The most noted curiosity in New Grenada, is the cataract of 
Te-quen-da-ma, in the river Bogota, or Funza, 15 mile3 from Bogota, 
Above the falls, the river is more than 400 feet wide, but is suddenly 
compressed to 35 or 40 feet in width, and at two bounds plunges down 
a descent of more than 600 feet, into an abyss below. 

The natural bridge of Icononzo, on the route from Bogota to Pop- 
ayan, extends across a chasm more than 360 feet m depth, at the bot- 
tom of which flows a rapid torrent. 

Cities. — Bogota is situated in the midst of a fertile plain, 8000 feet 
above the level of the sea. It is handsomely built, and contains many 
elegant edifices ; among which are a cathedral, university, government 
palace, and numerous churches and convents. 

Carthagena, the principal port of the republic is strongly fortified, 
and has an excellent harbor and considerable commerce. It is 
generally well built, and contains several handsome chinches and con- 
vents. 


In what direction from us is New Grenada ? What cities can you 
mention in New Grenada? What rivers ? In what direction is New 
Grenada longest? If we were at Bogota, the capital, to-day, in what 
direction would the sun be from us at 12 o’clock. Could we reach home 
by land ? How ? The Isthmus of Darien is 1 5 miles wide ; how long 
would it take you to cross it, if you should travel 3 miles an hour ? 
Under what form of government is New Grenada? What is the pre- 
vailing religion ? State of society ? What is the extent ? Population ? 
What are the exports of New Grenada ? 


EQU A DOR. 


161 


VENEZUELA. . ' 

How is Venezuela bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Venezuela consists mostly of a vast plain, watered 
by the Oronoco and its numeroas branches. 

The climate is warm throughout the year, and the soil remarkably 
fertile, producing sugar, coffee, indigo, cotton, and tobacco, and tropical 
fruits in abundance. The plains, or llanos, as far as the eye can reach, 
are covered with tall grass, on which graze vast herds of horses, oxen, 
and mules. The hides of these animals constitute one of the principal 
articles of the commerce of the countrv. 

Cities . — Caraccas is pleasantly situated in a valley, about 12 miles 
from the coast. Its streets are broad, well built, and cross each other 
at right angles. In IS 12, the city was mostly destroyed by an eartl>- 
quake, and about 12,000 persons buried beneath its ruins. It is mostly 
rebuilt, and contains many elegant edifices. La Guayra, the pert of 
Carraccas, has an extensive trade. 


In what direction from us is Venezuela ? In what direction is Ven 
czuela longest ? Do you think the It. Oronoco resembles the figure 6 ? 
What lake and gulf in the N. W. part ? What cities can you mention 
in Venezuela ? Rivers ? If you were at Esmaralda to-day at 12 o’clock, 
in what direction would your shadow fall ? Under what form of go 
vernment is Venezuela ? What is the prevailing religion? State of 
society ? What is the extent ? Population ? Hie exports are the same 
as those of New Grenada, with the addition of hides and tallow. 


ECUADOR. 

How is Equador bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Equador embraces the most interesting portion of 
South America. It is remarkable for its *ofty moun- 
tains, its elevated plains, and its climate of perpetual 
spring. 

Two ridges of the Andes extend through the western part, between 
which is one of the finest plains on the globe. It is from 30 to 50 miles 
in width, and at an elevation of mure than 9000 feet above the level of 
the sea. Perpetual spring reigns in this delightful and magnificent val- 
ley ; vegetation never ceases ; and the meadows and trees are crowned 
with constant verdure. 

14 * 


162 


S C U T H AMERICA. 



DISTANT VIEW OF THE CITY OF QUITO AND SURROUNDING MOUNTAINS. 


Cities . — Quito is one of the finest cities in the world. It is situ- 
ated on the eastern slope of Mount Pichincha, and is adorned with 
several magnificent churches and convents. It has two celebrated 
universities ; and its inhabitants are noted for their vivacity and po- 
liteness. 

Guayaquil, situated on a gulf of the same name, has a good harbor, 
and is one of the most flourishing commercial cities in America. 


In what direction from us is Equador ? What noted mountains in 
Equador ? Cliimborazo, Cotopaxi, Antisana, and Pichincha. What cities 
in Equador ? Rivers ? Which do you think would be the most plea- 
sant place of residence, this State , or Equador ? In what direction is 
Equador longest ? If we were at Omaguas, could we sail to any place 
in this State ? How ? Under what form of government is Equador ? 
What is the prevailing religion ? State of society ? What is the ex- 
tent ? Population 2 What are the exports of Equador ? 


GUIANA. 

How is Guiana bounded ? What are its Capitals ? 

Guiana is a level, warm, and fertile country, re- 
markable for the variety of its valuable productions. 



PERU. 


1G3 


The principal settlements are along the coast ; the 
interior is in possession of native Indians. 

Guiana is overspread with the most luxuriant 
vegetation, abounding in the finest woods, in fruits 
of every description, and in an infinite variety of 
both rare and useful plants. The chief productions 
are sugar, coffee, cotton, cocoa, maize, indigo, &c. 

The fruit trees are in great variety, and the fruits they yield of tlve 
most exquisite delicacy and flavor. The orange and lemon trees are 
in bloom throughout the year, and loaded with ripe and ripening fruit 
Wild animals and beasts of prey are numerous. Among these the 
jaguar and cougar are the most powerful and ferocious. In the rivers 
are found the alligator, the tapir, and the manati, or sea cow. There 
are numerous kinds of serpents ; of these, the boa, or aboma, is the 
largest. It is an amphibious snake, from 30 to 40 feet in length. It is 
perfectly indifferent as to its prey, and destroys, when hungry, any 
animal that comes within its reach. The vampire bat is also found in 
Guiana, and grows to an enormous size, measuring about thirty-two 
and a half inches between the tips of the two wings. It sucks the blood 
of men and cattle when they are fast asleep. After it is full, it disgorges 
the blood, and begins to suck afresh, until it reduces the sufferer to a 
state of great weakness. 

Guiana is divided into three parts ; — the western is owned by the 
English, the eastern by the French, and the middle by the Dutch. 

Cities. — Georgetown, or Stabroek, the capital of English Guiana, 
is situated at the mouth of the Demerary river. 

Paramaribo, the capital of Dutch Guiana, is pleasantly situated on 
the Surinam river, 18 miles from the sea. 

Cayenne, the capital of French Guiana, is situated on an island of 
the same name. It has a good harbor, which is well defended by a castle. 

In what direction from us is Guiana ? How is Guiana divided ? 
What are its capitals ? Where are the principal settlements ? Who 
possess the interior ? For what is Guiana remarkable ? What can 
you say of the fruit trees ? Of the animals ? Describe the Vampire 
llat ? What is the Government of Guiana ? How far is it from 
Georgetown to Monrovia ? What naval action took place N E. cf 
Guiana, and when ? What are the exports of Guiana ? 


PERU. 

How s Peru bounded ? Wliat is its Capital ? 

Peru is a large country, distinguished for the 


164 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


richness of its mines, its valuable productions, and 
the great varieties of its climate. 

The western part, between the Andes and the Pacific, 40 or 50 
miles in width, consists mostly of sandy, barren plains. The middle 
portion, lying between the two great ridges of the mountains, consists 
of table lands, 8000 feet above the level of the sea. Perpetual spring 
reigns in this region, and vegetation blooms throughout year. The 
part east of the mountains, consists of immense plains, or pampas , 
covered only with grass. 

The most important productions are cotton, grain, cocoa, sugar, cof- 
fee, and Peruvian bark. It has mines of gold, silver, copper, mercury, 
or quicksilver, and lead. 

Cities . — Lima is situated on a small river in the midst of a spacious 
. and delightful valley, 7 miles from the Pacific. It enjoys a perpetual 
summer climate, and is distinguished for the magnificence of its public 
buildings, and the rich ornaments of the churches. It was founded by 
Pizarro in 1535. Callao is the port of Lima. 

Cuzco, 550 miles S. E. of Lima, was the ancient capital of the Pe- 
ruvian Empire, founded in 1043, by Manca Capac, the first Inca of 
Peru. It was taken by the Spaniards under Pizarro, in 1534. It con- 
tained a magnificent temple of the sun, and other edifices, decorated 
with gold, and adorned with the idols of the various nations subdued by 
the Incas. The city still preserves many monuments of its ancient 
grandeur. 


In what direction from us is Peru ? What large river rises in Peru 
and empties into the Atlantic ? What other rivers in Peru ? What 
mountains extend through the western part of Peru ? a. What cities 
on the Pacific ? What towns among the Andes ? What towns east of 
the Andes ? Which is the most northerly city in Peru ? Which is the 
most southerly ? Under what form of government is Peru ? What is 
the prevailing religion ? State of society ? What is the extent ? 
Population ? What are the exports of Peru ? 


BRAZIL. 

How is Brazil bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Brazil is a country of vast extent, and one of the 
richest regions of the earth. It is greatly celebrated 
for its beauty and fertility, and is distinguished for 
Its navigable rivers, for the variety of its animal and 
vegetable productions, and for its mines of gold, 
silver and diamonds. 


B R A Z I L . 


1G5 



BRAZILIAN FOREST. 

The climate of Brazil, for the most part, is that of perpetual sum- 
mer, and the luxuriance of its vegetation is unequalled. The chief 
products are sugar, tobacco, indigo, corn, the most delicious fruits, and 
various kinds of dye woods. Agriculture is in a backward state. Cattle 
are raised in immense numbers. The great farms contain from 2 to 
40,000 head, which are killed chiefly for their hides. Mining is an im- 
portant branch of industry. 

Viewed from the sea, Brazil appears rugged and mountainous; but 
on a nearer approach, its appearance is highly romantic and picturesque, 
clothed as it is with the most luxuriant vegetation, its hills covered 
with thick woods, and its valleys with verdure. 

The interior is an immense wilderness, overspread with impenetrable 
forests, which abound in beautiful and useful wood, adapted for dyeing, 
cabinet work and ship building. The wmods are filled with aromatic 
phu\ts and flowering shrubs. Wild animals are numerous, and birds of 
the most brilliant plumage. In the interior are vast herds of wild cattle 
and horses, which are hunted only for their skins. The forests swarm 
with insects. Serpents are numerous, some of which are from 25 to 40 
feet in length. 

Were we to examine all parts of the globe, we probably should not 
find a pleasanter country than Brazil — one blessed with a more genial 
climate or a more fertile soil — more happily diversified with wood and 
water, or with abundance of navigable rivers, or more famed for its 
precious produce of gold and diamonds. It comprises within its limits 
nearly all the most valued productions of the earth. Cotton, sugar 
cofiee, rice, &c. abound in the northern part, and wheat and other 
grains, fruits, etc. in the southern parts and mountainous districts. 

Brazil is more particularly celebrated for its g'old and diamonds. 




166 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


wliicli abound in the higher regions of the interioi, and are chiefly found 
in the beds of the mountain torrents where the stream is most rapid, or 
among the gravel or pebbles of the deep valleys. 

The white population is principally in the southern part, and along 
the coast. The remainder is inhabited by Indians, who are extremely 
hostile to the whites. 

The western part of Brazil is called Amazonia, which embraces the 
mterior of South America. It is inhabited entirely by Indians, of whom 
little is known. 

Cities . — Rio Janeiro is well situated for trade, and is distinguished 
for its fine harbor and extensive commerce. The town is well built, 
and adorned with numerous churches and convents. 

Pernambuco is a flourisliing place, and has a large trade, principally 
in cotton. 


In what direction from us is Brazil ? In what direction is Brazil 
longest ? What towns can you mention in Brazil ? Rivers ? Which 
part of Brazil do you imagine is warmest ? Why ? If we were at 
Almeida to-day, in what direction would our shadows fall at 12 o’clock^ 
How many straits border on Brazil on the west ? Under what form of 
government is Brazil ? What is the prevailing religion ? State of 
society ? What is the extent ? Population ? What are the exports 
of Brazil ? 


BOLIVIA. 

How is Bolivia bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Bolivia resembles Peru in climate, soil, and pro- 
ductions. It is famous for its silver mines, particu- 
larly those of Potosi, which are the richest on the 
globe. 

Bolivia was once a part of Peru, and afterwards of Buenos Ayrea 
In 1825 it was erected into a state, and named after Bolivar, the (listin' 
guished South American General. 

The silver mines of Potosi, so celebrated throughout the world, were 
accidentally discovered in 1545, by a Peruvian Indian named Hualpa, 
or Hualco, as he was pursuing some wild goats up the mountain. Ar- 
riving at a steep place, he laid hold of a bush to assist him in his course,, 
but the shrub, unable to support his weight, was torn up by the roots, 
and disclosed to the hunter a rich mass of silver. For a time, Hualpa 
concealed the knowledge of his discovery even from his friends. But his 
sudden and abounding wealth soon excited their suspicions, and they at 
length induced him to reveal the secret to them. A quarrel happening 
between him and his Indian associates, Hualpa made known the exist- 
ence of the mine to his master, who was a Spaniard. Since then* dis- 


BUENOS AIRES. J07 

covery, these mines have yielded about two billion dollars in silver, be 
sides a large amount in gold. 

Cities. — Chuquisaca, or La Plata, is pleasantly situated in the 
western part. It is generally well built, and noted for its beautiful 
scenery. 

Potosi is situated on a declivity of the mountain which contains the 
celebrated mines of Potosi. The streets are narrow and irregular. The 
houses are built of stone or brick, of only one story, with balconies of 
wood, but without chimneys’. The city contains a college, several 
monasteries and convents, and 19 churches, and a mint. Potosi is the 
centre of a trade between the United Provinces and the Pacific, and is 
noted for the gaiety and dissipation of its inhabitants. 

In what direction from us is Bolivia ? What extensive Desert in 

the western part ? a. What seaport on the coast ? c., or Port . 

What town among the Andes ? l-p. What town on the Pilcomayo ? 
c. On the Vermeja ? t. What town in the interior ? c. Under what 
form of government is Bolivia ? What is the prevailing religion ? State 
of society ? What is the extent ? Population ? 


BUENOS AYRES. 



BUENOS AYRES. 

How is Buenos Ayres bounded ? What is its capital ? 

This is an extensive country, distinguished for its 
majestic rivers, vast plains, and the variety of its val- 
uable productions. 





168 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


The northern and western parts of this vast region are mountainous 
and unproductive, and inhabited principally by Indians. The central 
and southern parts consist of immense plains called Pampas, similar 
to the Prairies in the United States. They are about 1500 miles in 
length and 500 in breadth, exhibiting the appearance of a vast sea of 
coarse grass. 

Innumerable herds of wild cattle, horses, ostriches and other ani- 
mals occupy these plains. The inhabitants are the Gauchos, who are 
of Spanish origin, but who lead a life of wild independence, living on 
horseback, and the Pampas Indians, who lead the same kind of life as 
the Gauchos, with whom they are perpetually at war. Armed with 
his lasso, or leather strap, the Gauclio or Indian rides on horseback, 
and with great dexterity throws it round the neck of a wild horse, bull 
or other animal wliich lie wishes to take, and by a sudden jerk, throws 
the animal to the ground, and gallops off with his booty. 

The productions are numerous, consisting of most kinds of grain, 
sugar, wine, tobacco, and the various fruits of the torrid and temperate 
zones. There are rich mines of gold, silver, copper and lead. The 
principal exports are hides, tallow and beef. 

Cities. — Buenos Ayres is pleasantly situated on the La Plata, one 
hundred and eighty miles from its mouth. It is regularly built, and is 
rapidly increasing in commerce and population. It is strongly fortified, 
and celebrated for the mildness and salubrity of its climate. The La 
Plata is here 30 miles wide, but the navigation is dangerous, owing to 
rocks and shoals, and frequent storms. 

Mendoza is pleasantly situated on the Andes, and the most conve- 
nient route over the mountains passes through it. Tucuman and Cordova 
a v e celebrated for their universities. 


In what direction from us is Buenos Ayres ? What towns can you 
mention in Buenos Ayres? Rivers ? Lake ? In what direction is 
Buenos Ayres longest ? Which part of Buenos Ayres is warmest ? 
Why ? What part of the United States is warmest ? Why ? If you 
wished to travel from Buenos Ayres to Valparaiso, what mountains 
must you cross ? What does Buenos Ayres in Spanish signify ? A. 
Good air. If you were at Tucuman, what would you do in order to re- 
turn to this place ? Under what form of government is Buenos Ayres ? 
What is the prevailing religion ? State of society ? What is the extent? 
Population ? 


PARAGUAY. 

How is Paraguay bounded ? What is its Capital ? 
Paraguay is a small, level, and fertile state, re- 
markable for its healthy climate, and for the variety 
and value of its productions. 


URUGUAY . 


169 


The vast plains of Paraguay abound in immense herds of wild cattle, 
and the forests are filled wdth birds of the most beautiful plumage. 
Tropical fruits, corn, wine, sugar, rice, indigo, and various drugs, are pro- 
duced in abundance. But the most noted production in this state is 
Matte, or Paraguay tea, which is used in most parts of South America 
as the tea of China is with us. 

Paraguay declared its independence in 1813, and soon after, was 
governed by Dr. Francia, under the title of Dictator. He ruled with 
absolute sway until his death in 1840. He prohibited all intercourse 
with the rest of the world, and if foreigners entered the country, they 
were detained in prison. He lived without pomp or parade, and labored 
to promote the happiness of his subjects. He established lyceums and 
schools ; and all the inhabitants were taught reading, writing, and arith- 
metic. Every person was obliged to work at some occupation, and idle' 
ness and beggary were unknown. In consequence of this ]X)licy, the 
state increased in wealth and population, and enjoyed the blessings of 
peace and tranquillity, while the surrounding countries were torn and 
distracted by civil wars and other intestine commotions. Since the 
death of Dr. Francia, Paraguay has abandoned her former policy of 
exclusiveness, and invited all nations to commercial and other friendly 
Intercourse. 

Cities — Assumption is situated in the midst of a fertile country 
The climate is temperate and healthy, and throughout the year the 
trees are either in foliage or loaded with fruit. It contains several ele- 
gant edifices. 

Conception and Villa Rica are the next most important towns. 

In what direction from us is Paraguay ? Between what two rivers 
Is it situated ? What towns in it ? In what direction is it longest ? 
When did it become independent ? What singular herb in Paraguay? 
What use is made of Matte ? Under what form of government is Par- 
aguay ? What is the prevailing religion ? State of society ? What 1*3 
the extent ? Population ? 


URUGUAY. 

How is Uruguay bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Uruguay is a small state, formerly known under 
the name of the Banda Oriental. It is generally level 
and fertile, and the climate healthy. 

On account of its favorable situation for commercial pursuits, this 
country was highly prized both by Brazil and Buenos Ayres, and great 
exertions made by each to obtain possession of it. After a war of sev- 
eral years, in which both governments became exhausted, it wa9 declar- 
15 


170 


SOUTH AMERICA. 


ed independent of both, under the name of the “ Oriental Republic of 
the Uruguay.” 

Monte Video, the capital, is situated 120 miles east of Buenos Ayres, 
on the La Plata. It is a well built city, with wide and regular streets, 
and has one of the best harbors on the river, which is here 80 rtnles 
wide. It has a considerable trade, principally in hides, tallow and 
dried beef. 


In what direction from us is Uruguay ? Which do you think i3 tlie 
largest, Uruguay or this State? How much ? In what direction is 
Uruguay longest? Which do you suppose is warmest, Maldonado or 
tliis place ? Why ? If we were at Monte Video, in what direction 
would the sun be from us at 12 o’clock? In which State should you 
prefer to live, Paraguay or Uruguay? Why ? Lender what form of gov- 
ernment is Uruguay? What is the prevailing religion? State of 
society ? What is the extent ? Population ? 


CHILL 

How is Chili bounded ? Its Capital ? 

Chili consists of a long, narrow tract, lying be- 
tween the Andes and the Pacific. It is one of the 
most healthy, fertile and beautiful countries in the 
world. 

Chili has numerous mines of gold, silver, copper, 
tin and iron ; and produces grain, sugar , cotton, oil, 
wine and fruits in abundance. 

In some parts of Chili it seldom or never rains ; but the country is 
well watered by means of the numerous* small rivers which flow from 
the Andes into the Pacific. Among the Andes in Cliili are fourteen 
volcanoes, wliich are in a constant state of eruption. Earthquakes fre- 
quently happen, which often do extensive injury. 

The Aricanians, an independent tribe of warlike Indians, inhabit 
the southern part of Chili. They are disgtinuished for their love of 
liberty, bravery and humanity. 

Towns . — Santiago was founded in the year 1541. It is situated 
in the midst of a beautiful plain, about 90 miles from Valparaiso. Its 
houses are built of brick, and only one story, on account of earthquakes. 
It has considerable trade. Its inhabitants are distinguished for gayetv 
mid hospitality. 

Valparaiso, the port of Santiago, is the most commercial city in 
OliilL It lias an excellent harbor, and considerable trade. 


SOUTH AMERICAN ISLANDS. 


171 


In what direction from us is Chili ? What towns on the Pacific ? 
What remarkable summit of the Andes in Chili? Mount Chilian. 
How high is mount Chilian ? What island near the southern part of 
Chili ? c. What extensive Desert north of Chili ? a. On what river is 
Santiago situated? A. On the river Maypo. Under what form of 
government is Chili ? What is the prevailing religion ? State of so- 
cietv ? What is the extent ? Population ? What are the exports of 
Chili ? 


PATAGONIA. 

How is Patagonia bounded ? 

Patagonia is a cold, inhospitable region, of which 
little is known except the coasts. It is thinly in- 
habited by small tribes of Indians, some of whom 
are said to be of gigantic size. 

In what direction from us is Patagonia ? What are the three prin- 
cipal rivers of Patagonia? What strait, 370 miles long, separate it 
from Tierra del Fuego ? Where is Cape Horn ? At the southern ex- 
tremity of Hermit island. The ocean around Cape Horn is lashed by 
almost constant storms and tempests. What two gulfs or. the eastern 
coast ? What three gulfs on the western coast ? g. p. c. What Archi- 
pelago on the western coast ? What peninsula ? Under what form of 
government is Patagonia ? What is the prevailing religion ? State of 
society. 

4 


SOUTH AMERICAN ISLANDS. 

* 

These consist of several groups. The most noted among them, are 
Terra del Fuego, the Falkland Islands, South Georgia, Sandwich Land, 
South Shetland, and South Orkneys. They are utterly dreary and 
desolate, buried in ice and snow, and in most cases, uninhabited by a 
single human being. Their shores, however, abound with the sea ele- 
phant, fur seal, and with legions of sea birds of gigantic size, the rnosi 
remarkable of which are the penguin and albatross. % 

These islands are frequented by vessels from Stonington and other 
ports in New England, for the purpose of procuring seals, the furs ol 
which are remarkably fine and valuable. These islands are indented 
hy numerous bays, which form many excellent harbors. 

Map of the World. In what direction from Patagonia are the 
Falkland Islands ? Terra del Fuego ? S. Georgia? Sandwich Land ? 
South Orkneys ? South Shetland Isles ? Should you like to live on 
any of these islands ? Why not ? 


172 


EUROPE 


QUESTIONS ON THE MAP CF SOUTH AMERICA. 

How will vou sail from Chagres to Panama ? 

How will you sail from Panama to Assumption ? 

What singular herb do you find here ? 

How will you sail from Assumption to Cuzco ? 

What can you say respecting Cuzco ? 

How will you sail from Cuzco to Bogota ? 

What curiosity will you find near this place ? 

Why are there no large rivers that empty into the Pacific ocean ? 
What river empties into the Atlantic by several mouths ? o. 
Through what waters must the Blanco river pass to reach the At 
lantic ? 

In what direction from us is Cape Horn ? 

Suppose you were at Cape Horn to-day , at 12 o’clock, in what di 
rection would your shadow fall ? 

Are the seasons in South America the same as ours ? Why ? 

Which has the greatest latitude, or which is farther from the Equa- 
tor, Cape Horn or this place ? 

Which part of South America do you suppose is -warmest, the 
southern or northern part of it ? Why ? 

What prevents South America from being a continent by itself ? 


EUROPE. 



Europe is the smallest of the five grand divisions 
of the globe, but is distinguished for the number, 



EUROPE 


173 


learning, bravery and enterprise of its inhabitants — 
for the superior cultivation of the soil — for the flour- 
ishing condition of the arts, sciences and commerce, 
and for its power and influence over other parts of the 
world. 

It is much noted for the salubrity of the air, and the fruitfulness oi 
its soil. Instead of those uncultivated and extensive wastes which are 
met with in other portions of the earth, it presents extensive fortified 
cities, adorned with magnificent edifices, large and populous towns, and 
innumerable villages. 

It is well watered by its numerous rivers, and remarkable for its 
bays, gulfs, and inland seas, and for its great natural advantages for 
commercial pursuits. 

It produces most kinds of grain, beautiful garden plants, abundance 
of fruits, such as oranges, lemons, figs, almonds, olives, pomegranates 
and dates ; also flax, hemp, tobacco, madder, and the best of wines, 
and a great variety of wood for house and ship building. It yields most 
kinds of metals and minerals of superior excellence, and in great abun- 
dance. 

In no part of the world are manufactures carried to such perfec- 
tion as in several European countries, especially in Great Britain, 
France and Germany. The. inhabitants work up not only Emopean 
but also foreign products, and supply all the wants and luxuries of 
life. Commerce is extensively carried on, promoted by well con- 
structed roads, railways and canals, and extends to all quarters of the 
world. 

Europe is the seat of arts and science. To her belongs the honor 
of discovering the most important truths ; of producing the most use- 
ful inventions, the finest productions of genius, and the improvement of 
all the sciences. 

Literature has reached a higher degree of perfection in Europe than 
in any other part of the globe. There are numerous universities and 
colleges which provide for the higher branches of education. These are 
generally on a much larger scale than those in the United States. The 
common branches of education, however, are much neglected, and not 
so generally diffused among the great mass of the people as in this 
country. A great proportion of the poor are unable to read or write. 
Germany, France and England are most noted for proficiency in litera- 
ture and science, and Prussia, Scotland, Switzerland, Denmark, Norway 
and Sweden, for the encouragement of elementary schools and the gene- 
ral diffusion of knowledge. 

Questions . — How many square miles does Europe embrace ? [See 
Map of the World.] What is the population of Europe ? Which has 
. the greatest number of inhabitants, South America, Europe, or Africa? 
How happens it that Europe, being so much smaller, contains so many 
15 * 


174 


EUROPE. 


more inhabitants than either of these other divisions ? In which of these 
divisions ao you imagine the land is best cultivated? Which do you 
think has the best roads and bridges ? In which are the people most 
learned ? 


QUESTIONS ON THE MAP OF EUROPE. 


How is Europe bounded ? 


Portugal ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Spain ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

France ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Belgium ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Holland ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Germany ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Denmark ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Switzerland ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Italy ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Austria ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Turkey ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Greece ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Prussia ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Russia ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Sweden ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Norway ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

England ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Scotland ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Ireland ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 


RIVERS. 

Where does the river Ebro rise, what course does it run, and where 
does it empty ? Guadalquiver ? Guadiana ? Tagus ? Douro ? Minho ? 
Garonne ? Loire ? Seine ? Rhine ? Rhone ? Saone ? Po ? Tiber ? 
Danube ? Drave ? Save ? Pruth ? Dniester ? Bog ? Dneiper ? 
Donetz ? Don? Volga? Ural? Ousa ? Petchora ? Mezene? 

Dwina ? Onega? Duna? Niemen ? Vistula? Oder? Elbe? 
Weser? Eins? Tornea? Glomma ? Thames? Severn? Shannon? 


LAKES. 

Where are Lakes Ladoga and Onega ? 

Where are Lakes Wenner and Wetter ? 

Where are Lakes Constance and Geneva ? A. In Switzerland. 


GULFS. 

Where is the Gulf of V enice ? 
Where is the Gulf of Taranto ? 
Wh 3re is the Gulf of Genoa ? 


E U R O l E 


Where is the Gulf of Lyons ? 
Where is the Zuyder Zee ? 
Wliere is the Gulf of Bothnia ? 
Where is the Gulf of Finland ? 
Wliere is the Gulf of Riga ? 
Where is the Gulf of Onega ? 
Where is the Gulf of Salonica ? 
Where is the Bay of Biscay ? 


SEAS. 


Where is the Caspian Sea ? 
Where is the Sea of Azoff ? 
Wliere is the Black Sea ? 
Wliere is the Sea of Marmora ? 
Where is the Archipelago ? 
Where is the Mediterranean ? 
Where is the Irish Sea ? 

Where is the North Sea ? 
Where is the Baltic Sea ? 
Where is the White Sea ? 


STRAITS. 

Wliere is the Strait of Constantinople ?* 
Wliere are the Dardanelles ? 

Where is the Strait of Otranto ? 

Where is the Strait of Messina ? 

Where is the Strait of Bonifacio ? 

Wliere is the Strait of Gibralter $ 

Where is the Strait of Dover ? 


CHANNELS. 

Where is the British Channel ? 
Where is St. George’s Channel ? 
Where is Bristol Channel ? 

Where is North Channel ? 

Where is the Skager-rack ? 

Where is the Catteerat ? 


ISLANDS. 

Where are the Luftoden Islands ? 
Where is Iceland ? 

Wliere are the Faroe Islands ? 


* The Strait of Constantinople, the ancient Bosphorus, connects the Black tios 
<vith the sea of Marmora. The Dardanelles connect the sea of Marmora with the 
Audiipclago. 


176 


EUROPE. 


* 

Where are the Shetland and Orkney Islands ? 

Where are the Hebrides or Western Islands? 

Where are the Isle of Man and Anglesea ? 

Where are Guernsey, Jersey, Alderney, Sark and Wight? 
Where are the Scilly Islands ? 

Where are Belle Isle and the Isle of Rhe ? 

Where are Ivica, Majorca, and Minorca? 

Where are Sardinia, Corsica, and Elba ? 

Where are the Lipari Islands ? 

Where is the Island of Sicily ? 

Where is the Malta or Melita ? 

Where is the Island of Candia ? 

Where are Cyprus and Rhodes ? 

Where are Negropont, Scio, Samos, Patmos ? 

Where are the Ionian Islands ? 

Where are Zealand and Funen? 

Where are Gothland, Aland, and Oland ? 


PENINSULAS. 

Where is the Peninsula of Crimea ? 
Where is the Peninsula of Morea ?* 


MOUNTAINS. 

Where are the Dofrafield Mountains ? 

Where are the Pyrenees ? 

Where are the Alps ? 

Where are the Appenines ? 

Where are the Carpathian Mountains ? 

Where are the Balkan Mountains ? 

"Where are the Ural Mountains ? 

Where are the Cevennes ? 

Where are the Sierra Noyeda, Toledo, and Cantabrian Mountains? 


VOLCANOES. 

Where is Mount Etna ? 

Where is Mount V esuvius ? 

Where is Mount Hecla ? 


CAPES. 

"Where is the North Cape ? Cape Naze ? Land’s End ? Lizard 
Point ? Cape Clear ? Cape La Hogue ? Cape Ortegal ? Cape 
Finisterre? Cape St. Vincent ? Cape Spartivento ? Cape Matapan? 


• Morea, the southern part of Greece. 


ENGLAND. 


177 


BRITISH EMPIRE. 


In what direction from us is Great Britain ? What is its Capital ? 


The British Empire is the most extensive, and with 
the exception of China, the most populous on the 
globe. It is distinguished for its great political influ- 
ence, for the extent of its commerce and manufac- 
tures, for its vast and powerful navy, for its well dis- 
ciplined army, and for the enterprise, intelligence and 
activity of its inhabitants. 

The British Empire comprehends the kingdoms of England, Scot- 
land, and Ireland, with the principality of Wales ; Gibralter and the 
island of Malta in Europe; the greatest part of Hindostan and the island 
of Ceylon in Asia ; the Cape of Good Hope, Sierra Leone, several forts 
oil the coast of Guinea and the islands of St. Helena and Mauritius in 
Africa; British America and Honduras in North America; Jamaica, 
Barbadoes and several other West India islands; English Guiana in 
South America; New South Wales in Australia ; Van Diemans Land, 
and other islands in various parts of the globe. 

In what direction from Great Britain is Hindostan ? Canada ? 
Cape of Good Hope? Honduras? A r an Dieman’s Land? Guiana? 
Malta ? Jamaica ? Gibralter ? It is said that the sun is alwavs 
shining on some part of the British Empire, — how can that be ? How is 
the kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland divided ? In what part of 
the island of Great Britain is England ? Scotland ? Wales ? What sea 
and two channels lie between Great Britain and Ireland ? Which ex- 
tends farthest south, Great Britain or Ireland ? North ? In what 
direction is Great Britain longest ? Ireland? 


ENGLAND. 

How is England bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

England is a populous and highly cultivated conn - 
iiy, distinguished for its extensive commerce, numer- 
ous canals and railways, and for the extent, variety 
and value of its manufactures. 

The surface of England is agreeably diversified wbh hills and 
plains, and abounds in beautiful scenery. In seme parts, plains clothed 



EUROPE 


AN ENGLISH GENTLEMANS COUNTRY SEAT 

Ai the richest verdure, watered by copious streams, and pasturing 
innumerable cattle, extend as far as the eye can reach ; in others, gently 
rising hills and bending vales, fertile in grain, waving with woods, and 
interspersed with flowery meadows, offer the most delightful landscape 
of rural opulence and beauty. 

The coast is indented with bays and harbors which present every 
facility for foreign commerce. Canals and railways are numerous, and 
furnish an easy communication throughout all parts of the interior, for 
the vast inland trade of the kingdom. 

The country abounds in excellent roads and substantial bridges, 
and is noted for the number and magnificence of the seats of the nobility 
and gentry. These princely mansions, surrounded with lawns, parks 
or forests, however, contrast strongly with the miserable huts and hovels 
of the poor. 

The climate is moist, cool and variable, but not subject to extremes 
of heat or cold. Agriculture is carried to a high degree of perfection. 
The chief products are wheat, barley, oats, peas, beans, hops, <tc. The 
mineral productions are numerous and exceedingly valuable. The most 
important are coal, copper, iron, tin and lead. 

England has several famous mineral springs, which during the 
warm season, are thronged by crowds of the fashionable, idle, gay, 
and dissipated. The hot springs of Bath, and Bristol, the waters of 
Cheltenham, Harrowgate, Tunbridge and Epsom, are among the most 
celebrated. 

England is justly celebrated for its literary institutions and learned 
men. The universities of Oxford and Cambridge are an honor to the 
country and Europe. The higher classes spare no expense in the educa- 
tion of their children, but until recently, little or no provision has been 
made for the instruction of the poor. Among her eminent scholars, 


ENGLAND. 


179 


are Bacon, Boyle, Newton, Locke, Davy, Shakspeare, Milton, Spen 
cer, Pope and Dryden, who rank among the first of any age or na- 
tion. 

'Hie government is a limited, hereditary monarchy.. The sovereign 
power is vested in a king or queen, and a parliament. The latter con- 
sists of a house of lords, who are hereditary, and a house of commons, 
who are chosen by the people. The established religion is Episcopacy, 
and the sovereign is the supreme head of the church. 

Character . — The English are intelligent, industrious and enterpri- 
sing, and strongly attached to freedom and their native country. The 
learned are distinguished for sound sense and extensive knowledge, the 
merchants for integrity and wealth, the mechanics for skill and industry, 
and the sailors and soldiers for bravery and discipline. 



LONDON. 


Cities . — London, the metropolis of the British Empire, is situated 
on both sides of the Thames, 60 miles from its mouth. It is the most 
populous city in Europe ; and in commerce, manufactures, and wealth 
it Is the first city on the globe. Among the public buildings, St. Paul’s 
Cathedral, Westminster Abbey, the Tower, and the Bank of England, 
are notye edifices. The citv is connected bv six elegant bridges across 
the Thames, and one tunnel, or road under the river. It presents a 
striking contrast of wealth and poverty, of intelligence and ignorance, 
and of morality and vice. It contains a number of spacious squares and 
parks, and is distinguished for its numerous literary, scientific and char- 
itable institutions. 

Greenwich, five miles below London, on the Thames, is noted foi 
its naval hospital for disabled seamen, and for its Royal Observatory, 
from which longitude is reckoned. Windsor, 22 miles west of Lontfon, 


180 


EUROPE. 


on the Thames, is celebrated for its beautiful scenery, and its royal cas- 
tle, the summer residence of the English sovereign. 

Liverpool, situated near the mouth of the Mersey, is the second 
town in the kingdom, in commerce and wealth. It is the principal 
seat of the trade with the United States, and by means of canals and 
railways, is connected with all the great manufacturing towns in the 
interior. It is well built, and is celebrated for its immense docks, and 
its numerous lines of packets to all the principal foreign ports. 

Bristol, situated on the Avon, is the third commercial town in Eng- 
land. The first regular line of steam packets between Great Britain 
and New-York, was established here in 1838. It has numerous manu- 
factures, and is noted for its charitable institutions. 

Manchester, the second city in population, is famous for cotton 
manufactures, Birmingham for hardware, Sheffield for cutlery, Kidder 
minster for carpets, Leeds, Wakefield, Norwich and Exeter for woolens. 
Worcester for porcelain, Oxford and Cambridge for their universities, 
Portsmouth and Plymouth for being the great naval stations of the 
kingdom, York for its cathedral, Newcastle for its trade in coals, and 
Bath, the most elegant city in the kingdom, for its mineral waters. 

Map of Europe. In what direction from us is England ? In what 
direction is England longest ? Which extends farthest west, England 
or France ? What cape south-west of England ? What towns cau 
you mention ? 


Map of England. What is the extent of England and Wale9 ? 
Population ? What two capes south-west of England ? What islands 
near Land’s End ? s. What islands in the British channel belong to 
England? Jersey, Guernsey, Alderney, Sark and Wight. How wide 
is the Strait of Dover ? What is the population of London ? Man- 
chester ? Liverpool ? Leeds ? In what direction from London is Ox- 
ford ? Cambridge? Dover? Chester? Bristol? Southampton/ York? 
What places are connected by railroads ? What is the government ? 
Religion ? State of society ? When was the battle of Hastings 
fought? Blackheath? Wakefield? Bosworth ? How do England 
and Wales compare in size with Virginia ? How many of the United 
States are larger than England and Wales? 


WALES. 

How is Wales bounded ? What are its chief towns ? 

Wales is a mountainous country, and is noted for 
its deep vallies, roaring torrents, and frightful preci - 
pices, and its picturesque scenery. 


181 


SOOTLANIi. 

The climate is cold, but healthy, and the vaLlevs fertile. The chief 
wealth consists in its minerals. It abounds in coal, iron, copper and lead. 
There are few cities or large towns; but in all parts there are numerous 
quiet and pleasafit villages, and the country is scattered over with 
whitewashed cottages, remarkable for neatness, with vines, roses and 
honeysuckles around them. 

Wales was formerly an independent kingdom. In 1283, it was 
conquered by Edward I. and annexed to England. The oldest son of 
the king of England is styled Prince of Wales. 

Character . — The Welsh are the descendants of the ancient Britons 
who fled from England at the time of the Saxon invasion. They arc- 
industrious, frugal, virtuous and hospitable, and strongly attached to 
freedom and their country. 

Cities. — Carnarvon is a handsome and well built town, noted foi 
its good harbor, and ancient castle in which Edward II. was bom 
Pembroke is situated on Milford Haven, the most capacious and secure 
harbor in Great Britain. Merthyr Tydvil, situated in the midst of nu 
merous iron foundries and furnaces, is the most populous town in 
Wales. 


In what direction from us is Wales ? In what direction is Wales 
longest ? What island in the Irish sea near Wales ? How is Angle 
sea connected to Wales? A. By the Menai bridge, consisting of im- 
mense iron chains, connecting arches of masonry 560 feet apart. Which 
extends farthest south, Wales or Ireland ? What towns can you men- 
tion in Wales ? What bays on the coast ? What rivers rise in Wales? 
Where do they empty ? 


SCOTLAND* 

How is Scotland bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Scotland is a cold, rough and mountainous coun 
try, noted for its numerous rivers and lakes, and for 
the grandeur and wildness of its scenery. 

It is divided by the Grampian hills into two parts ; the Highlands 
in the north, and the Lowlands in the south. The former consist chiefly 
of bleak mountains, covered with a low shrub called heath, or heather, 
and well adapted for pasturage. The latter are agreeably diversified 
with hills and plains, and in general, highly cultivated. 

The chief productions are grain, cattle, sheep, fish, coal, iron and 
lead. The manufactures are important and flourishing. The principal 
articles are cottons, linens, woolens and iron ware. 

The coast of Scotland is lined with numerous islands. The He- 


* Scotland, anciently called Caledonia, was united with England in 1603. 
16 


132 


E U R U f E 


1 



arides or Western Islands are about 300 in number, and contain about 
70,000 inhabitants, who subsist by fishing, raising cattle, killing sea 
fowl, and gathering their eggs from the rocks. In Staffa, one of these 
islands, is a remarkable cavern, of great extent, called Fingal’s cave. 
It is supported on each side by ranges of columns, and roofed by the 
bottoms of such as have beeu broken off. On the north of Scotland are 
the Shetland and Orkney islands. Many of these are barren, precipi- 
tous rocks, and present the most sublime scenery. Vast numbers of 
sheep are kept on these islands, and wool and fish are exported. Scot- 
land abounds in lakes, called lochs. Loch Lomond, the largest, is 
about thirty miles in length, and is one of the most beautiful sheets of 
water in Europe. Loch Katrine is smaller, and is remarkable for the 
beauty and grandeur of its scenery. 

Scotland is noted for its excellent system of education. Schools are 
established throughout the country, and the people, especially in the 
Lowlands are among the best educated in Europe. There are four uni- 
versities, viz: Edinburgh, Glasgow, Aberdeen, and St. Andrews, and 
these have produced some of the ablest scholars of modern times. 

Character . — The Scotch are a grave, serious, aud reflecting people. 
They are temperate, hardy, industrious, and enterprising, and are dis- 
tinguished for their .general eduea ion and morality. Many of them 
have been eminent in the sciences, and rank among the most celebrated 
philosophers, historians, aud poets of Europe. 

Cities. — Edinburgh is a large, well built, and interesting city. It is 
situated about two miles from the Frith of Forth, on an eminence, and 
makes a grand appearance. The castle is built on a rock of great 
height, and looks down upon the city, commanding a most extensive 
and beautiful view. It has few manufactures, and is chiefly distinguisiv- 


IRELAND. 


183 





'—l " uqv;,:] 

1 1 1 1 iJVlji* 

• II ■ I kv , 


vuiii] t T y: 3 |5J | 


i s*i in I - 

l »M w| !Vj 


I 111! I fiffiS 


mm. 


ed as the seat of science and literature. It carries on a considerable 
trade through Leith, its seaport, situated two miles distant, on the Frith 
of Forth. 


EDINBURGH. 

Glasgow, the most populous city in Scotland, is distinguished for its 
manufactures and commerce. It is well built, and by means of canals, 
has an extensive communication with the interior. Gieenock is the port 
of Glasgow. 

Paisley and Perth are noted for the manufactures of cotton and 
linen, Aberdeen for its university and ship building, Falkirk for its 
cattle fairs, Carron for its* iron works, and Gretna Green, as the place 
where runaway lovers from England are married, and Melrose for its 
abbey. 

Map of British Isles. In what direction from us is Scotland 
What rivers and hills separate Scotland from England ? What channel 
separates Scotland from Ireland ? What rivers can you mention ? 
Towns ? Which is the largest city ? In what direction from Edinburgh 
is Glasgow ? Perth? Ayr? Dundee? Stirling? Dunbar? What 
islands north-west of Scotland ? What mountains ? Lakes ? What 
is said of Loch Lomond ? Loch Katrine ? What places are connected 
by railroads ? Canals? What is the extent of Scotland? Which is 
the largest, Scotland or this state ? What is the population ? Religion ? 
State of society ? How will you go from Edinburgh to Dublin ? 


IRELAND. 

How is Ireland bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Ireland is a beautiful, fertile and populous island 




1B4 


E U ROPE. 

agreeably diversified with hills and plains. It has a 
mild, moist climate, and is noted for its lakes, and ex- 
tensive peat bogs. 

Ireland is famous for its potatoes, which are excellent and abundant, 
and form the principal article of food for the poorer classes. Oats, bar- 
ley, wheat, grass and flax are extensively cultivated. Grazing and the 
dairy are important branches of industry, and produce the best beet 
and butter in Europe. Immense numbers of cattle are exported to 
England. The chief articles of manufacture are linens and muslins. 

Among the natural curiosities of Ireland, the Giant’s Causeway is 
the most noted. It consists of several hundred thousand columns of 
basaltic rock, rising from 2 to 400 feet above the surface of the water. 

There are mines of lead, copper and cobalt. Iron ore is abundant, 
and mineral springs numerous. There is a great deficiency of wood 
Turf is the common fuel. The coast has many fine harbors, and is well 
adapted to commerce. 

The condition of the Irish peasantry, in most cases, is wretched in the 
extreme. They live in a state of abject poverty and ignorance, oppres- 
sed. by the great landlords and their agents, compelled by the govern- 
ment to pay one tenth part of their produce to the clergy of the church 
of England, whom they never hear, and after supporting their own 
ulergy, the Roman Catholic, they have but little left for themselves or fa- 
milies to subsist upon, except a few potatoes, and a small quantity of oat 
Dread and milk. Industry is thus discouraged ; beggars are numerous, 
and the poor peasant has nothing to encourage him, and regards poverty 
as his inevitable lot. 



VIEW IN DUBLIN. NELSON’S MONUMENT. 


186 


, SWEDEN AND NORWAY. 

Character . — The Irish are brave, quick witted, active, and hospitable 
They are distinguished for benevolence, and politeness. The higher 
classes resemble those of Great Britain, and are exceeded by none in in- 
telligence, military skill, and generous hospitality. 

Cities . — Dublin is situated on both sides of the Liffey, about seven 
miles from the Irish sea. In extent and population, it is the second city 
in the British Empire. Many of its streets are broad, well built, and 
its public edifices are numerous and magnificent. It contains a number 
of fine and spacious squares, and its harbor is one of the most beautiful 
in Europe. 

Cork is the first commercial city in Ireland. It is noted for its safe, 
capacious, and strongly fortified harbor, and for its exports of salted 
provisions. 

Limerick, Waterford, Bedfast and Galway, are noted for trade and 
linen manufactures, Kildare for horse races, and Ballinasloe tor cattle 
fairs. 


Map of British Isles. What separates Ireland from Great Britain? 
What rivers in Ireland ? Lakes ? Which is the largest city ? Its 
population ? In what direction from Dublin is Cork ? Limerick? Bel- 
fast ? Waterford? Londonderry? Newry ? Galway? Kilkenny? 
Sligo? Dingle? What is the government of Ireland? What is the 
chief ruler styled ? Lord Lieutenant ? The religion ? State of society ? 
What is the extent ? Which is largest, Ireland or this state ? What 
is the population ? How will you sail from Dublin to Christiana ? 


SWEDEN AND NORWAY. 

The kingdom of Sweden and Norway comprises a 
vast peninsula, remarkable for its mountains, exten- 
sive forests of pine, numerous rivers and lakes, and 
for its valuable mines. 

Sweden and Norway were united into one kingdom in 1814. 
Although under the control of the same sovereign, each state has its 
own particular constitution, its own laws, and national legislature. 


What bodies of water around this great peninsula ? What <s the 
width of the isthmus that connects it to Russia, or in other words what 
is the distance between the northern extremity of the Gulf of Bothnia 
and the Arctic Ocean? A. 200 miles. What mountains between 
Sweden and Norway ? In what zones is the kingdom of Norway and 
Sweden ? 

16 * 


186 


EUROPE, 




NORWAY 



THE MAELSTROM. 


How is Norway bounded ? What is its Capital? 

Norway is a cold, barren and mountainous country, 
and abounds in sublime and romantic scenery. Its 
chief wealth consists in its fisheries, mines of iron, 
copper, lead and silver, and in its immense forests of 
pine, which furnish large quantities of lumber for ex- 
portation. 

Norway is the most mountainous country in Europe except Swit- 
zerland. The soil is, generally, unfit for cultivation. The climate is 
subject to great extremes. The cold is severe in winter, and the heat 
excessive in summer, but of short duration. 

Near the coast of Norway, is the terrific whirlpool, called the 
Maelstrom. It can be heard at a great distance, and is so violent that 
every thing which comes near it, is drawn in, and dashed in pieces. 

Character . — The Norwegians are honest, industrious, frugal, brave 
and hospitable, and passionately attached to freedom and their native 
country. They are generally well instructed in the common branches 
of education, and every man is his own tailor, carpenter, smith, etc. In 
consequence of then* temperance, and the purity of the air, they live to 
a great age. 

Cities. — Christiana is pleasantly situated at the northern extrem- 
ity of the bay of Christiansfiord. It contains a university, a cathedral 
and several churches, and is noted for its excellent harbor. It has much 
trade, chiefly in lumber and iron. 

16 * 


SWEDEN. 


187 


« 


Bergen, tlie former capital, is well built, and carries on a consider- 
able trade in lumber, tar and dried fish. It has a cathedral, castle, and 
several churches. It is noted for its sheltered situation and frequent 
rains. 

Drontheim, anciently the residence of the Norwegian kings, is well 
built, has a good harbor, and considerable trade. 

In what direction from us is Noway ? In what direction is Nor way 
longest ? Which has the greatest extent, Norway or this state i Popu 
iation ? In what does the chief wealth of Norway consist ? What is 
the face of the country ? Soil ? Climate ? For what is the coast of 
Norway remarkable ? What is the character of the people ? Is Nor- 
way an independent kingdom ? When was it ceded to Sweden. What 
mountains between Norway and Sweden ? ! Which is the most northern 
cape ? Southern cape ? Naze signifies nose. What noted curiosity 
near Frederickshall ? A. An immense cavern which has been estimated 
at eleven thousand feet in depth. What towns can you mention \ 
Which is the largest ? Rivers ? Which is the longest ? What islands 
on the coast ? What is the Government ? Religion ? State of society 1 
Bow will you sail from Christiana to Stockholm ? 


SWEDEN. 

Flow is Sweden bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Sweden is a large, thinly settled, and generally 
level country, abounding in lakes, rivers and forests. 
Its chief wealth consists in its mines of iron, silver, 
copper and lead, and in its extensive pine forests, 
which furnish lumber, pitch, tar and turpentine for 
exportation. 

Sweden, like most northern countries, has but two seasons. Spring 
and autumn are scarcely perceived. Winter continues about nine 
months, during which the cold is excessive. Summer continues about 
three months, and commences so suddenly that the vallies which before 
were covered with snow, become green in a few days. Seeds rapidly 
spring up and arrive at maturity in the space of seven or eight weeks. 

Character . — The Swedes are polite, brave and hospitable, and are 
distinguished for their general education, morality and love of freedom. 

Cities. — Stockholm stands on seven rocky islands in the strait which 
connects lake Malar with the Baltic. The form of the city is an oblong, 
and presents a view highly beautiful and romantic. It contains a mag- 
nificent royal palace, and many other elegant edifices. It has a safe 
and commodious harbor, and an extensive trade. 


188 


EUROPE. 


» 


# 

Gottenburg, situated at the mouth of the Gotha, is next to Stock 
holm in commerce, population and wealth. It is a handsome city, and 
is the seat of the Swedish East India Company. It has several manu- 
factories, schools, and an extensive commerce. 

Upsal, formerly the metropolis of Sweden, is noted for its university, 
Carlscrona for being the station of the Swedish navy, Fahlun for its 
copper mines, Dannemora for its iron mine, and Sala for its silver mine. 
Tornea has a good harbor, and is a noted resort for the Laplanders, 
Norwegians, Swedes and Russians, to barter their furs and skins for 
other articles. 


In what direction from us is Sweden ? In w T hat direction is Sweden 
longest ? Which part of Sweden do you think has the warmest cli- 
mate ? Why ? How many seasons are there in Sweden ? How much 
longer is winter generally than summer ? What are the principal 
rivers of Sweden, and where do they empty ? Chief towns, and how 
situated ? What lakes ? What is the extent of Sweden ? Population ? 
Government? Religion? State of society ? How will you sail from 
Stockholm to Tornea ? 


LAPLAND. 



In what direction from us is Lapland ? 

Lapland comprises the northern part of Norway , 




LAPLAND. 


189 


Sweden and Russia. It is a cold, and desolate region, 
and thinly inhabited. 

Nearly the whole country is a mass of mountains, intermixed with 
lakes and marshy forests. It is covered with snow two-thirds of the 
year. 

Lapland abounds in iron and other minerals A few kinds of gram 
me cultivated, in the southern part. Among the various animals, the 
reindeer is most valuable, and is to the Laplander what the camel is 
to the Aral). It is his chief support. It serves him as a beast of bur- 
den. When harnessed to a sledge, it draws him and his goods from 
place to place, at the rate of 80 or 100 miles a day. Its milk and flesh 
supply him with food, and its skin with clothing. 

In the northern part, during winter, the sun does not appear above 
fhe horizon for about seven weeks, and in summer, does not set for the 
same length of time. 



VIEW OF NORTH CAPE AT MIDNIGHT IN SUMMER. 

Character . — The Laplanders are between four and five feet in height, 
strong, hardy and active. They are of a dark complexion, with black 
hair. They are under no regular government, and remove about from 
place to place, with their herds of reindeer. In summer, they live in 
tents, and in winter, in low, rude huts, formed of poles and stones, cov- 
ered with birch twigs and earth, having a hole at the top for the smoke 
to escape. They are ignorant and superstitious, having neither writing 
nor letters, but only a few hieroglyphics. Their religion is a mixture of 
Christianity and paganism. Notwithstanding the dreariness of their 
country, they prefer it to every other. 



190 


EUROPE. 


Towns . — Kola is the capital of Russian Lapland, and Tomea erf 
Swedish Lapland. 


Which is the most northern country in Europe ? In what direction 
is Lapland longest ? What ocean, sea and gulf, border on Lapland * 
To what government does the eastern part nominally belong ? The 
southern? Western? Do these governments exercise any authority 
over the Laplanders? Why not? What constitutes the chief support 
of the Laplanders ? What different uses do they make of the reindeer ? 
What towns or settlements ? Under what kind of government do they 
live ? Their religion ? State of society ? Why do the Laplanders 
prefer their own dreary country to all others ? How will you sail from 
Tornea to St. Petersburg ? 


RUSSIAN EMPIRE. 

In what direction from us is the Russian Empire ? 

In extent of territory the Russian empire surpasses 
all others on the globe. It embraces nearly half of 
Europe, more than one-third of Asia, and the north- 
western part of North America. Though of modem 
origin, its resources are unbounded, its power vast, 
and it holds the first rank among military nations. 

What part of Europe does the Russian Empire embrace ? What part 
of Asia ? North America ? In what direction is the Russian empire 
longest ? What proportion of the earth’s circumference does the Rus- 
sian empire encompass ? A. More than one-half. What countries lie 
between the eastern and western limits of the empire ? What title is 
given to the emperor of Russia ? A. Czar, and sometimes he is styled 
the “ Autocrat,” which means absolute sovereign. Which part of the 
Russian empire, the European, the Asiatic, or North American, extends 
farthest south? 


RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 

How is Russia bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Russia is the largest, and one of thq most level 
countries m Europe, and is distinguished for its vast 
plains and majestic rivers. 


RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 


191 


In a country so extensive, is found almost every 
variety of climate and production. The southern 
parts are mild and productive; the northern are cold 
and mostly covered with immense forests of pine. 

The commerce of Russia is very extensive, and by means of its nu- 
merous rivers and canals, an internal communication is opened 
throughout all parts of the interior, reaching from the Black and Cas- 
pian seas to the Baltic and Arctic ocean. 

The principal articles of export are tallow, flax, hemp, wheat, iron, 
timber, and tar. Furs, gold, silver, iron, copper, of great amount and 
value, are brought from Siberia. At Kiatka, the Chinese merchants 
meet the Russians, and numerous caravans proceed into the interior of 
Tartary, while Persia is visited across the Caspian. 

Agriculture and manufactures, though yet in a rude state, are im- 
proving. The seal and sturgeon fisheries of the Caspian and Black 
seas, and of the river Volga, are very extensive and productive. The 
raising of cattle is the chief business of the husbandman. There are 
valuable mines of silver, copper, and especially iron ; also gold and 
platiua. Considerable attention is paid to education. The govern- 
ment of late has made exertions to introduce schools for the instruc- 
tion of the lower classes. There are seven universities, and numerous 
seminaries, highly endowed and patronized, for the promotion of liter- , 
ature and science. 

The military force of Russia is great, and is the subject of anxiety 
and terror to Europe. The regular army amounts to nearly a million 
of men, besides a considerable navy, both on the Baltic and Black 
seas. The real strength of the Russian army, however, consists not so 
much in its u umbers, as in the passive and iron valor of its infantry, 
and the rapid and skilful movements of its cavalry, the Cossacks, 
Baskirs, and other tribes of Tartars. 

Character . — The Russians are, in general, a w r ell formed and 
courageous race of men, with tolerably fair complexions. They are 
divided into four classes: 1st, the nobility; 2d, the clergy : 3d, the 
common people ; and 4th, the peasants, or as they are more usually 
called, the serfs or boors. The latter are generally in a state of abject 
poverty and ignorance, and are the property of the crown, or of indi- 
vidual nobles. 

Citiea. — St. Petersburg was founded in 1704, by Peter the Great. 

It is situated on both tides of the river Neva at its entrance into the 
gulf of Finland. It is a magnificent city, and surpasses all others of 
Europe in the splendor of its streets and edifices. 

Moscow, the ancient capital, is one of the most populous cities of 
Europe. It is situated on the river Moskva, and is the centre of the 
internal trade of Russia. It was burned in 1812, to prevent its falling 
into the power of the French. It has since been rebuilt, and is more 
magnificent and regular than before. It contains many splendid pula 


\02 


E ( .1 R u P E 



STATUE OF PETER THE GREAT. 


coy and public edifices. The principal curiosity of Moscow, is its enor 
mous bell, weighing 443,000 pounds. It is the largest in the world, 
and has never been removed from the pit in which it was cast. 

Odessa b a well built and flourishing place, and is the centre of 
trade for all southern Russia. It is the second commercial city in tl«? 
empire, and is noted for its exportation of wheat. 

Cronstadt, situated on an island in the gulf of Finland, 20 miles 
from St, Petersburg, is noted for its extensive fortifications, docks, 
arsenals, <tc. It is the principal station of the Russian navy, and forms 
the chief defence of the capital. 

Archangel, situated on the Dwina, four miles from the White sea, is 
noted for being the most northerly seaport in Europe. Riga, situated 
on the Duna, five miles from its mouth, is distinguished for its extensive 
commerce, Zula for its manufacture of fire arms, and Astrachan for its 
extensive trade and sturgeon fisheries. 

Novgorod, the great, situated near lake Ilmen, is one of the most 
ancient cities of Russia. It was once a powerful city, the proud capital 
of the north, and held wide sway over the regions round the Baltic. It 
was said of it, “who can resist God and the great Novgorod.” It is 
much reduced, and few objects convey more melancholy impressions 
of fallen grandeur. New Novgorod, or the little, situated at the junc- 
tion of the Oka and Volga, is the great commercial link between Eu- 
rope and Asia. It is a handsome city, and is noted for its great fairs, 
for the sale of the various products of Europe and Asia. 


In what direction from us is Russia ? What five seas around Russia f 
o, a. b. b. w. What two large rivers empty in the Caspian sea? v. c. 
What into the sea of Azoff? d. Black sea ? d. r. d. d. Baltic ? v N.‘n 




POLAND 


193 


White sea? o. m. Arctic Ocean ? p. Which is the ljnge?t river 
in Russia ? The next longest ? What lakes ? l. o. i. t. What con- 
nects lake Ladoga to the gulf of Finland ? A. The river Neva. What 
gulfs ? What chain of mountain&.between Russia and Siberia ? 'What 
is their length ? Between Russia and Georgia ? Their length ? How 
many towns can you mention, and where are they situated? When was 
Azoff taken from the Turks by Peter the Great? When was Chailes 
XII. defeated at Poltava, by Peter the Great ? When was Moscow 
taken by the French ? What is the government of Russia ? Religion ? 
State of society ? What is the extent of Russia in Europe? Popula- 
tion ? What is the population of the Russian empire? How will you 
sail from St. Petersburg to Warsaw? 


POLAND* 

In what direction from us is Poland ? What was its Capital ? 

Poland was formerly one of the most powerful 
kingdoms in Europe. It was divided between Rus- 
sia, Prussia and Austria, and in 1795, ceased to be 
an independent nation. 

Although Poland has ceased to c institute an independent and sin- 
gle state, still the country is distinctly separated from those which 
surround it, by national character, language and manners. It is still 
the land of the Poles, although its detached fragments have become 


* Poland was formerly a large, powerful, and independent kingdom, but for 
many centuries past, it lias been remarkable for its miserable condition. It con- 
tained 284,000 square miles, and about 15,000,000 inhabitants. In 1772, it became 
distracted by internal dissensions. This furnished Russia, Austria, and Prussia, 
with a pretence for interference. They accordingly took possession of a large por- 
tion of the country and divided it between them. In 1793, they interfered a se- 
cond time, and dismembered a second portion. In 1795, they interfered a third 
time, and divided the remainder of the country between them. Thus by an act of 
the grossest injustice, Poland was blotted out of the list of kingdoms. In 1815 the 
Congress of Vienna erected a small portion of the central of ancient Poland — con- 
taining 47,000 square miles, and 2,800,000 inhabitants — into a state, by the name 
of the “ Kingdom of Poland,” and placed it under the government of the emperor 
of Russia, who in consequence, added to his title, 11 king of Poland.” A Polish 
constitution was soon issued by the emperor Alexander, consisting of 105 articles, 
which, if faithfully executed, would have promoted the welfare’of Poland. Bui 
these articles were basely violated by the Russians, and the most unjust cruelties 
were inflicted on the brave Poles. At length, on the 29th of November, 1830, an 
Insurrection broke out at Warsaw, and quickly extended throughout the kingdom 
and other parts of ancient Poland. A powerful Russian army immediately invaded 
the country, and after a short but severe struggle for independence, the Poles were 
subdued; and by a proclamation of the emperor Nicholas, in 1832, Poland was in- 
corporated with Russia, and has since formed an integral part of that mighty em- 
pire. 


17 


194 


EUROPE. 


Russian, Austrian or Prussian provinces. The present population is 
about 15,000,000. 

Poland is one of the most level countries in Europe, and derives its 
name from “ Pohlen ,” a Sclavonic word, which means a plain. It 
forms indeed a part of that immense, unvaried plain, which covers the 
northern portion of all the countries of central Europe, and expands in 
Russia to its greatest breadth, exceeding 1,200 miles. 

The climate of Poland is cold and moist, and the soil exceedingly 
fertile, and so well adapted to the growth of grain that the annual ex 
port has been estimated at sixteen million of bushels. 

Character. — The Poles are divided into two classes, the nobles and 
peasants. The former are tall, robust and handsome, brave, frank, gay, 
courteous in their manners, and hospitable to strangers. The latter are 
ignorant, indolent, servile, and but slaves to the nobles. 

Warsaw, the late capital, is a walled town of great strength. It is 
favorably situated for commerce, and possesses an extensive inland 
trade. It presents a melancholy appearance, exhibiting a singular con- 
trast of wealth and poverty, of luxury and want, wliicli pervade every 
part of this unhappy country. 


THE REPUBLIC OF CRACOW. 

This small republic was formed in 1815, by Russia, Austria, and 
Prussia. It consists of Cracow, the ancient capital of Poland, and a 
small surrounding territory. It comprises an area of about 500 square 
miles, and 100,000 inhabitants. 

Cracow, on the Vistula, is an ancient city. It is noted for its great 
square, its cathedral, churches, monasteries and convents. Almost 
every building, however, bears the mark of ruined grandeur. A re- 
markable monument has been erected here, to the memory of Kosci- 
usko. It consists of a mound 300 feet high, and 275 feet in diameter 
at the base. 

The salt mine of Wieliczka, the largest and most remarkable in the 
world, is about seven miles south-east of Cracow. It belongs to Austria. 

' 

In what direction from us is Poland ? What was Poland formerly ? 
What is it now ? What is the length of the Vistula ? What cities on 
it ? How will you go from Warsaw to Berlin ? * 


PRUSSIA. 

How is Prussia bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Prussia was formerly a small state of Germany ; 
but by gradual accession of territory, it has become 
one of the first kingdoms in Europe. 

It consists of two divisions, viz. the eastern, as re- 


PRUSSIA. 


195 



VIEW IN BERLIN. 


presented on the map of Europe, and the western, 
situated on both sides of the Rhine, adjoining Holland 
and Belgium. 

Prussia is generally a level country, with numerous lakes, rivers, 
and marshes. The climate is healthy and the soil in most parts fertile. 
Grain and cattle are the chief productions. The most noted mineral 
production is amber , which is found on the shores of the Baltic. 

Its foreign commerce is not extensive, but its inland trade is con- 
siderable. The principal manufactures are linens, woolens, and arti- 
cles of iron and steel. 

Prussia is particularly distinguished for its system of popular edu- 
cation. Public schools are established by the government, through- 
out the kingdom, to which every parent is required to send his chil- 
dren. 

Character . — The Prussians are intelligent, brave, industrious, and 
fond of military parade. The army of Prussia is famous for its disci- 
pline, and almost every man in the kingdom is required to serve in it as 
a soldier, for three years. 

Cities . — Berlin, situated on the river Spree, a small branch of the 
Elbe, is one of the most magnificent cities in Europe. It is distinguished 
for its splendid edifices, its numerous literary institutions, its university, 
and for the extent of its manufactures. 

Dantzic, formerly the grand emporium of Poland, is situated on 
the Vistula, five miles from its mouth. It is a large, populous, 
wealthy and strongly fortified city, and i3 noted for its extensive cony 
merce. 




196 


EUROPE. 


Breslau, the capital of the province of Silesia, is a well built, 
populous and fortified city, distinguished for its manufacture of linea 

Mag-de-burg, situated on both sides of the Elbe, is one of the most 
strongly fortified cities in Europe. It has an extensive trade, and a 
great variety of manufactures. 

Kon-ings-burg, on the river Pregel, formerly the capital of Prus- 
sia. is a large and handsome city, noted for its inland and foreign 
trade. 

Cologne, in the western part of the Prussian dominions, is an old 
and rather decayed town on the Kliine, noted for its trade, and manu- 
facture of Cologne water. 


In what direction is Prussia longest ? Of how many portions does 
it consist ? Which is the largest portion ? Which are the four princi- 
pal rivers of the eastern portion ? e. o. v. n. What is the length of 
each ? Which one of the western portion ? r. How many towns 
can you mention in each portion ? Which is the most populous ? [See 
map of Central Europe.] What is the extent of Prussia ? Population ? 
Government ? Religion ? State of society ? How will you sail from 
Berlin to Vienna ? 


AUSTRIA. 

How is Austria bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Austria was formerly a small state, but its limils 
have been increased by treaty and conquest, until it 
has become a large, populous and powerful empire. 

The Austrian empire comprises nearly one-third part of what was 
once called Germany, the northern part of Italy, styled the kingdom ol 
Lombardy and Venice, the kingdom of Hungary, and a considerable 
portion of Poland, now called the kingdom of Galhcia. 

The whole empire, with the exception of the mountain ^borders, en- 
joys the happiest climate, and is fitted to produce grain of different 
kinds, wine, silks, and other valuable productions in the highest per- 
fection. The soil in most parts is excellent. The kingdom of Lom- 
bardy and Venice, on account of its fertility and high cultivation, has 
been styled “ the garden of Europe.” 

The mineral productions of Austria are various. Hungary is dis- 
tinguished for fts rich mines of gold and silver ; Illyria for its mine3 of 
mercury or quicksilver ; and Gallicia, for those of salt. Besides these, 
iron, copper, lead and tin are found in various parts. 

The salt mine of Wie-licz-ka, seven miles south-east of Cracow, is 
the largest in the world, and has been worked 600 years. The princi- 
pal mine is more than a mile in length, about 1000 feet broad, and 


AUSTRIA 


197 


1500 feet deep. The quantity of salt produced yearly at these mines, 
is valued at $800,000. The mine exhibits a spacious plain, with lofty 
vaulted roofs, supported by columns of salt, which have been left stand- 
ing by the workmen. This mine formerly belonged to Poland, but in 
the first partition of that unhappy country, in 1772, it came into the 
possession of Austria. 

Character . — The inhabitants are composed principally of four dis- 
tinct races, Sclavonians, Germans, Hungarians and Italians, all differing 
in language and habits. In Hungary, Gypsies are numerous. The 
Austrians are generally industrious, patient and persevering, and noted 
for vivacity and fondness of music. 

Cities. — Vienna, situated in a fertile plain, on the south bank of 
the Danube, holds a high rank among the cities of Europe for science, 
arts, commerce and refinement. It contains many elegant palaces, 
churches, and other public buildings. The Prater near the city, is a 
celebrated place of amusement, consisting of a grove laid out with 
promenades and avenues. 

Prague, the capital of Bohemia, situated on the Muldau, a branch 
of the Elbe, is a large and strongly fortified city, and contains several 
ancient palaces. It has the oldest university in Germany, founded 
in 1348. It has been the scene of numerous battles and sieges, 
and exhibits but the remnants of its former magnificence and splen- 
dor. 



THE RIALTO TN VENICE. 


Venice is situated at the head of the gulf of Venice, on 72 small 
islands, connected by 500 bridges. It was formerly the capital of a 
republic of the same name, and the greatest commercial city on the 
globe. Though much reduced, it is still one of the most magnificent 
17* 


198 


EUROPE. 


and remarkable cities of Europe. It has canals instead of streets — 
boats instead of cars — and gondolas instead of coaches. 

Milan, the capital of the kingdom of Lombardy and Venice, situated 
in a rich and beautiful plain, watered by the Po, is a noble and mag- 
nificent city. Its cathedral is the finest specimen of Gothic architecture 
in existence. 

Buda, the capital of Hungary, is noted for its palaces and baths ; 
Pest for its university and several literary institutions. These two cities 
are united by a bridge of boats across the Danube, and together from the 
most important city in Hungary. 

Lemburg, the capital of Gallicia, is noted for its inland trade 1 , 
Brunn, the capital of Moravia, for its strong citadel and manufactures of 
cloth, velvet and plush ; and Toplitz for its warm springs. 

Trieste, situated on the gulf of Venice, in Illyria, has a spacious 
harbor, is strongly fortified, and is the principal seaport of the Austrian 
empire. 


In what direction is the Austriar Empire longest ? Of what does 
it consists ? What is the principal river in Austria ? d. What 
branches has the Danube ? d. s. t. What mountains in Austria ? 
How many towns can you mention ? Which is most populous ? What 
town in the northern part, memorable for the imprisonment of La Fay- 
fette ? o. In what direction from Olmutz is Prague, capital of Bohemia ? 
Austerlitz ? When was the battle of Austerlitz fought ? What is 
the extent of Austria ? Population ? Government ? Religion ? State 
of society ? What mines in Austria ? What can you say of the salt 
mines of Wieliczka ? How will you sail from Vienna to Hamburg ? 


GERMANY. 

How is Germany bounded ? What are its Capitals ! 

Germany is an extensive country, situated in the 
centre of Europe. It is distinguished for its great 
political influence, the general fertility of its soil, 
and healthiness of its climate, and for the number 
of its learned men, public libraries and literary in- 
stitutions. 

Germany is composed of numerous independent kingdoms and states, 
united for their common safety and welfare, under the title of “ The 
Germanic Confederation.” The following table exhibits the divisions 
of the Confederation, the rank, capital, square miles, (fee. 


GERMANY 


199 


States. 

Ra.vk. 

Capitals. 

Sq. Mi. 

Popul’n. 

Religion. 

Ai'sfria (German part) 

Empire 

Vienna 

81,000 

11,500,000 

Catholic. 

Prussia do'. 

Kingdom 

Berlin 

7 1 ,000 

1 1 ,000,000 

Protestant- 

Bavaria 

uo. 

Munich 

28,435 

4,300,000 

Catholic. 

Saxon/ 

do. 

Dresden 

5,705 

1.680,000 

Proiestant. 

Hanover 

do. 

Hanover 

14.600 

1 .679,000 

do. 

Wirtemberg 

do. 

Stutgard 

7,568 

1,619,000 

do. 

Baden 

Grand-duchy 

Carlsruhe 

5,71*2 

1,240,000 

Catholic. 

Hesse-Cassel 

Electorate 

Cassel 

4,386 

699,000 

Protestant 

H esse-Darmstad t 

G. Duchy 

Darmstadt 

3,198 

765,000 

do. 

Hesse-Homhu>g 

Landgravate 

Hamburg 

154 

24,060 

do. 

Mecklenberg-Schwerin 

G. Duchy 

Schwerin 

4,701 

472,000 

do. 

Mecklenburg-Strelitz 

do. 

New Strclitz . . 

1,094 

85,300 

do. 

Holstein ) 

Duchy 

Gluckstadt 

3,168 

420,000 

do. 

Lauenburgr ( 

do. 

1 .auenhurg 

451 

45,000 

do. 

Nassau 

do. 

W isbadpn 

1 ,736 

372,700 

do- 

Luxemburg 

G. Duchy 

Luxemburg . . .. 

2,420 

275,000 

Catholic. 

Oldenbuig 

do. 

Oldenburg 

2,470 

260,000 

Protestant. 

Brunswick 

Duchy 

Brunswick 

1,525 

250,000 

do. 

Saxe-Weiimr-Eisenach 

do. 

Weimar 

1,403 

243,000 

do. 

Save-Mciningen Ilildb’ghausen. . 

do. 

Meiningen 

'880 

146,400 

do. 

Saxe-Coburg-Goth i 

do. 

Gotha 

790 

132,000 

do. 

Saxe-Altenburg 

do. 

Altenburg 

491 

113,790 

do. 

Linpe- Detniold 

Principality 

Detniold ... 

432 

79,000 

do. 

Schauenbufg-Lippe 

do. 

Buckeburg 

205 

26,000 

do. 

Sell wartzburg- lUidols tad t 

do. 

Rudolstadt .... 

366 

64,500 

do. 

Schwartzburg-Sondershausen 

do. 

Sondershausen . 

396 

54,000 

do. 

Reuss-Lohensiein 

do. 

Lonenstein 

548 

60,000 

do. 

Aeuss-Greitz 

do. 

Greitz 

140 

30,000 

do. 

Anhalt-Dessau 

Dochy 

Dessau 

337 

57,600 

do. 

Anhalt- Bernburg 

do. 

Bernburg 

336 

45,500 

do. 

Anhalt-Cotben 

do. 

Cothen 

316 

36,400 

do. 

Waldeck 

Principality 

Corhach 

455 

56,000 

do. 

HokenzoIIern-Sigmaringeu 

do 

Sigmaringen. . . 

383 

42.830 

Catholic. 

Hohenzolleru-Hechingen 

do. 

Hechingen 

136 

21 ,onn 

do. 

Lichtenstein .’. 

do. 

Lichenstein. . .. 

52 

5’800 

do. 

Hamburg 

Free City 

Hamburg 

149 

163.000 

Protestant. 

FrankfurL 

do. 

Frankfort 

91 

56’ 000 

do. 

Bremen 

do. 

Bremen 

67 

57,800 

do. 

Lubec 

do. 

Lubec 

142 

46,500 

do. 









247,438 

38,204,090 



These German States are under a general government, called a 
Diet, or Congress, which meets at Frankfort-on-the-Maine. These 
states and free cities are independent, each in its own territory, but 
for the purpose of mutual defence and protection, they have formed 
a union, styled “ The Germanic Confederation ” The states are bound 
to defend each other in case of foreign invasion, and pledged not to 
make war upon each other, but to submit their differences and dis- 
putes to the decision of the Federative Diet, a body composed of 
plenipotentiaries and delegates from the different states. The Diet 
meets at Frankfort-on- the-Mayne. The emperor of Austria is president 
yf the Diet. 

The northern part of Germany is remarkably level. There com- 
mence those vast plains that extend through Prussia, Poland, and the 
south of Russia. The southern part is hilly and mountainous. 

The products of German industry are of great amount and variety. 
Agriculture is in an improved state — manufactures are numerous, and 
the working of its mines of gold, silver, copper, tin, zinc, lead and 
coal, is an important branch of industry, and a great source of national 
weath. 


200 


EUROPE. 


The forests of Germany are very extensive, and are supposed to 
cover one-third of its surface. They furnish immense quantities of 
timber, and give shelter to numerous wild animals, among which is 
the wild boar, the bear, wolf, Ac. 

The commerce of Germany is extensive, and its inland trade con- 
siderable. In all the principal towns, fairs are held, at which all 
kinds of merchandize are exhibited for sale in the open air. These are 
attended with much festivity. Many of the most important and valua- 
ble inventions originated in Germany. The city of Mentz claims the 
invention of printing ; Cologne, of gunpowder ; and Nuremburg, of 
watches. 


BAVARIA. 

Bavaria, in the south-eastern part, is one of the most important states 
in Germany. It is noted for the rapid advancement of the people in 
general improvement A school is established in every parish, to which 
every parent is obliged to send his children from the age of six to four- 
teen years. 

Munich, the capital, is a splendid city, noted for its literary institu 
tions and museum of antiquities. Nuremburg is distinguished for its 
watches, toys, Ac. 


WURTEMBURG. 

Wurtemburg, in the southern part, is one of the most fertile, be3t 
cultivated and populous districts in Germany, and one of the best edu- 
cated kingdoms in Europe. 

Stutgard, the capital, is noted for its magnificent palace ; Ulm for its 
strong fortress ; and Halle, for its salt works. 


BADEN. 

The Grand Duchy of Baden, in the south-western part, has a mild 
climate and fertile soil. It exports grain, wine, timber, iron, Ac. Educa- 
tion has received great attention, of late, and knowledge is very gene- 
rally diffused. 

Carlsruhe, Karlz-ro-a, is a small, neat, handsome town, built in the 
form of an open fan. Manheim is a flourishing place, and oue of the 
most elegant towns in Germany. 


SAXONY. 

Saxony is the smallest kingdom in Europe, and one of the best edu- 
cated. Agriculture and mining form the chief occupation of the people. 
Sheep are raised in great numbers, noted for the fineness of their wooL 
The climate is mild, the level districts fertile, and the mountains rich in 
minerals. Its commerce and manufactures are extensive. 


GERMANY 


201 


Dresden, on the Elbe, is one of the finest cities in Germany. It is 
noted for its public buildings, libraries and galleries of paintings Leips : o 
is the grand centre of commerce, not only for Saxony, but for all Ger- 
many. It is famous for its great fairs, held twice a year, at which im- 
mense quantities of books and other articles are sold. 


HANOVER. 

Hanover is a small kingdom. The northern part consists principally 
of an immense plain. In the southern part, are the Hartz mountains, 
noted for their picturesque scenery, extensive caverns, and valuable 
mines of gold, silver, copper, iron and lead. Brocken, the most cele- 
brated summit, is much visited by travellers. 

Hanover is well fortified, and pleasantly situated on a branch of the 
Weser. It has some manufactures, and is noted for its superb palace. 
Gottingen is distinguished for its university ; and Emden, at the mouth 
of the Ems, for being the principal port. 


THE FREE CITIES. 

The four free imperial cities of Germany, are Hamburg, Frankfort- 
on -the-Mayne, Bremen and Lubec. These are the remnants of the Hanse 
towns and imperial cities, that illustrious confederacy called the Hansea- 
tic league, which once comprised 85 of the most considerable commer- 
cial cities in Europe, and during the middle ages acted a most conspicu- 
ous part in the improvement of the European system. 

Hamburg, situated on the Elbe, seventy miles from its mouth, is the 
first commercial city in Germany. Its manufactures are extensive, and 
its port is visited by ships of almost all nations. 

FRANKFORT-on-the-Mayne, twenty miles above the entrance of that 
river into the Rhine, is noted for its fairs and extensive trade. It is the 
seat of the Federative Diet, or Congress of the German princes. 

Bremen, on the Weser, is generally well built, and has an extensive 
trade. 

Lubec, on the Trave, eight miles from the Baltic, has considerable 
trade, and is noted for having been at the head of the Hanseatic league. 
« 

Into how many states is Germany divided ? Which are the prin- 
cipal, and their capitals ? In what part is Hanover ? [See map of 
Central Europe.] Bavaria? Saxony? Wurtemburg? Mecklenburg? 
Baden ? To what government does Westphalia and the Rhine belong ? 
p. What is the extent of Bavaria ? Population ? Government ? Re- 
ligion ? State of society ? Hanover ? Saxony ? Which is the longest 
river in Germany ? What is the length of the Danube ? Elbe ? How 
does the Weser compare in length w T ith the Hudson river? Is there 
any river in this state as long a* the Rhine ? Can you go by water 
from Hamburg to Berne ? 


202 


EUROPE. 


SWITZERLAND. 



BERNE. 


How is Switzerland bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Switzerland is the most mountainous country in 
Europe It abounds in the most sublime and pictur- 
esque scenery, and is noted for the freedom of its po- 
litical institutions. 

Switzerland is composed of twenty-two cantons, or districts, 
each of which is an independent state, but for national security 
they are united together under the name of the “Helvetic Republic,” 
and governed by a general diet, or assembly. The diet meets alter- 
nately at Berne, Zurich, and Lucerne. Neufchatel belongs to Prussia. 

Switzerland is full of wonders, stupendous mountains, dreadful 
precipices, tremendous rocks, shining glaciers, awful chasms ; Mont 
Blanc, rearing its majestic head far above the clouds, with here and 
there a quiet lake and peaceful valley. These are its characteristic 
features. 

Switzerland has almost every variety of climate and soil. The 
valleys are warm and fruitful, and nothing can be more delightful 
than the summer months in this country. The chief productions are 
grain, wine, and various kinds of fruit. The raising of cattle is the 
principal occupation of the Swiss farmer. The manufacture of cotton 
goods is carried on to some extent, and that of watches is an important 
feature of national industry. 

Among the native animals of Switzerland, are the ibex with its 
huge boras, the chamois, the Alpine marmot, the bearded vulture, 


I 


DENMARK. 203 

and the Alpine spaniel. The latter are kept by the Monks of Si 
Bernard, for the preservation of those unfortunate travellers who are 
eo often lost in crossing the pathless snows of those dangerous moun- 
tains. 

Character. — The Swiss are well educated, hardy, industrious, brave, 
temperate. They are honest in their dealings, faithful to their word, 
and ardently attached to liberty and their country. 

Cities. — Berne, situated on the river Aar, a branch of the Rhine, 
contains many elegant edifices. It is noted for the width and neatness 
of its streets, and the beauty of the surrounding country. 

Geneva is situated on the south-western extremity of the lake of 
Geneva, or lake Leman, at the efflux of the Rhone. It is the most 
celebrated city in Switzerland. The views from it embrace the most 
magnificent mountain scenery, the towering points of the distant Alps, 
covered with snow, including Mont Blanc, its lofty front reaching above 
them all. It is noted for its literary institutions, and its extensive 
manufacture of watches. 

Basle, Bale, on the Rhine, is noted for its university, and for being 
the place where the art of making paper was invented ; Lucerne, situ- 
ated at the northern extremity of a lake of the same name, for its pio- 
turesque scenery ; and Lausanne for its beautiful situation, and the re- 
finement of its inhabitants. In the latter city, Gibbon wrote his history 
of “ The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire/’ 

In what direction from us is Switzerland ? What mountains in it 1 
What lakes ? [See map of Central Europe.] What two large rivers 
rise in Switzerland ? r. r. How many towns can you mention ? For 
what is Switzerland distinguished ? What is its extent ? Which is 
largest, Switzerland or this state ? What is its population ? Govern- 
ment ? Religion ? State of society ? How will you go from Berno 
to Copenhagen ? 


DENMARK. 

How is Denmark bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Denmark is a small, level and fertile kingdom, 
with a mild, moist but healthy climate. It is noted 
for its favorable situation for commercial pursuits, 
and its exports of grain and cattle. 

Denmark consists principally of the peninsula of Jutland and the 
islands of Zealand and Funen, with the ducliies of Holstein and Lauen- 
burg in Germany. It has some foreign possessions, among which are 
Greenland, Iceland and the Faroe islands. 

Great attention is paid to education. Common schools are estnb 


204 


EUROPE. 


Iislied throughout the kingdom, and supported at the pubhc expense, 
in which the children of the poor are taught the rudiments of their 
native language. There are two universities on a large scale, one at 
Copenhagen, and the other at Kiel. The former has one of the best 
botanic gardens in Europe. Denmark has produced some celebrated 
men in literature and science. 

Character . — The Danes are an honest, well educated, and indus- 
trious people. The higher classes are fond of magnificence and show, 
and the lower are distinguished for neatness in dress, cheerfulness and 
hospitality. 

Cities . — Copenhagen, situated on the eastern shore of the island oi 
Zealand, is one of the best built cities in Europe. It has a good harbor, 
and an extensive commerce, and is noted for its vast docks and fortifi- 
cations. 

Altona, situated on the Elbe, two miles west of Hamburg, is dis- 
tinguished for its commerce and manufactures. Elsinore is situated on 
the island of Zealand, twenty miles north of Copenhagen, at the 
naiTOwest part of the sound, or entrance to the Baltic. All foreign 
ships that pass this place, are obliged to pay a heavy toll, or duty, as a 
remuneration to the Danish king for the light-houses on the coast 


ICELAND. 

Iceland is a large, cold, mountainous and dreary island. It abounds 
m natural wonders. Mount Hecla is one of the most celebrated vol- 
canoes on the globe. Its eruptions are numerous and dreadful. It has 
been known to throw stones, lava and ashes from its crater to a vast 
distance. The Geysers, or hot springs, at the foot of the mountain, 
throw up columns of boiling water to the height of 100 feet, accom- 
panied with a noise like that of cannon. 

The Icelanders are simple and hospitable in their manners ; honest, 
temperate and industrious in their habits ; and better educated than the 
common people of most European countries. They have no schools, 
but the children are taught by their mothers. Families usually spend 
their evenings in listening to reading. They enjoy but few of the com- 
forts of life, and subsist almost entirely on animal food, chiefly fish ; 
but notwithstanding, they are a contented and happy people. Their 
commerce is small. The exports consist of sulphur, hides, eider down 
and fish ; the imports, of grain, timber, and other necessaries. 

The Faroe islands, twenty-five in number, seventeen of which are 
inhabited, lie about midway between Scotland and Iceland. Each of 
these, is a lofty mountain. They produce agate, jasper, and zeolites. 
V ast numbers of sea-fowl frequent the rocks and precipices, the taking 
of which furnishes a perilous employment for the inhabitants. 

In what direction from us is Denmark ? Of what does Denmark 
consist ? What is the strait called between the island of Zealand and 


HOLLAND. 


205 


Sweden ? A. The Sound. Between Zealand and Funen ? A. The Great 
Belt. Between Funen and the peninsula of Jutland? A. The Little 
Belt ? What canal connects the Baltic to the North Sea ? A. The canal 
of Kiel. What towns can you mention ? What islands belong to 
Denmark? What towns in Iceland? Volcano? Which is largest, 
Iceland or Denmark ? Most populous ? What is the government of 
Denmark ? [See map of Central Europe.] Religion ? State of society ? 
How will you sail from Copenhagen to Amsterdam ? 


HOLLAND. 

How is Holland bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Holland is a small, populous and commercial king- 
dom. It is distinguished for its numerous canals, ex- " 
tensive manufactures, and for the industry and per- 
severance of its inhabitants. 

• 

Holland is the most level country in Europe, and resembles a large 
marsh that has been drained. The surface is lower than the level of 
the sea at high water, and to prevent its being overflowed, high mounds, 
or dikes, have been erected along the shore. 

The soil is remarkably fertile, and in a high state of cultivation ; 
and produces wheat, madder,* tobacco, hemp, flax and rich pasture. 
Cattle are numerous, and the butter and cheese are justly celebrated. 
The climate is cold and moist, but generally healthy. 

Canals are numerous and serve the same purpose as roads in other 
countries. In summer, the common mode of travelling is in covered 
boats on canals; and in winter, when frozen, the people travel over 
them in sleighs and on skates. 

The Dutch were formerly the most commercial nation in the world, 
and Holland was styled the mart of Europe. Their trade, although 
much diminished, is still very flourishing and extensive. 

Character . — The Dutch are honest, patient, intelligent, and perse- 
vering, and remarkable for their industry, frugality and neatness. Every 
class of people seems comfortable ; and a man, woman, or cliild, in rags, 
is seldom, or never seen. Bankruptcy is rare. 

Cities . — The Hague, thirty miles south-west of Amsterdam, is one 
of the handsomest cities in Europe. It is noted for the beauty of its 
streets, the stateliness of its buildings, the pleasantness of its situation, 
and the politeness of its inhabitants.. 

Amsterdam, situated on an arm of the Zuider Zee, is the richest, 
most populous and commercial city in Holland It is well built, and 
is noted for its stadt-house, or state-house, now the royal palace, 
which is one of the noblest edifices in the world. The city is inter 


18 


* Madder, a plant much used in dying red. 


206 


EUROPE. 


Rected by the numerous canals, and is the seat of extensive manufac- 
tures. 

Rotterdam, situated on the river Maese, ten miles south of the 
Hague, is next to Amsterdam in commerce, wealth and population. 
It is noted as the birth-place of the celebrated Erasmus, and contains 
a statue erected to his memory. 

Leyden is a handsome and flourishing town, distinguished for its 
university; Harlem, for its great organ and manufactures; Dort, the 
ancient capital of Holland, is noted for the synod held there in 1618, 
styled the synod of Dort, which condemned the tenets of Arminius 


In what direction from us is Holland ? What river in the southern 
part of Holland ? How does the Rhine compare in length with the 
longest river in this state ? How many cities can you mention in Hol- 
land ? Which is the most populous city ? [See Central Europe.] 
* Which is largest, Holland or this state ? Which is most populous ? 
How does the mode of travelling in this state differ from that in Hol- 
land ? Which has the greatest latitude, Amsterdam or this place ? In 
what direction from Amsterdam is the Hague ? Groningen ? Arnheim ? 
Rotterdam ? What is the government of Holland ? Religion ? State 
of society ? How will you sail from Amsterdam to Antwerp ? 


BELGIUM* 

How is Belgium bounded ? What is its Capital If 

Belgium is a small, new and populous kingdom, 
distinguished for the fertility and high cultivation of 
its soil, the mildness of its climate, and for the extent, 
variety, and value of its manufactures. 

Belgium is, in general, a level country, and one of the most beauti- 
ful and interesting in Europe. It is filled with cities connected by spa- 


* Belgium, formerly called the Austrian Netherlands, within a few centuries 
has undergone many changes. In 1713, it was ceded by Spain to Austria. In 1795, 
it was conquered by the French and incorporated into the kingdom of France. 
In 1814, after the downhill of Bonaparte, the congress of Vienna annexed it to Hol- 
land, or the United Provinces, and these two countries formed the kingdom of the 
Netherlands. This union was effected by the u Holy Alliance ,” without the con- 
sent of the two nations, and it never obtained the cordial acquiescence of the Bel- 
gians, who became so dissatisfied at length with their political condition, that 
they broke out in an open insurrection in August, 1830, and on the 4th of October 
made a decoration of their independence, which has been acknowledged by the 
“ five great powers of Europe,” viz. France, Great Britain, Russia, Austria, and 
Prussia. 


FRANCE. 


207 

cioas canals, watered by several large rivers, and contains numerous 
places, memorable in the history of modern warfare. 

Much attention has, of late, been given to the cause of popular ed- 
ucation. Schools are established in every village, and the common 
people are among the best educated in Europe. There are four uni- 
versities, viz. at Brussels, Ghent, Louvoine, and Liege, all of which are 
m a very flourishing condition. 

Character . — The Belgians are an honest, industrious, neat and in- 
genious people. They are noted for their skill in agriculture, manufac- 
tures, and for their perfection in certain branches of the fine arts, espec- 
ially painting. 

Cities . — Brussels, situated on the Senne, a branch of the Scheldt 
is one of the finest cities in Europe. It is noted for its handsome 
squares, regular streets, and its park, interspersed with rows of trees, 
and beautiful lawns ; adorned with fountains and statues, and surround- 
ed by magnificent edifices. The city is distinguished for its manufac- 
tures of lace, camblets and carpets. 

Antwerp is a large, well built, and strongly fortified city on the 
Scheldt, twenty-five miles north of Brussels. It is the greatest com- 
mercial city in Belgium. The largest vessels can ascend the river to 
this place, and by means of numerous canals, penetrate into, the centre 
of the town, and there deposit their cargoes. It contains many elegant 
edifices. Its cathedral, 441 feet high, is one of the finest Gothic struc- 
tures in the world, and is adorned with the choicest pictures of the great 
Flemish masters, Rubens and Vandyke. 

Ghent is a noble city, noted for its manufactures, and for the treaty 
of peace signed here in 1814, between the United States and Great 
Britain. Tourney is distinguished for its manufactures of carpets and 
porcelain; Waterloo for the famous battle fought there in 1815 ; Namur 
for its cutlery and fire-arms ; Mons for its coal mines, and Ostend for 
its fortifications. 


In what direction from us is Belgium ? What rivers in Belgium ? 
The Meuse and Scheldt. In what direction from Brussels is Antwerp ? 
Liege ? Waterloo? When was the battle of Waterloo fought ? Which 
is the largest, Belgium or this state ? Most populous ? What is the 
government of Belgium ? Religion ? State of society ? How will you 
sail from Antwerp to Paris ? 


FRANCE. 

How is France bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

France is a great and powerful republic, distin- 
guished for its military power, central situation, vast 


208 


EUROPE. 


/ 


GATHERING GRAPES IN FRANCE. 





resources, and population, and for its great political 
influence. 

It is one of the most beautiful and fertile countries 
in Europe. Its surface is generally level, its climate 
mild, and its productions numerous and abundant, 
comprising the necessaries, and most of the luxuries 
of life. • 

The French surpass most other nations in agriculture and manu- 
factures ; and their learned men, their literary and scientific institu- 
tions, their libraries and museums, are celebrated throughout the civil- 
ized world. 

The chief products of the soil are wheat, Indian corn, barley, vines, 
mulberries, the sugar beet, and in the southern part, olives, figs and 
oranges. Vineyards abound, and wine is the common drink of the people ; 
the annual produce is about 900 million gallons. 

France, with regard to internal economy, is one of the richest and 
most flourishing countries in the world. Its commerce is extensive, col- 
leges and schools are numerous, and the literary and scientific collections 
of Paris, are the most splendid in Europe. 

Character . — The French are polite, gay, ingenious, active and in- 
dustrious. They are temperate in their modes of living, fond of show 
and amusements, and distinguished for their proficiency in the arts and 
sciences. 

Cities . — Paris is pleasantly situated on both sides of the Seine, 112 
miles from its mouth. It abounds in magnificent edifices, palaces, pro- 


FRANCE. 


209 


menades, public gardens, fountains, monuments, and places of amuse- 
ment. Among its public buildings, are the royal palaces of the Tuile- 
ries, Louvre, Luxembourg, Palais Royal, the cathedral of Notre Dame, 
the church of St. Genevieve, the Hospital des Invalides, the Exchange, 
and Jardin des Plants. For splendor, magnificence and gayety, and for 
the extent and value of its libraries, and literary and scientific institu- 
tions, it exceeds any other city in the world. 

In the neighborhood of Paris, are several interesting and beautiful 
places; among which are Versailles, distinguished for its magnificent 
palace ; St. Cloud, for its gardens, fountains and groves, and for being the 
favorite residence of Napoleon ; and Fontainbleau, for its stately palace 
in the midst of a forest of 30,000 acres, the hunting seat formerly of the 
monarchy. 

Lyons, at the junction of the Rhone and Saone, is the second city in 
France, in commerce, industry, population and wealth. Its cathedral, 
hotel de ville, squares,, fountains, and statues, are scarcely surpassed. 
It has long been noted for its manufactures of silks, and gold and silver 
6tuffs. 

Marseilles is a rich and flourishing city. It is the principal seaport 
on the Mediterranean, and noted for its extensive trade. Bordeaux is 
distinguished for its manufactures, and its vast export of wines. 
Brest for being the chief naval station on the Atlantic, as Toulon is 
on the Mediterranean. Rouen is famous for its manufactures, com- 
merce, and magnificent cathedral; Lille, for its trade and strong 
fortress ; Dunkirk for its harbor and fortifications ; Calais for its com- 
munication with England, and Strasburgh for its trade, and the elegant 
and lofty spire of its cathedral, 474 feet high, being one of the highest 
in the world. 

Havre, at the mouth of the Seine, is the seaport of Paris. It is strong- 
ly fortified, and is the chief seat of trade between France and the 
United States. Montpelier is noted for the salubrity of its climate ; 
Toulouse for being once the capital of the Goths, and Avignon for being 
once the residence of the pope. 

France has colonies in the West Indies, Guiana, Pondicherry in 
Hindostan, the island of Bourbon, and Algiers. The island of Cor- 
sica, in the Mediterranean, belongs to France. Its soil is fertile, its 
mines valuable, and beautiful coral, is found on its coast. Bastia is the 
capital. Ajaccio is distinguished as the birth place of Napoleon Bona- 
parte. 


In what direction from us is France ? What are the six principal 
rivers of France ? g. l. s. r. r. s. The Saone unites with the Rhone at 
Lyons. What mountains separate France from Spain? How long are 
the Pyrenees? What mountains in - the south-east part? What bodies 
of water border on France? What countries border on France? What 
cities can you mention in France? What is the population of Paris? 
What can you say of Paris ? Population of Lyons ? Marseilles 1 Bor- 
18 * 


210 


EUROPE. 


deaux ? Rouen ? Strasbourg ? What seaport at the mouth of the Seine, 
and for wnat is it noted ? What important island in the Mediterranean 
belongs to France? c. What is the extent of France?' Population* 
Government ? Religion ? State of society ? How will you sail from 
Paris to Lisbon ? 


PORTUGAL. 

How is Portugal bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Portugal is a small and fertile kingdom, noted for 
its mild, pleasant and healthy climate, and for its 
variegated surface of plains, mountains, hills and 
valleys. 

Agriculture, manufactures and commerce are in a backward state, 
and education is but little encouraged. The principal productions are 
vines, olives, oranges, lemons, figs A.'d grain. The chief exports are 
wines, salt and wool. 

The Portuguese were formerly the most enterprising and commer- 
cial nation on the globe. They led the way in the great discoveries of 
modern times. Their rulers were distinguished for their wise and libe- 
ral policy ; their soldiers for valor, and their sailors for skill ; but they 
have greatly degenerated from that enterprising spirit which made 
them so illustrious, and now rank among the most feeble and ineffi- 
cient of European nations. 

Character . — The Portuguese are friendly and hospitable, but 
generally ignorant and superstitious, and fond of music and dancing. 

Cities . — Lisbon is built on several hills, at the mouth of the Tagus. 
It is the most commercial city in Portugal, and has one of the best har- 
bors in Europe. A great part of the city was destroyed by an earth- 
quake in 1755, but has since been rebuilt. It has a great trade in wines 
and fruits, with England and the United States. 

Oporto, the second city in the kingdom, is noted for its port wine ? 
St. Ubes for its salt works, and Coimbra for its university. 


In what direction from us is Portugal ? What are its principal 
rivers ? g. t. d. m. What mountains extend into the eastern part ? 
What cape in the south-west part ? What cities can you mention ? 
Which is most populous ? What is the extent of Portugal ? Popula- 
hition ? Government ? Religion ? State of society ? Which is the 
largest, Portugal or this state ? How will you go from Lisbon to 
Madrid ? 


SPAIN. 



ROYAL PALACE, MADRID. 


How is Spain bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Spain is a large, warm and fertile country, and 
^resents the most beautiful variety of mountains, val- 
eys, streams and plains. 


Few countries are more highly favored by nature than Spain, and 
industry might soon render it the foremost nation of Europe. Its com- 
merce, however, is limited, its manufactures few, and its agriculture is 
in a very backward state. 

The principal productions are wheat, Indian corn, barley, hemp, 
silk, olives, grapes, oranges, lemons, Ac. The chief exports are wines, 
salt, wool, barilla and fruits. There are numerous mines of iron, cop- 
per, and lead. Great attention is given to the raising of merino sheep, 
eo celebrated for the fineness of their wool. The number of sheep is 
estimated at 16 millions, attended by 15 thousand shepherds. 

One of the most noted curiosities in Spain is Montserat, which 
stands in a large plain 20 miles N. W. of Barcelona. It rises in the 
form of a sugar loaf to the height of 3,300 feet, and is inhabited by nu- 
merous monks and hermits. 

Spain was formerly one of the most powerful and important king- 
doms of Europe. She possessed immense territories in North and 
South America. But of all these possessions, she now retains only 
Cuba and Porto Rico. Fora long time the nation has been distracted 
by civil dissensions and wars — education is neglected and industry 
paralyzed — and it is now in a degraded, weak and ignorant state. 


212 


EUROPE 


The Balearic Islands. — Ivica, Majorca, Minorca, and some smaller 
isles belong to Spain. They are inhabited by a simple and peaceable 
people, and are noted for fruits and honey. Port Mahon, in Minorca, 
has an excellent harbor, and is much resorted to by our naval force in 
the Mediterranean. 

Dancing is a favorite amusement, and in all large towns, bull-fights 
are common and attended by thousands of all ranks and conditions of 
both sexes. 

Character . — The Spaniards are tall, well proportioned, grave, po- 
lite, temperate and faithful to their word. The higher classes are dis- 
tinguished for their noble and generous spirit, and high sense of honor. 
The peasants are ignorant, but courteous, polite, cheerful, and fond of 
music and dancing. 

Cities . — Madrid, situated on the Mazanares, a small branch of the 
Tagus, is a magnificent city, distinguished for its squares and beautiful 
public walks. It has neither commerce nor manufactures, and derives 
its importance solely from being the seat of government. It is the 
most elevated capital in Europe, being about half a mile higher than 
the level of the sea. 

Cadiz, situated on the island of Leon, is the first commercial city in 
Spain. It lias an excellent harbor, and is the centre of trade for America 
and the West Indies. 

Seville, in ancient times the residence of the Gothic kings, and 
capital of Spain, is a large and handsome city, noted for its manufac- 
tures and commerce. 

Barcelona is a large and strongly fortified city, distinguished for its 
commerce, manufactures and wealth. 

Gibraltar is a celebrated promontory, at the southern extremity of 
Spain. It is about four miles in length, half a mile in width, and 
1500 feet high. It was captured by the English in 1704, who have ever 
since retained possession of it. It has a remarkable fortress on it, so 
strengthened by nature and art, as to be esteemed the most formidable 
in the world. 


What do Spain and Portugal form? A. A great peninsula. What 
is the width of the isthmus that connects it to France ? What moun- 
tains in Spain ? What rivers ? e. g. g. t. d. m. What is the population 
of Madrid ? Barcelona ? Malaga ? Cadiz ? In what direction from 
Madrid is Saragossa ? V alencia ? Santiago ? Bilboa ? Grenada, 
the ancient residence of the Moorish kings ? What other cities can you 
mention ? What remarkable fortress on the strait of Gibraltar ? 
What can you say of Gibraltar ? What islands in the Mediterranean 
belong to Spain ? What are the names of the Balearic isles ? For 
what is Spain noted ? What is the extent of Spain*? Population ? Go- 
vernment ? Religion ? State of society ? How will you sail from 
Cadiz to Naples ? 


ITALY. 


213 


* ITALY. 

How is Italy bounded ? What are its capitals ? 

Italy is one of the most beautiful and interesting 
countries in Europe. It is distinguished for the fer- 
tility of its soil, the mildness and serenity of its cli- 
mate, and for the beauty, variety, and romantic cha- 
racter of its scenery. 

Italy was the country of the ancient Romans, and under them, it 
became the garden of Europe, the parent of the arts and sciences, and 
mistress of the world. It is filled with monuments of ancient art anti 
glory, and contains the most splendid specimens of painting, sculpture 
and architecture in the world. 

Italy, although it abounds in the richest productions, grain, wine, oil, 
silk and various fruits, wears a melanchaly aspect. Agriculture, manu- 
factures and commerce are neglected, cities are thronged with beggars, 
the buildings are in a state of decay, and every thing shows that tins 
beautiful country is degraded, depressed, and languishing under the bad 
influence of a despotic government. 

Character . — The Italians are polite, cheerful, and graceful in their 
manners, and distinguished for their skill in music, sculpture and paint- 
ing. They are naturally active, with strong passions and an ardent ima- 
gination, and among them have been some of the first poets, politicians 
and historians of Europe. 

Italy was once the seat of a mighty empire, but it is now divided 
among several governments, of which the following are the principal 
viz : — 

1. The kingdom of Naples, or the two Sicilies; Capital, Naples. 


2. The Rqman States, or States of the Church, “ Rome. 

8. Idle Grand Duchy of Tuscany, “ Florence. 

4. The kingdom of Sardinia, “ Turin. 

6. The kingdom of Lombardy and Venice, u Milan. 


NAPLES, OR THE TWO SICILIES. 

Naples comprises the southern part of Italy, the island of Sicily 
and the Lipari isles. The climate is warm, and the soil fertile, capable 
c.i producing the finest fruits, vegetables, wine, oil, sugar, cotton, Ac., in 
abundance. But such is the oppressive character of the government, 
and the indolence and licentiousness of the people, that industry is neg- 
lected, and poverty and beggary are every where seen. 

Mount Etna, on the island of Sicily, is the most celebrated volcano 
in the world. It is two miles high, and the sides of the mountain are 
fertile, and covered with vineyards, and the lower parts are occupied 
with towns and villages, liable at any m :ment to be overwhelmed by 


214 


EUROPE 


lava. For ages its eruptions have been frequent, often destroying whole 
cities and villages. 

Mount Vesuvius, near Naples, is a remarkable volcano. It has had 
many tremendous eruptions. One, which happened in A. D. 79, over- 
whelmed Herculaneum and Pompeii, two ancient cities in the vicinity 
:>f Naples. These, after lying concealed under the lava for nearly 
1800 years, have been discovered, and whole streets have been laid 
open, and various works of art found in a remarkable state of pre- 
servation. 


Stromboli is a volcano of the Lipari islands. It emits flames that 
may be seen at night more than 100 miles, and is termed “ the light- 
house of the Mediterranean.” 



NAPLES AND MOUNT VESUVIUS. 


Cities . — Naples is the' most populous city in Italy, and is noted for 
the surpassing beauty of its bay, and the delightful scenery around 
it. It is generally well built, and remarkable for the number of its 
nobles and lazaroni. It has few manufactures, and but little commerce. 

Palermo, the capital of Sicily, is a large and beautiful city, noted 
for the number of its churches, convents and chapels. Syracuse, sc 
celebrated in ancient times, is now an inconsiderable place. Many re- 
mains of its ancient magnificence are still to be seen. 


THE STATES OF THE CHURCH. 

The States of the Church occupy the central part of Italy. They 
are badly cultivated, and thinly peopled ; but such is their natural 
fertility that they produce almost spontaneously, dates, figs, almonds, 



ITALY 215 

olives, and other fruits / on which the indolent inhabitants principally 
Bubsist. 

These states are ruled by the Pope, whose power formerly was 
more extensive than that of any king' or emperor. His dominions are 
now greatly reduced, and his authority is principally in spiritual mat* 
ters, and extends over the members of the Roman Catholic church in 
dll countries. 



st. peter’s church, rome. 


Cities . — Rome, once the capital of the Roman empire, and the proud 
metropolis of the civilized world, is situated on the Tiber, fifteen miles 
from its mouth. In the days of Augustus Cesar, its population was two 
millions, and its circumference fifty miles. Although greatly reduced, 
it is still one of the most magnificent and interesting cities in Europe, 
distinguished for the numerous remains of its ancient grandeur. It con- 
tains many splendid edifices, among which is St. Peter’s church, one of 
the largest and noblest in the world. 

Ferrara, Bologna, and Ancona, are places of importance, 

San Marino. This little republic comprises a mountainous tract of 
about thirty square miles, within the States of the Church. The inhab- 
itants are a simple, industrious people. The have maintained their in- 
dependence more than 1200 years. Population, 7,000. 

THE GRAND DUCHY OF TUSCANY. 

Tuscany is a small, fertile and populous state, and one of the most 
prosperous iu Italy. The people are industrious and enterprising, and 
manufactures and commerce are flourishing. 

Cities . — Florence, situated on the river Amo, in a delightful 
Talley, is one of the handsomest cities in Europe. It is noted for its 






216 


EUROPE. 


palaces, galleries and libraries, and distinguished as a seat of science 
and art. 

Leghorn is a large and strongly fortified city, and one of the most 
commercial ports of Italy. It is noted for its straw hats. Pisa is a 
handsome but decayed city, famous for its university and leaning 
tower. 


SARDINIA. 

The kingdom ofSardina comprises the north-western part of Italy, 
and the island of Sardinia. The continental part has a mild climate, 
fertile soil, and abounds in the richest productions. 

Cities . — Turin is one of the most regular and beautiful cities o i 
Italy, noted for its manufactures of silk. 

Genoa is the most commercial city of Italy. It was formerly the 
capital of a powerful republic, and noted for being the birth-place of 
Columbus. Cagliari is the principal town on the island of Sardinia and 
the residence of the viceroy. 

Monaco. The principality of Manaco comprises 535 square miles. 
It i3 an independent state, under the protection of Sardinia. Population 
6,500. 


LOMBRADY AND VENICE. 

The kingdom of Lombardy and Venice belongs to Austria, and is 
one of the most fertile and best cultivated portions of Italy, and is 
justly termed “ the garden of Europe.” The people are industrious; 
agriculture, trade, manufactures, science and arts, are in a flourishing 
state. 

Cities . — Milan is a large and magnificent city, noted for its cathe- 
dral, manufactures and trade. Venice, see Austria. 

Mantua is an ancient and interesting city, and one of the most 
strongly fortified places in Europe. It is well built and is noted as the 
birth place of Virgil. 


In what direction from us is Italy ? What bodies of water border 
on Italy ? What mountains in it ? Rivers ? How many cities can 
you mention ? Which is most populous ? Into what states is Italy 
divided ? What is the government ? Religion ? Extent and population 
of eacli ? What can you say of Italy ? Lombardy ? Tuscany ? How 
will you sail from Naples to Constantinople ? 


IONIAN REPUBLIC. 

The Ionian Republic embraces seven islands In the 
Ionian sea, west of Greece. 


TURKEY. 


217 


These are Corfu, Cephalonia, Zante, St. Maura, 
Cerigo, Paxo and Ithaca. The inhabitants amount 
to about 250,000. They are chief]}' Greeks and Ital- 
ians, and are a sagacious and enterprising people, and 
carry on considerable trade in wine, olive oil, and 
currants. The republic is under the protection of 
Great Britain. 

Corfu, on the island of Corfu, is the capital. Population 16,000 
Zante, on the island of Zante, is the largest town. Population 20,000. 

*In what direction from us is the Ionian Republic ? Which is the 
most northern ,of the Ionian isles ? c. How many islands constitute 
this republic ? Seven, What are their names ? Under the protection 
of what government is this republic? Of what does the government 
consist? A. Of a lord high commissioner, appointed by the king ol 
Great Britain, and a legislative assembly. In what direction from the 
Ionian isles is Malta ? Candia ? Corsica ? England ? 


Malta. Malta lies south of Sicily. It is a small and celebrated 
island, noted for the strength of its fortifications. Formerly the knights 
of St. John, a powerful military order, held possession of it, but it now 
belongs to Great Britain. It contains about 80,000 inhabitants, who are 
brave, active, industrious, but passionate, jealous, vindictive and super- 
stitious. Valetta, the capital, is so strongly fortified as to merit the 
title of a second Gibralter. 


In what direction from us is Malta? What was it formerly called? 
A. Melita. [See Acts, chap, xxviii. 1 — 12.] To whom did it formerly 
belong? When and by whom was it captured? A. In 1798, by the 
French, under Bonaparte. In 1800, it was taken by the English. How 
will you sail from Malta to Constantinople ? 


THE TURKISH OR OTTOMAN EMPIRE. 

In what direction from us is the Turkish Empire ? 

The Turkish empire was formerly of vast extent, 
and one of the most powerful on the globe. Though 
much reduced, it is still a large, populous anil influ- 
ential state. It comprises two great divisions, Turkey 
in Europe and Turkey in Asia. 

19 


218 


E 1 1 uO PE. 

The government is despotic. The sovereign, styled “the Grand 
Seignor,” or “ Sultan,” unites in himself all the powers of the state, and 
disposes of the lives and property of his subjects at pleasure. His 
prime minister is called the Grand Vizier, and the government or court, 
“ the Ottoman Porte,” or “ the Sublime Porte.” 

In religion, tiie Turks are Mohammedans. They came originally 
from Tartary in Asia, and in 1227 overthrew the empire of the Sar- 
acens, and in 1453, took Constantinople, and put an end to the east- 
ern Roman empire. 

Character . — The Turks are well formed, dignified, graceful and 
imposing in their appearance. They are honest, grave, courageous, 
and noted for their hospitality to strangers. They are ignorant, in- 
dolent, and in religion intolerant. They shave their heads, instead 
of their beards, wear turbans instead of hats, loose robes instead of 
coats, and sit on cushions instead of chairs, and in eating, use their 
fingers instead of knives and forks. 


Is the Turkish empire increasing, or diminishing in power ? What 
does it now comprise ? Which is the largest division ? What titles 
are given to the sovereign of Turkey ? What is he sometimes called 
by the Turks ? A. “ The shadow of God,” “ Brother to the sun and 
moon,” and “ Refuge of the world.” How do the Turks in their dress 
and customs differ from us ? 


TURKEY IN EUROPE. 

How is Turkey in Europe bounded ? What is its Capital * 

Turkey in Europe is an extensive country, and is 
noted for its fine climate, fertile soil, and its favorable 
situation for commercial pursuits. 

The northern part is level, consisting chiefly of immense plains ; 
the southern is mountainous, interspersed with beautiful and fertile val- 
leys, and noted for its picturesque scenery. The soil, though poorly 
cultivated, produces wheat, rice, cotton, silk, wine, oil, fruits, (fee., in 
abundance. Commerce and manufactures receive but little attention, 
and are chiefly in the hands of foreigners. The exports are carpets, 
muslins, camel’s hair, swords, pistols, (fee., (fee. 

Turkey possesses superior advantages for agriculture, manufactures 
and commerce. Its climate, soil, and situation are unequalled; but 
owing to its despotic government, there are no motives to exertion, and 
everv thing languishes. 

*j O o 

Cities . — Constantinople is delightfully situated on the Bosphorus, 
or Strait of Constantinople, commanding a grand and extensive view of 
the coasts of Asia and the smTounding seas. It is strongly fortified 



VIEW IN CONSTANTINOPLE. 

• . 

and has one of the best harbors in Europe. Its mosques, or Mohamme- 
dan temples, are numerous, and many of them are superb structures, 
particularly that of St. Sophia. The seraglio, or imperial palace, forms 
a little city by itself. It is three miles in circumference, and surround- 
ed by a wall. It consists of dwellings, mosques, baths, kiosks, gardens 
and groves of cypress. It is occupied by the sultan, his court, and 
wives, of which he sometimes has 500. The part in which the women 
are kept is called “ the Harem.” The city contains 11 academies, 518 
seminaries, 1300 schools for children, 13 public libraries, a mathemati- 
cal and nautical school. 

Adrianople is situated in ancient Thrace, on the river Maritza, in 
the midst of a fertile region. It is a large and populous city, and has 
considerable trade. It was taken by the Turks in 1360, and from that 
time, it was the residence of the Turkish sultans until the conquest oi 
Constantinople, in 1453. Belgrade is noted for its fortifications ; So 
phia for its warm baths ; Salonica for its extensive commerce. Shumla 
is a strongly fortified town, and styled “ the gates of Constantinople.” 


In what direction from us is Turkey ? What is the principal rivei ? 
Mountains? What countries border on Turkey? What bodies of 
water ? Which is the most populous city ? Describe Constantinople. 
In what direction from Constantinople is Adrianople ? Salonica ? 
Shumla? Larissa? Belgrade? Ibrali ? Joanina? Jassy? What 
other cities can you mention ? What is the extent of Turkey in Eu- 
rope ? Population ? Form of government ? Religion ? State of 
society ? Which has the greatest latitude, Constantinople or this 
place ? For what is Turkey distinguished ? What can you say of the 



220 


E U ROPE. 


Turks? What is their appearance ? [See map of the world. | flow 
will you go from Constantinople to Athens ? 


GREECE. 

How is Greece bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Greece is a small, new, and interesting kingdom, 
distinguished for its mild climate, fertile soil, and 
magnificent ruins 

Greece is finely diversified with hills, plains, rugged mountains, and 
beautiful and fertile vales. The chief productions are corn, oil, wine, 
ootton, wool, silk, rice and fruits. It possesses superior advantages foi 
commercial pursuits. Its inlets and bays are numerous, and its coasts 
are studded with islands. 

Greece is one of the most celebrated countries in the world. Three 
thousand years ago, is was the seat of one of the most polished nations 
of antiquity. Its heroes, orators, statesmen, philosophers, poets, paint' 
ers and sculptors, surpassed all others of that age, and to them man- 
kind are indebted for the first rudiments in most of the arts of oivihzed 
life.* 

Character . — The Greeks are a brave, active, enterprising and in 
dustrious people, and distinguished for personal beauty. They are 
lovers of the arts, passionate in their feelings, and desirous of know- 
ledge. 

Cities. — Athens, formerly the capital of Attica, and birth place of 
the most distinguished orators, heroes and sages of antiquity, is now a 
small city, but is increasing in population, wealth and importance. It is 
distinguished for its ruins, some of which are magnificent remains of 
its ancient splendor. 

* Ancient Greece consisted of a number of independent States. These were 
subjected by Philip, king of Macedon, 338 B. C. Macedon and all the different 
states of Greece were subjugated by the Romans, R. £. 148, and formed into a Ro- 
man province. In A. D. 329, Constantine the great, emperor of the Romans, 
transferred the seat of empire from Rome to Byzantium, or Constantinople. This 
was then called the Byzantine, or Eastern Roman Empire. In 1453, the Turks took 
Constantinople, and put an end to the Byzantine empire. After the conquest of 
the country, the Turks treated the Greeks with the greatest cruelty and oppression. 
Their insolent master looked upon them as an inferior race of beings, and only 
fit to perform the lowest offices of drudgery. The Greeks submitted to these op- 
pressive acts, till 1821, when they revolted from the Turkish yoke, asserted their 
independence, and established a republican government. The Turks attempted 
to reduce them to subjection ; a destructive war ensued, which lasted several 
years: at length the governments of Russia, France, and England interfered, and 
the Sultan of Turkey was compelled to consent to the independence of Greece. 
Since that time, the Greeks have succeeded in establishing an efficient govern- 
ment, and are at this time, comparatively speaking, in a prosperous and happy 
condition. 


GREECE. 


991 

Napoli, Patras, Corinth, Navarino, Tnpolizza, arc important towna 
Syra, situated on an island of the same name, is the most- commercial 
town in Greece. Hydra, on the island of Hydra, is noted for its com- 
merce, and for the active part it took in the Greek revolution. 


In what direction from us is Greece ? What cape south of Greece ? 
What cities can you mention ? What large island east of Greece ? 
What island east of Negropont, near the coast of Asia Minor, memora- 
ble for the dreadful massacre of its inhabitants by the Turks, in 1822 ? 
What island south-east of Scio, noted for being the birth place of Pythag- 
oras ? What town on the gulf of Lepanto, north-west of Athens, 
noted for being the principal strong hold of the Greeks until 182G, and 
the death of Lord Byron in 1 824 ? m. What is the extent of Greece X 
Population ? Government ? Religion ? State of society ? Which is 
largest, Greece or this state? Which extends farthest north? How 
will you sail from Athens to Washington ? 


ISLANDS. 

Candia. The island of Candia, anciently called Crete, is 600 miles 
long, and from fourteen to fifty miles wide. It contains 4026 square 
miles, and about 800,000 inhabitants. In the centre of it, is the snowy 
ridge, called mount Ida, famous in mythology for being the birth place 
and residence of Jupiter. Its climate is fine, its soil remarkably fertile, 
and its productions numerous and valuable. The island was taken by 
the Turks in 1669, after a war of twe.ity-five years. It has recently 
been captured and now belongs to the Pacha* of Egypt. Candia, the 
chief town, is noted for its commerce. 

C vprus. Cyprus is the most important island of the Levant. f It is 
about 170 miles long, 50 broad, and contains about 500 square miles. 
In ancient times, it was the resort of the learned, gay and refined, and 
noted for its fertility and wine, and as the abode of pleasure. It be- 
longs to the Pacha of Egypt. 

Rhodes. Rhodes is celebrated for its fine climate, fertile soil, and 
for its ancient commerce and naval power. It was formerly a rich and 
powerful republic. It has been frequently conquered, and now belongs 
to Turkey. Rhodes is the chief town and capital of the island. It has 
a good harbor, with a narrow entrance between two rocks, on which, 
it is said, stood the famous colossus, an enormous statue of bronze, 
100 feet high, allowing the largest vessels of those times, to sail be 
twees. its legs. 

Negropont. This island contains 1610 square miles, and about 
60,000 inhabitants. It is separated from the continent by the strait of 
Euripus, over which is a bridge 200 feet long. It belorgs to Greece, 
and abounds in corn, wine, oil and fruits. 


* Pa-shaw, a governor. 

t Levant — the eastern part of the Mediterranean. 
19* 


222 


ASIA. 


Where is Candia? Which is the largest, Candia or this state ? For 
what was it anciently celebrated ? A. For the laws of Minos, its laby- 
rintli, and its hundred cities. For what was mount Ida famous ? To 
whom does it now belong ? Where is Cyprus ? For what was it an- 
ciently noted? To whom does it belong? Where is Rhodes? For 
what is it celebrated ? What is its capital ? What once stood across 
the entrance of the harbor? Do you imagine one of our ships could 
sail between its legs ? What was the colossus at Rhodes considered ? 
A. One of “ The seven wonders of the world.” What were the seven 
wonders of the world ? A. The Pyramids of Egypt, the Temple 01 
Diana at Ephesus, the Mausoleum at Halicarnassus, the Statue of Ju- 
piter at Olympia, the walls of Babylon, the Colossus at Rhodes, and 
ihe Royal Palace of Cyrus. Where is Negropont ? What is its extent ? 
What does it abound in ? 



Asia is the largest, richest, and most populous di- 
vision of the globe. It is remarkable for having been 
the scene of some of the most important events that 
the history of the world can furnish. 

It was in Asia that our first parents were created, 
and there occurred the most noted transactions re- 
corded in the scriptures. Their lived the patriarchs 
'and prophets ; and there appeared the Saviour, and 


ASIA. 


223 


introduced his gospel, which is ultimately to bless all 
nations. 

In Asia, likewise, successfully flourished some ot 
the greatest and most powerful empires that the 
world has ever seen, — as the Assyrian, the Babylo- 
nian, the Median and Persian. This favored portion 
of the globe was also foremost in civilizatu n, arts, 
science and commerce. Indeed edifices were reared, 
cities built, and empires founded, while Europe, Afri- 
ca and America were uninhabited and unexplored. 

Asia is distinguished for its large and numerous 
rivers, its salt lakes, its vast elevated plains and 
deserts, and for the variety of its climate and its ani- 
mal, vegetable and mineral productions. 

Asia excels all other parts of the earth in the de- 
liciousness of its fruits ; the fragrancy of its plants, 
spices and gums ; the salubrity of its drugs ; the 
quantity, variety and beauty of its gems ; the rich- 
ness of its metals ; and the fineness of its silks and 
cottons ; and produces, also, an abundance of all the 
necessaries of life. 

Nature lias spread over Asia, all the treasures of the earth, — but 
most abundantly in India. Her bounties are distributed by impercep- 
tible gradations through all its three zones. In the torrid zone — whose 
genial warmth converts the juices of plants to spices, balsam, sugar 
and coffee, with which Asia lias enriched the West Indies — the sago, 
cocoa, date and umbrella palms reach a height of 200 feet, and the 
white elephant attains a size surpassing that of all other quadrupeds. 
From this region the silk-worm was brought to Europe, and hence to 
America. 

This portion conceals in its bosom the most beautiful diamonds and 
richest metals, while its waves flow over the purest pearls and corals 
The temperate zone has given to the other divisions of the globe, the 
melon, the vine, the orange, and many of their most agreeable garden 
fruits, as well as the most productive kinds of grain, and the most 
charming flowers ; and unites in its productions, symmetry with rich- 
ness, particularly in its western regions. Here the oldest traditions 
place Paradise ; here lie the enchanting Cashmere, and the Garden 
of Damascus • here blossoms the rose of Jericho near the cedars of 
Lebanon. 


224 


ASIA. 


The eastern countries in the same latitude, possess the tea shrub 
and the genuine rhubarb. The camel, the Angora goat, the Thibetian 
sheep, the pheasant, and the horse, are natives of this zone. In the 
north blossoms a few Alpine flowers, and from the icy soil grows the 
dwarf-like Siberian ceder, till at 70° vegetation mostly ceases. Here 
live the smallest of quadrupeds. The shrew-mouse of the Yenisei, 
sables, ermines, foxes, otters, Ac., afford the finest fur. The mineral 
kingdom furnishes rich ores, rare precious stones, and remarkable fossil 
remains, especially those of the mammoth and elephant in high northern 
latitudes.* 

The human mind for centuries, seems to have remained stationary 
in Asia. Ancient forms are preserved most rigidly, and no advances 
are, apparently, made in the arts and sciences. The internal commerce 
is still carried on by caravans, f as in the most ancient times — before 
Abraham and Moses — when merchandise was transported from India 
through Bactria to Colchis, as at present to Cairo, Constantinople and 
Moscow. The foreign commerce is wholly in the hands of Europeans 
and Americans. 


Questions . — For what is Asia remarkable ? Which grand division 
of the globe was first peopled ? Can you mention any events that oc- 
curred in Asia ? What great empires flourished in Asia ? Wliich di- 
vision took the lead in civilization and arts, science and commerce ? 
For what is Asia distinguished? In what respect does Asia excel 
other parts of the earth ? Did you ever see any thing that was brought 
from Asia ? If you could go to Asia, which part should you prefer to 
visit ? Why? Do any of the nations of Asia speak the same language 
that we do ? A. They do not ; neither do they use the same charac- 
ters in writing and printing that we do. The British own a large part 
of Hindostan, and of course speak the English language. In which 
country do you think you should prefer to live, the United States or 
Hindostan ? Can we sail from the Unite! States to Asia? Will you 
describe the voyage ? 


MAP OF ASIA. 

How is Asia bounded ? 


Turkey ? 

Capital l 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Arabia ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Persia ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Beloochistan ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

A fghanistan ? 

Capital ? 

Chief Towns ? 

Rivers ? 


* Fossil remains here mean those parts of animals dug out of the earth, as 
teeth, bones, tusks, &c. 

t A caravan consists of a number of merchants or pilgrims, who travel on 
camels. Their number often amounts to several thousands. They are provided with 
arms to defend themselves from the attacks of the wandering Arabs, and other 
tribes of robbers. 


ASIA. 




Hindostan ? 
Birman Empire? 
Chinese Empire? 
I. Tartary ? 
Siberia ? 
Caucasus ? 


Capital ? 

Chief 

Capital ? 

Chief 

Capital ? 

Chief 

Capital ? 

Chief 

Capital ? 

Chief 

Capital ? 

Chief 


Towns ? 

Rivers { 

Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Towns ? 

Rivers ? 

Towns ? 

Rivers ? 


RIVERS. 

Where does the river Jordan rise, in what direction does it run, and 
t\ here does it empty ?* Euphrates? Tigris? Indus? Nerbuddah ? 
Kistna? Godavery ? Ganges? Sampoo, or Brahmaputra ? Irawady ? 
Salwein? Meinam ? Mecon, or Cambodia? Si Kiang ? Kiang Ku 9 
Hoang Ho, or Yellow river ? Amour, or Saghalien ? Anadir ? Lena 1 
Olensk ? Anabara ? Toongouski ? Yenisei? Obi? Irtish? Ural? 
Sihon ? Jilion? 


SEAS. 

Where is the Red Sea ? 

Where is tire Sea of Arabia ? 
Where is the China Sea ? 

Where is the Yellow Sea ? 

Where is the Japan Sea? 

Where is the Sea of Okhotsk ? 
Where is the Sea of Kamtchatka ? 
Where is the Sea of Kara ? 

Where is the Sea of Celebes ? 
Where is the Caspian Sea ? 

Where is the Aral Sea ? 

Where is the Dead Sea ? 


BAYB. 

Where is the Bay of Bengal ? 
Where is Borglmi Bay^ 


LAKES. 

Where is Lake Baikal ? 

Where is Lake Balknan ? 

Where is Lake Issyk ? 

Where is Lake Lob ? 

Where is Lake Durrah ? 

Where is Lake Van ? 

Where is Lake Oubsa ? 

Where is Lake Dalte ? 

Where is Lake Kinka ? 




\ 


* The Jordan rises in mount Hermon, in Syria, and runs a southerly course, 
passing through the sea of Tiberias, or sea of Ualilee, and empties into the Dead 
Hea. Ita length is about 1G0 miles. 


226 


ASIA. 


GUIFS. 


Where is the Persian Gulf? 
Where is the Gulf of Oman ? 
Where is the Gulf of Cutch ? 



Where is the Gulf of Cambay ? 
Where is the Gulf of Siam ? 


Where is the Gulf of Tonquin ? 
Where is the Gulf of Tartary ? 


PENINSULAS. 


Wliere is the Peninsula of Kamtchatka ? 
Wliere is the Peninsula of Corea ? 
Wliere is the Peninsula of Malay ? 


STRAITS, 


Where is Behring’s Strait ? 

Where is the Strait of Sangar ? 
Where is the Strait of Corea ? 

Where is the Strait of Macassar ? 
Where is the Strait of Malacca ? 
Where is the Strait of Babelmandel ? 


Where are the Altay Mountains ? 

Where are the Stannovia Mountains ? 

Where are the Ural Mountains? 

Where are the Caucasian Mountains ? 

Where are the Belur Tag: Mountains? 

Where are the Himalaya Mountains ? 

Where are the Gaut Mountains ? 

Where are the Ramleah Mountains ? 

Where is Mount Sinai ? 

Where is Mount Taurus ? 

Where is Mount Ararat ? 

What is the length of the Altay Mountains ? Himalaya 1 llrai 


CAFES. 


Where is North East Cape ? 
Where is Cape Chelagskoy ? 
Where is East Cape ? 


Where is Cape Navarin ? 
Where is- Cape Lopatka ? 
Where is Cape Romania ? 
Where is Cape Comorin ? 
Where is Cape Fartak ? 


MOUNTAINS. 


TURKEY IN ASIA. 


227 


DESERTS. 

Where is the Great Desert of Cobi or Shamo? 
Where is the Sandy Desert ? 

Where is the Great Salt Desert? 

Where is the Arabian Desert ? 

Where is the Syrian Desert ? 

Where is the Desert of Khiva ? 


ISLANDS. 

Where is the island of Socotra ? Lacadives ? Maldives? Ceylon? 
Andaman? Nicobar? Snnda Isles, viz., Sumatra, Java, Banca and 
Timor? [See fhap of the World.] Borneo? Celebes? Gilolo ? Bouro? 
Ceram ? New Guinea ? St. Andrews ? Felew Isles ? Philippine 
Islands, viz., Luzon, Mindanao, Samar, Leyte and Negros? — Palawan? 
Hainan ? Bashee Isles ? Formosa ? Loochoo, or Leo Keo ? Sulphur 
Isles? Benin Isles? Japan Islands, viz., Niphon, Sikofk and Kiusoff 
Jesso? — Saghalien? Kurile islands? Behring’s? New Siberia? 

Nova Zembla? » 


TURKEY IN ASIA. 



RUINS OK PALMYRA. 


How is Turkey bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Turkey comprises some of the finest and fairest 
Tegions of Asia. Within its limits, have transpired 
some of the most astonishing events recorded in 
history. 




223 


A 3 r A . 




y 

it was once the seat of the renowned empires and kingdoms of 
Assyria, Babylonia, Armenia, Lydia, Syria, and Judea; and here once 
stood the celebrated and flourishing cities of Babylon, Nine veil, Troy, 
Balbec, Palmyra, Antioch and Tyre. But ignorance, superstition and 
barbarism, now cover the land, and few traces remain of its former 
civilization except ruins. 

Turkey is agreeably diversified with hills, plains, mountains ar.d 
valleys. The climate i3 delightful, and the soil remarkable for its 
fertility. It is famous for its wines, wheat, barley, silk and fruits, and 
for its manufactures of carpets and leather. 

The population consists of Turks, Greeks, Arabs, Jews, Curds, 
Armenians, Druses and Turkomans. The Turks are the fouling people, 
and resemble those of Turkey in Europe. 

Cities. — Constantinople is the capital of the Turkish empire, noted 
for its beautiful situation on the west side of the Bosphorus, or strait of 
Constantinople. [See Turkey in Europe.] 

Bagdad, once the renowned seat of the Saracen Caliphs, and one of 
the most magnificent cities in the world, is situated on the Tigris, 300 
miles N. W. of Bassora. It is the resort of caravans from India, Persia 
and Arabia, but retains little of its ancient splendor. 

Smyrna is a large and populous city, and is the chief emporium of 
Asiatic Turkey. It is the common rendezvous of merchants from all 
parts of the world, and carries on an extensive trade with the United 
States. Bassora is a noted citv, celebrated for its extensive commerce 
with India, Persia and Arabia. 


SYRIA. 

Syria is an interesting country. It has been celebrated in all ages 
for its fine climate, fertile soil, valuable productions, and its populous 
cities. It abounds in mountains, plains, hills, and fertile valleys. Mount 
Lebanon, as in ancient times, rears its snow-crowned summit, and its 
sides are covered with majestic cedars. 

Syria has ever been famous in the history of war. On its plains 
the Assyrians, Jews, Greeks, Parthians, Romans, Crusaders, Turks, 
French and Egyptians, have, at different periods, struggled for posses- 
sion. At present, it is under the control of the pacha of Egypt. 

Cities. — Aleppo, was formerly a large and populous city. It was 
nearly destroyed by an earthquake in 1822, but is fast recovering. It 
Is a place of great trade, and celebrated for its manufactures of silk 
and cotton, and for its numerous caravans. 

Damascus is delightfully situated in the midst of a fertile plain. It 
is one of the oldest places in the world, and noted for its manufactures 
of silk and cotton goods. It has an extensive commerce, by means of 
caravans, and is one of the best built cities of western Asia. The cine! 
seaports are Tripoli, Beirut and Saida. 


ARABIA. 


ooq 


PALESTINE. 

Palestine, or the Holy Land, is one of the most celebrated coun- 
tries in the world. It was the residence of the ancient Jews, and the 
scene of most of the events recorded in the Scriptures. Instead ot be- 
ing that happy, fruitful and prosperous state it once was, it now forms 
a part of Syria, and but few traces of its ancient splendor remain. 

Cities. — Jerusalem, the ancient capital of Judea, is situated about 
forty miles from the Mediterranean. It was once the metropolis of 
the powerful kingdom of David and Solomon, and had its temple 
built of the cedar of Lebanon, and ornamented with the gold of Opliir. 
It retains but little of its former splendor, and is distinguished for be- 
ing the resort of pilgrims from various parts of the Christian world. 

Bethlehem is noted for being the birth-place of our Saviour ; Naza- 
reth as the place of his residence, and Cana for his turning water into 
wine. Jaffa, Gaza, and Acre are the chief towns on the coast. 


In what direction from us is Turkey in Asia? What are the two 
principal rivers ? e. t. What bodies of water border on Turkey ? What 
take in the eastern part ? v. What cities can you mention ? What is 
the population of Smyrna ? Bagdad ? Bassora ? Amasia ? Trebi- 
sond ? What is the extent of Turkey ? Population ? Government ? 
Religion ? State of society ? What does Turkey comprise ? What 
noted mountain in the north-eastern part? a. What mountains in the 
southern part of Asia Minor ? — In what part of Turkey is Syria ? For 
what is Syria celebrated ! What cities can you mention ? What can 
you say of Aleppo ? Damascus ? To what empire did Syria formerly 
belong ? A. The Turkish empire. To what government does it now 
belong ? The ruins of what two ancient splendid cities are in Syria ? 
A. Balbec and Palmyra. — In what part of Syria is Palestine ? What 
can you say of Palestine ? Into what four divisions was it divided in 
the time of our Saviour ? [See map of Palestine.] IIow many cities 
can you mention ? Describe Jerusalem ? What noted river? Where 
is the Dead Sea ? What country south of Palestine ? 


ARABIA. 

How is Arabia bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Arabia consists chiefly of immense deserts, inter- 
spersed with fertile spots like islands. It has no large 
rivers or lakes, and in many places it is destitute of 

water. 

20 


230 


ASIA. 


It is divided into three parts, viz. Arabia Petrosa , 
in the north-western part ; Arabia Desert a, embra- 
cing the interior and north-eastern part ; and Arabia 
Felix , in the southern part. 

The climate is excessively warm on the plains, 
and subject to a destructive wind called the Samiel 
or Simoom, but mild and healthy on the mountains. 

The principal productions of Arabia are coffee , 
gum-ar-a-bic , frankincense , myrrh and aloes. 

The most useful animal in Arabia is the camel,* 
and next to this, the horse, which is celebrated for 
beauty, swiftness, hardiness and docility. 

Character . — The Arabs are an ignorant, savage and barbarous 
people. Those on the coast are pirates ; those in the interior are rob- 
bers. During the middle ages they were called Saracens, and were 
distinguished for learning and science, but at present they are so illit- 
erate, that but few can be found who are able either to read or write. 

Cities . — Mecca is situated in a narrow valley, 40 miles from the 
Red Sea. It is a well built city, and is celebrated as the birth place of 
Mohammed. It is supported by pilgrims who resort thither from all 
parts of the Mohammedan world. 

Medina, ISO miles north of Mecca, is celebrated for containing the 
sepulchre of Mohammed. Mocha is the principal seaport of Arabia, 
and is celebrated for its excellent coffee. Aden, once a noted city, but 
now much decayed, belongs to the British East India Company, who 
have made it a naval station and are strongly fortifying it. 


In what direction from us is Arabia ? What bodies of water border 
on Arabia? What mountains in the northern part? r. What moun- 
tain in the north-west part near the gulf of Suez ? s. How is Arabia 
divided ? What towns can you mention ? Which is most popu- 
lous ? For what is Mecca celebrated ? Medina ? Mocha ? Of what 
is Muscat the capital ? o. What can you say of Oman ? A. It is an 
independent state under the control of an Imam, or chief, who has a con- 
siderable navy, and carries on an extensive commerce. Muscat is the 
general depot for the merchandize of India and Persia. What is said 
of the Arabian horse ? What is the extent of Arabia? Population? 
Government? Religion? State of society? In what direction from 
Mecca is Teheran ? 


* The camel is the only animal that can endure the toil of traversing the vast 
deserts. It can travel six or eight days without water, and carry 700 or 800 pounds 
upon its back. 


P K R S I A . 


231 


PERSIA. 



ISPAHAN. 

How is Persia bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Persia, one of the most celebrated and powerful 
kingdoms of antiquity, at presents exhibits scarcely a 
vestige of its former greatness. 

It consists principally of immense plains and bar- 
ren mountains, interspersed with numerous salt lakes 
and marshes It is generally destitute of trees and 
rivers. 

Some of the valleys and plains are fertile, and 
produce grain , wine, silk , tobacco , fruits and drugs 
in abundance. 

The Persians are distinguished for the extent and 
variety of their manufactures, which consist of the 
most beautiful carpets , brocade , silk, shawls , porce- 
lain, &c. 

On the western part of the coast of the Caspian Sea, are fountains 
of naptha or pure rock oil. The earth around them, when dug to the 
depth of two or three inches, readily takes fire on applying to it a live 
coal. Here still reside the Persees or fire worshippers. 

Character . — The Persians are polite, gay, polished and hospitable 


232 


ASIA 


and are among the most learned, active and industrious of the Eastern 
nations. 

Cities. — Teheran is a strong city, situated 60 miles south of the 
Caspian Sea and 300 north of IspaLan. Its situation is low, and its 
appearance mean. 

Ispahan, the ancient capital of Persia, and formerly one of the most 
splendid cities of the east, is situated on the Zenderoud, about midway 
between the Caspian Sea and Persian gulf. Though much reduced, it 
is still a large city, noted for its manufactures and trade. 

O J 1 

Buskire is the principal seaport. 

In what direction from us is Persia ? What bodies of water 
border on Persia? What are the principal rivers? k. k. What cities 
can you mention ? Which is most populous ? What seaport on 
the strait of Ormus ? g. What ruins south of Ispahan ? p. What 
desert in the interior ? What is the extent ? Population ? Govern- 
ment? Religion? State of society ? For what are the Persians dis- 
tinguished ? 


AFGHANISTAN. 



ORIENTAL SCENERY 

How is Afghanistan bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Afghanistan is a modem kingdom of Asia, and 
like Persia, is greatly diversified with mountains, 
valleys, bills and deserts. 



233 


INDIA. 

It has almost every variety of climate and soil. 
The principal productions are wheat, barley and va- 
rious kinds of fruit. 

Character . — The Afghans are a brave, fierce and warlike people, 
and are distinguished for hospitality, not only to strangers, but to their 
most implacable enemies. 

Chief Town . — Cabul is situated on the river Cabul, a branch ol 
the Indus, and has a considerable trade with India, Persia and Tar- 
tary 


In what direction from us is Afghanistan ? What lake in the west- 
ern part ? n. What river empties into lake Durrah ? h. What towns 
can you mention ? Which is most populous ? What city in the north- 
west part, capital of a small independent state ? h. For what is Herat 
noted ? A. For its manufactures and commerce. What is the extent 
of Afghanistan ? Population ? Government ? Religion ? State of 
society ? What is the character of the Afghans ? 


BELOOCHISTAN. 


How is Beloockistan bounded ? Its Capital ? 

Beloochistan has seldom been traversed by Euro- 
peans, and therefore but little is known respecting it. 
As far as it has been explored, it is generally moun- 
tainous and barren. 

Inhabitants . — Beloochistan is inhabited by two tribes ; the Beloo- 
chees, who subsist by plunder and robbery; and the Brahooes, a 
peaceable and industrious people, who inhabit the mountainous dis- 
tricts, and subsist principally on their flocks and herds. 

Town . — Kelat is situated on the Maskid river It is generally well 
built, and contains about 20,000 inhabitants. 

In what direction from us is Beloochistan ? What towns can you 
mention U Which is most populous ? What is the extent of Beloo- 
chistan \ Population ? Government ? Religion ? State of society » 


INDIA. 


In what direction from us is India ? 

India comprises two great peninsulas, and has, in 
every age, been celebrated for its immense popula- 
20* 


2 A 


ASIA. 


tion, civilization, and for its profusion of magnificent 
and valuable products. 

The western peninsula is called Hindostan, and the eastern, Farther 
India, or Chin-India. Each of these is remarkable for its majestic 
rivers, the heat of its climate, and great fertility. 

Lidia, in its vegetable and mineral productions, is one of the richest 
countries on the tdobe. It abounds in animals of almost every kind. 
Elephants, tigers, lions, tfcc. are numerous — the country swarms with 
serpents, and the forests are filled with birds of the most beautiful 
plumage and song. 

Between what sea and bay is Hindostan ? Farther India? Which 
is the largest peninsula ? What cape south of Hindostan ? South of 
Farther India ? Hid you ever see an animal that was brought from 
India ? 


• HINDOSTAN. 



PROCESSION OF THE GOVERNOR GENERAL. 

How is Hindostan bounded? Its Capital ? 


Hindostan is the most beautiful country in Asia, 
and has been famous in all ages for its civilization, 
valuable productions, and for its wealth and extensive 
manu factures. 



CEYLON. 


235 


Hindostan is mostly a level country, and is distin- 
guished for its numerous rivers and the general fertil- 
ity of its soil, which produces two crops in a year. 

The climate in the northern part is mild and 
healthy; in the south it is warm, and the heat is 
often oppressive. 

Almost every variety of production is found here; 
the most import mt are rice, cotton, wheat, sugar, in- 
digo, opium, tobacco, millet and various kinds of 
fruit. 

The Banian Tree is the most singular and beautiful production of 
India. The branches extend to the earth, and take root, and thus form 
new trunks, so that each tree is a grove. One (jf these trees, on an 
island in the Nerbuddah river, has 3,000 trunks, and 7,000 persons may 
repose under its shade. 

Hindostan lias long been celebrated for its diamond * , which are 
found principally at Golconda. 

The British possessions in India consist of Bengal, Bahar and Be- 
nares, on the banks of the Ganges, of which Calcutta is the capital ; of 
other places on the coast of Coromandel, of which Madras is the capital ; 
of the island of Bombay, Surat, and several districts on the Malabar 
coast, oi‘ which Bombay is the capital. 


CEYLON. 

Ceylon belongs to Great Britain. It is a rich, 
healthy, and fertile island, and is distinguished for 
the variety and value of its productions, the most 
important of which are cinnamon , ginger, pepper, 
sugar, cotton, &c. It has valuable pearl fisheries , 
and is rich in precious stones and gems. 

Colombo, the capital, is a handsome and well fortified place, but 
has a poor harbor. 

Inhabitant*. — The Hindoos are indolent, spiritless, and superstitious. 
They are mild and servile to superiors, but haughty and cruel to their 
inferiors. They are the most ingenious manufacturers of muslins, silks, 
shawls, itc 



THE FOUR CASTES. 

The Hindoos are divided into four classes or castes: 1. The Brannns, 
or priests ; 2. The soldiers ; 3. The merchants and agriculturists ; 4. 
The sudras or laborers. These castes are kept entirely distinct, and 
are never allowed to intermarry, or even to eat and drink with each 
other. 

Towns. — Calcutta, the metropolis of the British power in India, is 
situated on the Hoogly, an outlet of the Ganges, about 100 miles from 
its mouth. It has an extensive commerce, and is one of the most splen- 
did cities in Asia, 

Benares, the ancient seat of Braminical learning, is situated on the 
Ganges, 460 miles N. W. of Calcutta. It has an extensive trade in dia- 
monds, gems, Ac., and is a place of great wealth. 

Delhi, formerly the capital of Hindustan, and seat of the Mogul 
empire, is situated on the Jumna, a branch of the Ganges. 


In what direction from us is Hindostan ? What mountains sepa- 
rate it from the Chinese empire ? What mountains near the Malabar 
coast ? What are the principal rivers ? l. n. t. k. q. m. g. b. Where 
is great Sandy Desert ? ' What gulfs ? c. c. m. What cities can you 
mention ? Which is most populous ? In what direction from Calcut- 
ta is Bombay, the capital of Western British India? Madras, the cap- 
ital of Southern British India ? Delhi, the former capital and seat of 
the Mogul empire ? Lucknow, capital of the province or kingdom ol 
Oude ? Hydrabad, capital of Golconda ? What is the extent of Hin 
dostan ? Population ? Government ? Religion ? State of society ? 
What noted tree in Hindostan ? How manv degrees east of London 
is Dacca ? When it is noon at London, what time is it at Dacca ? 


FARTH EB INDIA. 


237 


What important island south of Hindostan ? fo what government 
does Ceylon belong? What towns on it? What gulf between Ceylon 
pnd Hindostan ? What two clusters of islands south-west of Hin- 
dustan ? 


FARTHER INDIA. 



FARTHER INDIA. TIGER HUNT. 


In what direction from us is Farther India? 

Farther India, or Chin India, is a large, populous 
and fertile region, noted for the richness of its min- 
erals, and the value of its vegetable productions. It 
comprises the Birman empire, the empire of Anarn, 
the kingdom of Siam, the British possessions in the 
western part, and the Malay peninsula. 

The governments of Farther India are highly despotic. The inhab- 
itants generally profess the religion of Buddha, or Gaudama, and pay 
great attention to the building of costly temples, which are gaudily 
ornamented with gilding, painting and varnishing. 

Farther India abounds in wild animals; among which Ihe most 
noted are the tiger, rhinoceros, leopard, and ourang-outang. It is also 
famous for its elephants, which are used as beasts of burden. 



238 


ASIA. 


In what direction is Farther India longest? In what part is the 
Birman empire? Empire of Anam? Siam? Malay peninsula? 
British territories ? Which extends farthest south, Farther India or 
Hindostan ? 


BIRMAN EMPIRE. 

In what direction from us is the Birman empire ? 

The Birman empire is of recent origin, and is one 
of the most important and powerful divisions of Far- 
ther India. 


The Birmans are a brave, warlike people, noted for actv city, enter 
prise and intelligence. 

Ava, situated on the Irawady, about 500 miles from the sea, is 
noted for its magnificent temples and palaces. 

Rangoon, the grand emporium of the empire, is situated on one of 
the branches of the Irawady. Its chief ornament is the great temple 
of Shoe Dagon. 

\ 

In what direction is the Birman empire longest ? What rivers in 
it ? Cities ? What is its extent ? Population ? Government ? Re- 
ligion ? State of society ? 


EMPIRE OF ANAM. 

In what direction from us is the Empire of Anam ? 

The empire of Anam embraces the countries east 
of the Birman empire and Siam, and is npted for its 
fine climate, valuable productions, and numerous 
animals. 

The people are active, industrious, and the late emperor has organi- 
zed his army and navy, and constructed fortresses after the European 
manner. 

Hue is a large and strongly fortified place, and is one of the most 
complete and remarkable military structures in Asia. 

Saigon, formerly the capital of Cambodia, is noted for its strong 
citadel, and the beauty of the surrounding scenery. 

Wdiat is the principal river in Anam ? What cities can you men- 
tion? What is the extent of Anam? Population? Government? 
Religion ? State of society ? 


MALAY. 


239 


SIAM. 


In what direction from us is Siam ? 

Siam is a populous, fertile, and highly cultivated 
kingdom. It has mines of gold, silver and copper, 
and is celebrated for the beauty and docility of its 
elephants. 

The Siamese are of an orange color, generally mild, courteous, but 
disingenuous, vain and avaricious. They are fond of boat fights, com- 
bats of elephants, processions and illuminations. 

Bankok, situated on the river Meinam, may be regarded almost as 
a city floating on the water. The houses are little more than large 
wooden boxes, extending in rows eight or ten feet from the bank, to 
which they are fastened by long bamboos. 

What cities in Siam ? What river ? A. The Meinam. What gulf 
south of Siam ? What is the extent ? Population ? Government ? 
Religion ? State of society ? 


BRITISH POSSESSIONS. 

The British Possessions include two long, narrow strips of territory 
in the western part, — one south of the Brahmaputra, and the other 
south of the river Salwein. 

The principal towns are Arracan and Amherst. 

Of how many portions do the British possessions consist ? Which 
is largest ? What name is given to the part north of the Birman em- 
pire if 


MALAY. 

In what direction from us is Malay ? 

The Malay peninsula is mostly occupied by small 
independent tribes. It is noted for its extensive for- 
ests, numerous rivers, and excellent fruits. 

The inhabitants are noted for the ferocity of their character. Their 
chief occupation is piracy and robbery. 

The ourang outang is found in Malay, and elephants, tigers, croco- 
diles, ike., abound. 

Malacca is the principal place, and is possessed by the British 


240 


ASI 4. 


Singapore, on an island of the same name, is a city of great commercial 
importance, and also belongs to the British. 


What strait separates Malay from Sumatra ? What towns ? What 
is the government? Religion? State of society? — What name is 
often applied to Hindostan, Farther India, and the islands on the coast ? 
A. East Indies. Where are the West Indies ? 


CHINESE EMPIRE. 

How is the Chinese Empire bounded ? Its Capital ? 

The Chinese Empire comprises China, Thibet, 
Corea, and Chinese Tartary, and is one of the most 
extensive and populous empires on the globe. 


CHINA. 



How is China bounded ? Its Capital ? 

China is celebrated for the great antiquity of its 
government ; for its immense population ; for the 
variety of its manufactures and peculiar productions; 



CHINA. 


241 


for the excellence of its inland navigation, and for its 
reserve and jealous policy towards all other nations. 

China has a mild, healthy climate, and a rich 
fertile soil, which is under the highest state of cul- 
tivation. 

The productions are numerous; the most celebra- 
ted among them is tea , which is the leaf of a shrub, 
that grows from 8 to 12 feet high. 

The principal exports are teas, silks and porcelain , 
or China ivare. 



THE CHINESE WALL. 

One of the greatest curiosities of China, is the Chinese wall. It is 
1,500 miles in length, from 20 to 8C feet in height, and sufficiently 
wide for six horsemen to ride abreast. It is said to have been finished 
214 years before the Christian era. It was built as a defence against 
the Tartars. 

Character . — The Chinese are mild, intelligent, courteous, and ex- 
tremely industrious ; but generally vain, timid, artful, and jealous o! 
strangers. 

Towns. — Pekin, the capital of the Chinese Empire, is situated in a 
fertile plain about 50 miles from the great wall. It is 14 miles in cir- 
cumference, and is surrounded by a wall 80 feet high. It is one of the 
most populous cities on the globe, 

Nankin was formerly one of the most splendid cities in China, but 
it is now much decayed. It is distinguished for the extent of its man- 

Ol 




242 A * IA - 

ufactures, particularly silks, crapes and nankeens. It is famous for 
its Porcelain Tower, which is 200 feet high. 

Canton situated on Canton river, is the first commercial city in China. 
Canton, Atjoy, Fou-tcheou, Ning Po, and Shanghae are “ Free Ports,” 
where all nations are allowed to trade. 


In what direction from us is China ? What are the principal riv 
ers of China ? k. k. h. Vs hat bodies of water border on China ? 
What stupendous work of antiquity bounds China on the north ? De- 
scribe the Chinese wall. What canal extends from Hang-choo-foo to 
Pekin ? A. The Imperial Canal ? What cities can you mention ? 
What is the population of Pekin? Nankin? Canton? What is the 
extent of China ? Population ? Government ? Religion ? State of 
society ? In what is the chief beauty of a Chinese lady thought to con 
sist ? A. In the smallness of her feet. These are bound up from her 
infancy to prevent their growing to the natural size. What article in 
common use among us is produced only in China ? What is tea ? 
How much tea is annually exported to the United States and Great 
Britain ? A. About sixty million pounds. At what port are foreigners 
permitted, to trade ? For what is China cele orated ? 


THIBET. 

In what direction from us is Thibet ? 

This is one of the most elevated divisions of Asia. 
The Himalaya mountains, in the southern part, are 
the highest range on the globe ; Chumularee, or 
Dhawala-Griri, the principal summit, is five and a half 
miles high. 

It is a cold and barren country, but abounds in a 
variety of animals ; the most noted among them is a 
species of goat, from the hair of which the Cashmere 
shawls are manufactured. 

The religion of Thibet consists in worshipping the Grand Lama, who 
is regarded by his worshippers as the vicegerent of God. 

Lassa, the capital, is distinguished as the residence of the Grand 
Lama, and is generally thronged with people from various parts of Asia, 
who come to worship his sacred majesty. 


Of what empire does Thibet form a part ? What mountains sepa- 
rate Thibet from Hindostan ? What great desert extends into Thibet ? 
What large rivers rise in Thibet ? c. o. b. i. What cities in Thibet ? What 


ITALY. 


242 


/joted character resides at Lassa ? At Teeshoo Loomboo resides an in- 
ferior Lama. What kingdom south of Thibet, subject to the Grand 
Lama ? A. JBhotan. Where is Little Thibet ? 


CHINESE TARTARY. 

In what direction from us is Chinese Tartary ? 

Chinese Tartary is an extensive country, consist- 
ing of an elevated plain, bounded by lofty mountains. 

It comprises Mantchooria, Mongolia, Soongaria and Little Bokhara. 
Most of the tribes lead a wandering, pastoral life, and are worshippers 
of the Grand Lama. Horses are the wealth and strength of Tartary. 
Horse-flesh is a standing dish from one end of the country to the other. 
Among the Kalmuks, or Songars, marriage is celebrated on horse-back. 
On the day appointed for their nuptials, the bride mounts a fleet horse, 
and rides off at full speed. Her lover pursues her, and if he over- 
takes her, she becomes his wife without further ceremony. But if she 
dislike him, she is sure not to be overtaken. She is generally caught, 
however. 


Of what empire does Chinese Tartary form a part? What rivers 
can you mention in it ? Towns ? What mountains separate it from 
Siberia ? What lakes in it ? In what part is Little Bokhara ? Little 
Thibet? Mongolia? 

COREA. 

In what direction from us is Corea ? 

+ 

Corea is a large peninsula and but little known. 
It is said to be a healthy, fertile, and populous country. 

The capital is King-ki-ta-o. 


Which has the highest latitude, Corea or this state ? What is the 
capital ? k . Between what two seas does Corea lie ? What 13 the 
government ? Religion ? State of society ? What strait between Corea 
and the Japan islands ? 


EMPIRE OF JAPAN. 

In what direction from us is Japan ? 

The empire of Japan consists of the islands ot 


ASIA. 



24 * 

Niphon, Kiusof, Sikofk, and several smaller ones ad* 
jacent. 

It is a rich, populous, and remarkable empire, hold- 
ing no intercourse with any nation, except the Dutch 
and Chinese. 

The climate is mil 1 and healthy, and the soil productive. Agricul- 
ture is held in high estimation, and no portion of the soil, except the 
most barren wastes, is left uncultivated. 

The chief productions are rice , millet , wheat , barley, <fcc. It has 
valuable mines of gold, silver, iron and copper ; and most of the islands 
abound in coal. 

Inhabitants . — The Japanese are the most civilized people in Eastern 
Asia, and are remarkable for their industry and ingenuity. They excel 
most nations in the manufacture of silk and cotton goods, and in Japan 
and porcelain ware. Great attention is paid to education ; and they 
have several schools for the higher branches, as Rhetoric, Astronomy, 
Mathematics, <fcc. 


SEDAN CHAIR. 

Towns . — J eddo is a large, populous, and commercial city, in the east- 
ern part of the island of Niphon. It is the seat of flourishing manu 
factures, and contains many splendid edifices. 

Miaco, the ecclesiastical and literary capital of the empire, is situ 
ated in the interior, 160 miles S. W. of Jeddo. It has an extensive 
commerce, and is distinguished for the extent and value of its man- 
ufactures. 

Nangasaki, on the island of Kiusof, is a large and commercial sea- 
port, and the only place where the Dutch are permitted to trade. 




i ft DEPENDENT TARTARY. 


24 tl 


What does the empire of Japan comprise ? What strait separates 
Siphon from Jesso? What cities in Japan ? Which is the capital ? j. 
Which is the religious capital ? Miaco. What is the extent ? Popula- 
tion ? Government? Religion? State of society? Which extends 
farthest north, Niphon or this state ? What can you say of the inhabi- 
tants of Japan ? At what port are the Dutch permitted to trade ? W hy 
will they not allow any other European nation to trade with them ? La 
what kind of carriage do the ladies ride ? 


INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 



TARTARS EXERCISING WITH TIIE BOW AND LANCE. 


How is Independent Tartary bounded ? Its capital ? 

' Independent Tartary is inhabited by several tribes 
0 f Tartars ; the two principal of which are the Us- 
becks in the south, and the Kirgees in the north. 

The climate in most parts » is mild, and the soil 
generally fertile. Agriculture and manufactures re- 
ceive but little attention. 

This country was formerly the seat of the most, 
powerful empire in Asia, under Grhengis-Khan, Ta- 
merlane, and others, and still presents man) monu- 
ments of its ancient civilization. 

2i* 


ASIA. 


24 b 

Character — The Tartars are a wandering people, and rove from 
place to place, with their flocks, and herds. Their employment consists 
in tending their flocks, hunting and exercising with the bow and lance, 
'll lev are ignorant and superstitious, but brave, and remarkable for 
their hospitality to strangers and travellers. 

Chief Towns . — Bokhara, the capital of Great Bokhara, is 1 00 miles 
west of Samarcand, on the Sogd. It contains many colleges for instruc- 
tion in the Mahommedan law. 

Samarcand is situated on the Sogd, a branch of the Jihon or Oruo 
river. It was once the capital of the empire of Tamerlane, and was 
a celebrated seat of science, but retains little of its former magnifi- 
cence. 


In what direction from us is Independent Tartary ? What sea west 
of Independent Tartary ? What sea in it ? Lake ? What rivers 
empty into them ? What outlets have they ? If they have no outlets, 
what becomes of the water ? What desert in the south-west part f 
What name is given to the southern part ? What tribes can you men- 
tion ? What are the two principal tribes ? What range of mountains in 
the eastern part ? What is the population ? Government ? Religion ? 
State of society? What can you say of the Tartars? What is a 
favorite amusement ? Which extends farthest south, Independent 
Tartary or this state ? 


SIBERIA. 

How is Siberia bounded ? Its Capital ? 

Siberia is a cold, extensive and dreary region, in- 
habited by a number of barbarous tribes, who are 
subject to Russia. 

It is mostly a level country, consisting of vast 
plains called steppes , many of which are entirely des- 
titute of vegetation. 

Siberia has rich mines of gold , silver , copper , 
lead and iron; and abounds in wild animals, many 
of which are highly valuable on account of their 
furs, particularly the martin , sable , beaver and er- 
mine. Besides these, there are elks , ivolves , bears , 
reindeer , foxes , hares , &c. In Kamtchatka, dogs 
are used for drawing carriages. 


TURKEY I N" EUROPE. 24’ 



TRAVELLING IN KAMTCHATKA. 


Siberia serves the Russian government as a place of banishment 
for convicts and prisoners of state. Men of superior talents and exalte*! 
virtues have been sent to spend the remainder of their days in thes-* 
cold and desolate regions, only for their adherence to liberal principles 
and just laws. 

Character . — The original inhabitants are ignorant, filthy and barba- 
rous, and subsist by hunting and fishing. 

Towns, — Tobolsk, the capital of Siberia, is noted as a place of ban 
ishment for criminals sent from Russia, and is the centre of the Russian 
fur trade. 

Irkoutsk, the chief town of Eastern Siberia, is the principal mart o. 
commerce between Russia and China. It is the most splendid and 
prosperous city in Siberia. 


In what direction from us is Siberia ? What bodies of water bor- 
der on Siberia ? What peninsula in the eastern part ? What capes 
can you mention ? Rivers ? Lake ? Towns ? What tribes can you 
mention? What is the mode of travelling in Kamtchatka ? What 
mountains separate Siberia from Russia in Europe ? From the Chinese 
Empire ? What town south of lake Baikal, noted for its trade with the 
Chinese ? A. Kiatka. Of what empire does Siberia form a part ? 
What is its form of government ? Should you like to live in Siberia ! 
Why not ? 


CAUCASUS. 

How is Caucasus bounded ? Its Capital ? 

Caucasus comprises the country between the 


248 


ASIA. 


Caspian and Black Seas, and lies partly in Europe 
and partly in Asia, and is inhabited by a number 
of nations, who are subject to Russia. 

It is a rough, broken, and mountainous country, 
entirely destitute of plains ; the climate in the val- 
leys is mild and healthy, and the soil fertile. 



SELLING A CIRCASSIAN FEMALE. 


The Circassians and Georgians are the two principal nations in this 
division. The Circassians inhabit the northern declivity of the Cauca- 
sian mountains, and are a ferocious and barbarous people. 

The Georgians possess the country south of the Caucasian moun- 
tains, and are friendly and hospitable, and said to be the handsomest 
people in the world. 

These nations are celebrated for the beauty of their females ; num- 
bers of whom are sold by their parents as slaves to the Turks and 
Persians. 

Tiflis, the capital of Georgia, is situated on the river Kur It is 
strongly fortified, and contains a number of churches, and is the resi- 
dence of the Russian governor. 


In what direction from us is Caucasus ? What three seas border on 
j t ? Does it lie wholly in Europe or Asia ? What part of it lies in 
Europe ? A. The part north of the Caucasian mountains. In what 
part is Georgia ? What separates the Circassians from the Georgians \ 


AFRICA. 


249 


What is said of the Georgians? How do parents dispose of their 
daughters? What is the government ? Religion? State of society * 


AFRICA. 

% 

Africa is one of the largest grand divisions of the 
globe, and is remarkable for the heat of its climate, 
its immense sandy deserts, and for the ignorance and 
barbarism of its inhabitants. 

Africa is, and ever has been, the land of mystery. 
Although it is separated from Europe but by a nar- 
row sea; and notwithstanding its coasts have been 
sailed round for centuries, and even surveyed ; still 
we know but little more of the interior than did the 
ancients, three thousand years ago. 

In ancient times, A frica contained many kingdoms and states emi- 
nent for their wealth, civilization and power. Among these, Ethio 
pia was much celebrated, — Egypt, the cradle of the arts and sciences, 
brought to Europe the first germs of civilization, — and Carthage ex- 
tended her commerce over every part of the then known world 
But these once flourishing regions have been frequently conquered, 
and every spark of science has for ages been extinguished. Though 
the second in size, it is at the present time the least known, least civil- 
ized, and the least important of the five grand divisions of the globe. 

The surface of Africa presents strange contrasts. In some parts 
it is excessively parched ; in others marshy # or flooded ; and by refer- 
ence t the map, it will be 6een that it is penetrated by no inland seas 
like those of Europe and Asia, and i9 overspread by no extensive lakes, 
as North America. It contains but few navigable rivers, and these 
of short extent, and no bays, gulfs or inlets, like the other grand di- 
visions, which open a way into its immense internal regions, and 
which might thus promote commerce and civilization throughout the 
interior. But in addition to these disadvantages, we find its various 
parts -separated from each other, by arid deserts of formidable extent, 
which cannot be traversed without the most imminent danger, and 
the severest suffering. Hence we see the reason why Africa has re- 
mained so long unexplored, and the progress of civilization so much 
slower than in any other quarter of the globe.* 


* Living in abundance, but separated from one another by deserts; surrounded 
o * copious and excellent food of spontaneous growth, but encountering obstacles 
In all their attempts at artificial culture; enjoying a climate which required no 
clothing to protect them from cold, nor dwelling to shelter them from rain, the 
Vegro, or Ethiopian, and probably also the Cadre or Troglodyte, never felt tlmf 


250 


A F R 1 C A . 


The most remarkable of the African deserts is the Sahara. This 
is a vast plain, but little elevated above the level of the ocean, and 
covered with sand and gravel, with a mixture of sea shells, and ap- 
pears like the basin of an evaporated sea. Amid the desert there are 
springs of water, which burst forth and create verdant spots, called 
Oases. There are thirty-two of these, which contain fountains, and 
date and palm trees ; twenty of them are inhabited. They ser re as 
stopping places for the caravans, and often contain villages. Were 
it not for these, no human being could cross this waste of turning 
sand. So violent, sometimes, is the burning wind, that the scorching 
heat dries up the water of these springs, and then frequently, the most 
disastrous consequences follow. In 1805, a caravan, consisting of 
2,000 persons, and 1,800 camals, not finding water at the usual resting 
place, died of thirst, both men and animals. Storms of wind are more 
terrible and destructive on this desert than on the ocean. Vast surges 
and clouds of red sand are raised and rolled forward, burning every 
thing in their way, and it is said that whole tribes have thus been 
swallowed up. 

In no part of the earth, do the empire of fertility and that of barren 
ness come into closer contact than in Africa. Wherever moisture and 
heat are united, vegetation displays great vigor and magnificence. The 
inhabitants find abundant food at a trifling amount of labor. The corn 
stalks bend under their load, — the vine attains a gigantic size — melons 
and pumpkins acquire enormous bulk — millet and holcus, a species of 
grain which is common over three-fourths of Africa, though badly cul- 
tivated, yield a crop of two hundred fold ; and the date tree, which 
furnishes an important article of food, is able to withstand the fiery 
winds of the neighboring deserts. The forests of mount Atlas are 
equal to the finest of Italy and Spain. The 6oil, when well watered, 
is luxuriant beyond what the inhabitants of more northern climates can 
well conceive, producing plants and fruits, at the same time the most 
nutritious, the most refreshing, and the most wholesome. 

The animal kingdom presents still greater variety. Africa can 
enumerate five times as many species of quadrupeds as Asia, and three 
times as many as all America. Among these are some of the most 
vigorous, ferocious, and beautiful varieties. The African lion is the only 
one worthy of the name. The un wieldly hippopotamus, the majestic 
giraffe, and the largest of birds, the ostrich, are peculiar to this division. 


stimulus of necessity which creates industry and reflection. Enjoying a wild 
happiness of condition, they satisfied the demands of sense and scarcely possessed 
any notion of an intellectual world. But they felt the presence of an invisible 
power. They looked for its residence in the tree which gave them food — in the 
rock which shaded them — in the serpent which they dreaded — and even in the 
monkeys and parrots which flitted around theih. Some believed that a piece of 
wood, or polished stone, was the seat of supernatural power. They were delighted 
to think that their deities could be carried along with them in all their motions. 
This system, which is called Fetichism, and which is the rudest form of Panthe- 
ism, seems common to every climate and to every race ; but it prevailed to the 
exclusion of every other, in Africa, and especially among the Negroes. 


AFRICA . 


25 1 


Among the other animals are the elephant, rhinoceros, zebra, panther 
leopard, hysena, jackal, wolf But the most beneficent gift of nature to 
the African is the camel, the constitution of which is in every respect 
adapted to the country and climate. Africa abounds in serpents of 
monstrous size and deadly poison, and swarms with insects of the most 
troublesome and destructive kinds. 

The inhabitants of Africa belong to two distinct races, viz: the Eu- 
ropean aud African? The former includes the natives of the Barbary 
States, Egypt, Nubia and Abyssinia; the latter embraces those of the 
central and southern parts, distinguished by the blackness of their com- 
plexion, the sb^rt, crisped, woolly nature of their hair, the thickness of 
their lips and the flatness of their noses. They are termed Negroes or 
Africans, and form the most numerous class of inhabitants. 

By reference to the map, it will be seen that Africa, by its relative 
position, is more favorably situated for commerce than any other divi- 
ei.in of the globe. Placed almost in the centre of the world, it enjoy? 
an easy communication with Europe, Asia and America. It abound** 
in all the necessaries and luxuries of life, and its inhabitants need only 
to be enlightened by science, and directed by the generous spirit of the 
gospel, to render them the most happy of mankind. 

\ ■■ ■ 1 ■ 

Questions . — How does Africa compare with North America in size ? 
What is its probable population ? How many square miles does it 
contain ? For what is it remarkable ? Have civilized nations ever 
known much about the geography of Africa ? What celebrated nations 
once flourished in Africa ? What has become of them, do you sup- 
pose ? What do you imagine will be the situation of this nation three 
thousand years hence ? Hid you ever see any animals that were brought 
from Africa ? 


MAP OF AFRICA. 
How is Africa bounded ? 


Morocco ? 

Capital ? 

Principal Towns ? 

Algiers ? 

Capital ? 

Principal Towns ? 

Tunis ? 

Capital ? 

Principal Towns ? 

Tripoli ? 

Capital ? 

Principal Towns ? 

Barca ? 

Capital ? 

Principal Towns ? 

Egypt? 

Capital ? 

Principal Towns ? 

Nubia ? 

Capital ? 

Principal Towns ? 

A byssinia ? 

Capital ? 

Principal Towns* 


Where is Fezzan ? What is its capital ? 

Where is Sene Gambia ? Its chief towns ? 

Where is Sierra Leone ? What is its chief town ? 
Where is Liberia? What is its chief town? 

Where is Guinea ? What are its principal kingdoms? 
Where is Ix>ango ? What ars its chief towns ? 




252 


AFRICA. 


Where is Congo ? What is its capital ? 
Where is Benguela ? Its principal towns ? 
Where is Cimbebas ? What cape has it ? 
Where is Cape Colony ? Its chief town ? 
Where is Catfraria ? Its chief town ? 
Where is Mozambique ? Its cliief town ? 
Where is Zanguebar ? Its chief towns ? 
Where are Ajan and Somauli ? 

Where is Ethiopia ? What towns in it ? 
Where is Soudan ? Its principal towns ? 
Where is Darfur ? What is its capital ? 


RIVERS. 

Where does the Nile rise, in what direction does it run, ani where 
does it empty ? Niger ? Senegal ? Gambia ? Grand ? Gaboon ? 
Zaire, or Congo ? Coanza ? Orange ? Zambezi ? Haines ? 


islands. 

Where are the A zores ? 

Where are the Madeira Isles ? 

Where are the Ca-na-ry Isles ? 

Where are the Cape de Verd Isles ? 

Where are Fernando Po, Princes, St. Thomas and Annobou Isles? 
Where is Ascension Isle ? St. Helena? 

Where is Madagascar ? What towns on it ? 

Where is Mauritius ? Bourbon Isles ? 

Where are the Comoro Isles ? 

Where are the Aldabra Isles ? 

Where are Seychelles and Almirante Isles ? 

Where is the island of Socotra? 


CAPES. 

Where is cape Bon ? 

Where is cape Guardafui ? 

Where is cape of Good Hope? 

Where is cape Verde ? 

Where is cape Spartel ? Cantin and Nun ? Barbas and Blanco \ 
Roxo ? Palmas ? Three Points and Coast Castle ? Frio and Agulhas 
Recil ? Delgado ? Bassa ? Ambro and St. Mary ? 

tt 


DESERTS. 

Where is Sahara, or Great Desert ? 
Where is the Lybian Desert ? 

MOUNTAINS. 

Where are the Atlas mountains ? 

Where are the mountains of the Moon \ 


EGYPT 


Where are the mountains of Kong ? 
Where are the Snow mountains ? 


LAKES. 

Where is lake Tchad ? 

Where is lake Demba ? 

Where is lake Maravi ? 


GULFS. 

Where is the gulf of Cabes ? 
Where is the gulf of Sidra ? 
Where is the gulf of Guinea ? 


STRAITS. 

Where is the strait of Babelmandel ? 
Where is the strait of Gibraltar ? 
Where is the channel of Mozambique ? 


EGYPT. 



MOSQUE OF THE SULTAN HASSAN. 

How is Egypt bounded ? What is its capital ? 

Egypt is celebrated for its great antiquity ; for the 
early civilization of its inhabitants, and for being the 
parent of the arts and sciences. But like most seats 
of early renown, it has lost its former greatness, and 

oo 


254 


AFRICA. 


is now distinguished only for the magnificence of its 
ruins. 

Egypt is divided into two parts, Upper and Lower. Upper Egypt 
extends from Nubia to Cairo; and Lower Egypt from Cairo to the 
Mediterranean. 

The cultivated part of Eg ypt consists principally of a fertile \ ale, 
from 10 to 20 miles in breadth, on both sides of the river Nile. The 
remainder consists chiefly of sandy deserts. 

The climate in summer is extremely warm ; in winter it is mild and 
agreeable. 

The chief productions are maize , rice, wheat, barley, cotton, indigo, 
and most of the f ruits of the torrid and temperate zones. 

Rain is very uncommon in Egypt, but owing to the annual flood of 
the Nile, and the heavy dews, the soil seldom suffers for want of moist- 
ure. The Nile annually overflows its banks, and spreads over the 
country like a sea. The rise of the Nile commences about the middle 
of June, and begins to subside about the first of September. The lands 
thus overflowed are extremely fertile and easily cultivated. 

Inhabitants . — The inhabitants consist of Copts, Arabs, Turks and 
Jews. The Copts are the most numerous class, and are the descend- 
ants of the ancient Egyptians. They are active, ingenious, and well 
skilled in business. 

Cities. — Cairo, the capital of Egypt., is one of the largest and most 
interesting cities in the world. It is about ten miles in circuit, and is 
remarkable for the great number of gardens it contains, and for the 
beautiful plantations and groves around it. The houses are built of 
stone and brick, with terraces and flat roofs, and the windows are often 
glazed with colored glass. There are 80 public baths, 800 magnificent 
mosques adorned with lofty minarets, 2 Greek, 12 Coptish, 1 Arminian 
church, and 86 synagogues ; also numerous manufactories of silk, 
camblet, tapestry, gunpowder, leather, linen, cotton, (fee. It contains 
likewise a Mohammedan high school, a printing office, and a library of 
about 25,000 volumes. It is the centre of trade between Europe, Asia 
and the interior of Africa, and the resort of travellers from various parts 
of the world. Although a large city, yet its present appearance can 
scarcely be compared with the idea of its ancient glory, when it was 
the metropolis of Africa, the second capital of the east, the scene of the 
wonders of Arabian romance, and of the real incidents of Arabian his 
tory, scarcely more credible than those of oriental fiction. 

Alexandria was built by Alexander the Great, 381 years B. C., and 
for a long time was the seat of learning, commerce, and magnificence, 
and remarkable for its palaces and temples, and for its large library, 
consisting of 700,000 manuscript volumes. It is now greatly decayed, 
and abounds in the ruins of its ancient grandeur ; among which are 
Pom] ley’s Pillar, 75 feet high, two obelisks, and the catacombs. In the 
height of its splendor, it is said tc have contained 600,000 inhabitants. 

Antiquities. — Egypt abounds in the most stupendous monuments 


BARB ARY STATES. 


256 


of antiquity, as pyramids, temples, obelisks, catacombs, d’C. The 
pyramids have been the wonder of all ages of the world. The largest 
of them is that of Cheops, near Cairo. It is 500 feet high, and covers 
more than 11 acres. When, by whom, and for what purpose they 
were erected, is entirely unknown. Near one of the pyramids is the 
celebrated Sphynx, a statue of a huge monster, cut out of the solid 
rock. It has the face of a virgin, the body of a lion, and is 125 feet in 
length. 


In what direction from us is Egypt? What river in Egypt? What 
cities? Whatcity at the head of the gulf of Suez ? s. What is the width 
of the isthmus of Suez ? What desert extends into the western part of 
Egypt ? What is the extent ? Population ? Government ? Religion ? 
What doos Egypt abound in ? In what part are the ruins of Thebes ? 


BARBARY STATES. 


. Which are the Barbary States ? m. a. t. t. b. 

The northern part of Africa, now included in the 
Barbary States, once contained several kingdoms and 
states, eminent for power, wealth, and commerce. 
But they have been repeatedly conquered, and 
scarcely exhibit a vestige of their former greatness. 

The inhabitants of the Barbary States are divided into four classes, 
viz., Moors, Jews, Arabs and Berbers. The former are ignorant, rapa- 
cious and cruel, and have long been noted for their piracies and politi- 
cal debasement 

Between the Atlas mountains and the Mediterranean, the climate 
is mild and pleasant, and the soil is fertile, but miserably cultivated. 

The chief productions are oil, wine, fruit, sugar, cotton, and most 
kinds of grain. 

Between the Atlas mountains and the Desert, the country produces 
little except dates, but these grow in such abundance, that it is called 
Bilcdulgerid, or the land of dates. 

These states are distinguished for the number of noxious animals 
which infest the mountains and desert tracks ; the most noted and fero- 
cious among them are lions, panthers and hyenas. 

Serpents of an enormous size are also common. The most noted is 
the boa constrictor, or serpent of the desert, which moves with such in- 
credible swiftness that no animal can escape from it. 

Among the great variety of insects in these states, the most for- 
midable is the locust, which often comes from the desert in such im- 
mense swarms as to devour every species of vegetation. 


256 


AFRICA. 


BARCA. 

How is Barca bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Barca, the ancient Libya, is a small state, nomi- 
nally dependent on Tripoli. The interior is mostly a 
desert, and once contained the temple of Jupiter Am- 
mon. The coast of Barca, once famed for its three- 
fold crops, is still fertile but badly cultivated. 

The sovereignity is divided between two Beys, one of whom resides 
at Herne ; the other at Bengazi. 

Herne is situated about half a mile from the Mediterranean. It was 
taken in 1805, by Gen. Eaton, a native of Brimfield, Mass.* 


In what direction from us is Barca ? What gulf west of Barca ? 
What towns in Barca ? What desert south of Barca ? What coun- 
try in Europe opposite to Barca ? What is the government ? Re- 
ligion ? * 


TRIPOLI. 

How is Tripoli bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Tripoli, the ancient Tripolis, is the most civilized, 
but the weakest of the Barbary States, and abounds 
in the remains of antiquity. 

Tripoli, the capital, is a regular, well built and fortified city, and has 
an excellent harbor. 


In what direction from us is Tripoli ? What two gulfs north of Tri- 
poli ? What towns ? What division south of Tripoli ? What is the 
government ? Religion ? 


TUNIS. 

How is Tunis bounded ? Its Capital ? 

Tunis, the ancient Africa Propria , and the seat 
of the Carthaginian power, is one of the most power- 
ful states of Barbary. 


*See Olnev’s History of the United States, page 198. 


MOROCCO. 


2o7 


Tunis, the capital, is situated about six miles from the gulf of Tunis, 
and is one of the first cites in Africa. It has considerable trade, and 
valuable manufactures. 

About 1 2 miles N. E. of Tunis are the ruins of ancient Cartilage, 
which was founded by Di Jo, 869 years before Christ. For a long time, 
Carthage was the emporium of northern Africa, the empress of the sea, 
and the formidable rival of Rome. It was destroyed by the Romans 
undei Scipio Africanus, at the close of the third Panic war, 146 vears 
B. C. 


In what direction from us is Tunis ? What gulf east of Tunis? 
What noted cape north of it ? What towns in it ? What large island 
between Tunis and Italy ? What small island east of Tunis ? What 
ancient city once stood near the northern part ? What is the govern- 
ment ? Religion ? Population ? 

ALGIERS. 

How is Algiers bounded ? What is its Capital ? 

Algiers, the ancient Numidia, is the most fertile 
and healthy of the Barbary states, and is noted for 
the valuable coral fishery on its coast. It was con- 
quered in 1830 by France, and is now held as a co- 
lonial territory. 

Algiers, the capital, is a large and strongly fortified towm. It hac 
a good harbor, and considerable commerce. 

Constantina is a large city of the interior, and occupies the site of 
ancient Cirta. It is 160 miles east of Algiers, and is said to contain 
many elegant buildings. 


In what direction from us is Algiers ? What mountains extend 
into Algiers ? What towns can you mention ? In the possession of 
what government is Algiers ? What is the population ? Government ? 
Religion ? What country in the southern part of Algiers ? What coun- 
try in Europe opposite to Algiers ? 


MOROCCO. 

How is Morgcco bounded ? What is its capital ? 

The empire of Morocco, the ancient Mauritania, 
embraces the kingdoms of Fez , Morocco, TaJiJct, and 
Tarudant , and is noted for the fertility of its soil,. 

and its abundance of fruits , grain , olives , &c. 

22 * 


258 


AFRICA. 


Morocco, the capital, is situated in the midst of a fertile plain, about 
120 miles from the Atlantic. It is surrounded by a high wall, and 
contains many splendid temples and mosques, but is much decayed. 

Fez, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Fez, is the most splendid 
city in the Barbary States. It is situated in a beautiful valley, and 
was once famous for its institutions of learning. 

In what direction from us is Morocco? What bodies of water 
border on Morocco ? What towns can you mention ? What mountains i 
How long are the Atlas mountains? How high is mount Miltsin? 
What tribes in the southern part ? What islands north-west of Morocco ? 
a. West? m. South-west? c. What naval action took place near the 
Canaries, and when ? Which is the most northern town ? What noted 
fortress in Spain opposite ? What is the width of the straits of Gib- 
ralter ? 


SENE GAMBIA. 



AFRICAN ANIMALS. 


Sene Gambia embraces a number of small populous 
states, and in general, is a well watered and fertile 
country. The climate is intensely warm, and at 
most seasons of the year, extremely unhealthy to 
foreigners. 

Respecting the various tribes of Negroes , that inhabit this coast, little 


250 


SIERRA LEONE. 

is known with certainty. The most numerous tribes are the Foulahs , 
JallojpSy Fclops , aiul Mandingoes. They are ignorant, superstitious, 
and indolent, and are acquainted with but few of the aits of civilized 
life ; but their natural dispositions are mild and benevolent. The 
English, French, and Portuguese have settlements on the coast for the 
purpose of trading with the natives. 

The principal articles of export are gum, gold , ivory and Slaves. 
Sene Gambia abounds in almost every species of wild anil lids. 
Elephants are extremely numerous, and furnish almost all the ivoi y ot 
commerce. This region is much infested by venomous insects , dis- 
gusting reptiles , and clouds of locusts. % 

Tiinboo is the capital of Foota Jaloo, and is represented as one oi 
the largest cities in this part of Africa. 

The Foolahs, or inhabitants of Foota Jallo, are scattered over a great 
part of Africa. The great body of the nation live about the sources oi 
the Gambia and liio Grande. Besides these, there are tribes of them 
south of Fezzan, and on the coniines of Bornou; likewise on the Niger 
and Senegal. They are said to be mild, humane , polite , industrious 
and hospitable. 


In what direction from us is Sene Gambia ? What three rivers in 
Sene Gambia ? What towns? What two capes on tlie coast? What 
small island between Cape Verde and Cape Roxo, once the greatest 
military station of the French in Africa ? A. Goree Isle. W r hat town 
situated on an island at the mouth of the Senegal, capital of all the 
French possessions in Western Africa? St.-L. What cluster of islands 
west of Sene Gambia ? 


i 

SIERRA LEONE. 

The English settlement of Sierra Leone was formed 
in 1787, for the purpose of civilizing the Africans, 
and of facilitating the abolition of the slave trade. 
The colony contains about 17,000 inhabitants, com- 
posed chiefly of liberated negroes, taken from captured 
slave ships. 

Here are a number of missionaries, actively engaged inthebenevo 
lent employment of instructing the Africans in the elements of learning 
and religion, and in the arts of civilized life ; and their labors thus far 
have been attended with encouraging success. 

Freetown, the capital of Sierra Leone, is situated near the mouth 
of Sierra Leone river and has an excelled harbor and about 13,000 
inhabitants. * 


260 


AFRICA 


In what direction from us is Sierra Leone ? Where is Sierra Leone ? 
What island on the coast ? s. What is the principal town in Sierra 
Leone ? f. 


LIBERIA. 



VIEW IN LIBERIA. 

Liberia is an American colony, founded by the 
American Colonization Society, in 1820. The object 
of the settlement, was to furnish a place for the free 
negroes and emancipated slaves of the United States. 

Liberia extends from Cape Mount to Cape Palmas, and is about 
300 miles in length. The colony is in a flourishing condition, and is 
exerting a happy influence on the neighboring tribes. It contains se- 
veral populous towns and villages. The inhabitants are industrious, 
and actively engaged in agriculture and trade. Monrovia is the chief 
town. 


Map of Liberia. In what direction from us is Liberia ? What 
rivers in Liberia ? What capes ? What towns ? What colonies \ l. m. m 
What tribes of Africans \ 


UPPER GUINEA. 

Upper Guinea comprises a number of small king 


LOWER GUINEA. 


261 


Joms, the principal of which are Ashantee, Dahomey, 
and Benin. 

Asiiantee is the most powerful, civilized, and commercial kingdom 
in tlie western part of Africa. The capital is Coomassie. 

Dahomey is a populous and fertile kingdom, inhabited bv a savage, 
ferocious and warlike people. The capital is Abomey, which is merely 
a large collection of huts. 

Benin is scarcely known to Europeans, but it is represented as a 
fertile and well watered country, and said to be inhabited by an indus- 
trious and humane people. The capital is Benin. 

The coast of Guinea is divided into the Grain, the Ivory and Gold 
coast; each portion being named from its principal article of commerce. 
There are a number of European settlements or factories on the Gold 
coast, established for the purpose of trading with the natives for gold 
dust. Cape Coast Castle belongs to the British — Elmina to the Dutch — 
and Christiansburg to the Danes. 

In what direction from us is Upper Guinea? What mountains se- 
parate Upper Guinea from Soudan ? What rivers? downs? Gulfs? 
VVliat is the government of these tribes ? State of society ? 


LOWER GUINEA. 



METHOD OF CARRYING THE NOBILITY IN LOWER GUINEA. 


Lower Guinea comprises Biafra, Loan go, Congo, 


262 


AFRICA. 


Angola and Beneguela. It is an extensive, fertile and 
populous country. The natives are rude and bar- 
barous, and extremely stupid. It abounds in wild 
animals, venomous serpents, &c. 

St. Salvador, the capital of the kingdom of Congo, is situated in 
the interior, on the top of a high mountain. Its position is extolled as 
one of the most healthy in the world. The Portuguese have several 
settlements in Congo, for the purpose of carrying on the slave trade, 
the capital of which, and of all their settlements in this part of Africa, 
is Loanda. 

Biafra borders on the gulf of Biafra, and is almost wholly unknown. 
Its capital is Biafra. 


In what direction from us is Lower Guinea ? How is Lower Guinea 
divided ? What rivers ? Towns ? What is the government of these 
tribes ? 


CIMBEBAS. 

The country between Lower Guinea and South Africa lias been 
called Cimbebas, from the name of a powerful tribe which is said to in- 
habit the interior. The inhabitants are said to be extremely ignorant 
and filthy, and have no other clothing than the skins of annuals. 


SOUTH AFRICA. 

South Africa comprises the country south of the 
tropic of Capricorn, and is divided into the Cape Colo- 
ny, Caffraria and the country of the Hottentots. 


Cate Colony belongs to Great Britain, and is the most important 
possession of that government in Africa. 

The inhabitants consist of Dutch, English, and Hottentots. The soil 
is fertile, and produces grain, wine, fruits, and good pasturage. The 
farmers are called boors, and occupy extensive tracts of land. Near 
Cape Town is Table Mountain, so called from its singular shape. 

Cape Town is regularly and handsomely built, and is an important 
station, being the only place where vessels stop for refreshment, to and 
from the East Indies. 


EASTERN AFRICA 


263 


In what direction from us is Cape Colony ? What river in Cape 
Colony ? Towns ? Mountains ? When was the Cape of Good Hope 
discovered ? When doubled ? To what government does Cape Colony 
belong ? What is the government ? Religion State of society ? 



HOTTENTOT VILLAGE. 


The Hottentots are divided into various tribes ; the principal ol 
which are the Bechuana, Namaquas, Bushmen, Batclapees, and Zoulahs. 
They are, in general, an ignorant, stupid, and filthy people. They build 
their houses in a circular form, with the doors opening towards the cen- 
tre, and thus form a kind of court, into which their cattle are collected 
at night, to preserve them from the beasts of prey. 

Caffraria is little known. The inhabitants generally resemble the 
other tribes of Hottentots in their manners, but are more hardy and 
enterprising. 


EASTERN AFRICA. 

The eastern coast of Africa, extending from Caf- 
fraria to Abyssinia, contains a number of separate 
kingdoms, of which we have but little knowledge. 

Mozambique embraces a large extent of country, and is nominally 
subject to the Portuguese. 

The city of Mozambique is the capital of aP the Portuguese posses 
eions in this part of Africa. Population, 3,000 


264 


AFRICA. 


Zanguebar is said to be an unhealthy country, and to abound in wild 
animals, serpents, crocodiles, tfcc. 

Melinda is the capital of a kingdom of the same name, which is 
partially dependent on the Portuguese. 

Ajan is a Mahometan state, and has a considerable trade in gold, 
ivory, and ambergris. Many parts of it are barren and desolate. 

Somauli i? a fertile and populous kingdom, and. is noted for its 
frankincense and myrrh. 


In what direction from us is Eastern Africa? How is the eastern 
coast of Africa divided ? What river in Mozambique? Zanguebar? 
What small kingdoms or states in Zanguebar ? What towns ? 
What town in Somauli, noted for its frankincense, gum Arabic and 
myrrh ? What is the government of Eastern Africa ? State of 
eoeiety ? 


ABYSSINIA. 

Abyssinia, the ancient Ethiopia, is a mountain- 
ous country, and has a fine, healthy climate, and a 
rich, fertile soil. 

/ % 

The principal productions are wheat , and a small 

grain called teff, balsam , myrrh , &c. 

Among the other vegetable productions is the 'pa- 
pyrus, so celebrated among the ancients as the origi- 
nal material of paper. 

Inhabitants. — The Abvssinians are in the lowest state of civiliza- 
tion ; and in many of then* customs, they are extremely barbarous and 
brutal. They scarcely regard human life, and are fond of eating raw 
flesh, cut from the living animal, in its warm, palpitating state. They 
profess Christianity, but it is more in name than in reality. 

Gondar is situated on a hill, surrounded by a deep valley. It has 
a mean appearance, its houses being built of clay, and only of one 
etory. 

Axum, the former capital, is distinguished for its extensive ruins. 

•» 

In what direction from us is Abyssinia ? What river in Abys 
sinia ?’ Lake ? Towns ? What mountains extend into Abyssinia ? 
What separates Abyssinia from Arabia ? How wide is the strait of 
Babelmandel ? W r hat is the government of Abyssinia ? Religion ? 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 


255 


NUBIA. 

Nubia contains several kingdoms ; the two prin- 
cipal ol which are Sermaar and Dongola. 

Nubia is mostly an extensive tract of sandy and 
rocky deserts, and but thinly inhabited. 

The wind here moves the sand like the waves of the sea ; and so 
rapidly that nothing can escape it. The Simoom , or poisonous blast 
from the desert, blows here, which if received into the lungs, causes in 
stant death. 

The climate is extremely warm, but generally 
dry and healthy. The soil on the banks of the Nile 
is rich and fertile. 

The principal articles of commerce are gold dust . 
ivory and slaves . 

Nubia is celebrated for its magnificent remains of 
antiquity. 

The most noted among them is the temple of Isambul, which is cut 
out of a solid rock, and is 86 feet high, and 117 wide. It is in a com- 
plete state of preservation, although it is supposed to have been built 
more than 2,000 years. 

Inhabitants . — The inhabitants consist of numerous tribes of Arabs, 
most of whom are noted for their treachery, intemperance and fero- 
city. 

Towns. — Dongola, the capital of the kingdom of Dongola, is situa 
ted on the Nile, 280 miles south of Syene. It is a meanly built town, 
and is in a state of decay. It is now in the possession of the Mame- 
lukes, who have been expelled from Egypt. 

Senna ar, the capital of the kingdom of Sennaar, is situated on a 
branch of the Nile. It is a large, populous, and meanly built town, and 
has considerable commerce. 


In what direction from us is Nubia ? What celebrated river passes 
through Nubia ? W r hat desert in the northern part ? What towns ? 
What cataracts in the Nile? What is the religion of Nubia? For 
what is Nubia celebrated ? Describe the temple of Ipstambul ? W r hat 
poisonous wind in Nubia ? 


CENTRAL AFRICA. 

The interior of Africa is very little known. It is 
divided by the G-ebel el Kumri, or Mountains of the 


266 


AFRICA. 


Moon, into Soudan on the north, and Ethiopia on the 
south. 



THE LION ATTACKING A COW. 


Ethiopia has never been visited by white men, and consequently its 
geography is entirely unknown. 

Soudan is divided into a great number of small kingdoms, most oi 
which have never been explored by Europeans. Those parts which 
have been explored are well watered and extremely fertile, producing 
all the luxuries of the vegetable kingdom, and abound in almost every 
species of wild animals. 

The inhabitants consist of Negroes, who are said to be more mild 
and humane than those living on the coast. 

The Niger is the principal river in Soudan, and has excited an ex- 
traordinary degree of interest, by reason of the various and contra- 
dictory accounts, relative to its source and termination. But it is now 
ascertained that it empties into the gulf of Guinea. In 1830, Richard 
and John Lander, two enterprising English travellers, set out for the 
purpose of tracing the course of the river to its mouth. They reached 
ft a short distance from Sackatoo, and then descended it to its tormina 
nation in the gulf of Guinea. Its course is through a rich and popu 
ious country, the inhabitants of which have made considerable progress 
in civilization. 

The principal kingdoms of Soudan, known to Europeans, are Bar 
fur , Bar Zaleh, Begharmi, Bornou , Houssa , Borgou, Timbuctoo , Bam- 
barra , Kanem , Kuar , and Fezzan. 

Darfur is a considerable kingdom, and is inhabited by an indus- 
trious people, who are principally engaged in agriculture. Cobbe is the 
capital. 



CEN RAL AFRICA. 


2b7 

Dar Zaleu is an extensive kingdom, but little known. Wara is it* 
capital. 

Begharmi is a small kingdom dependent on Bornou. Tlie capital 
is Babalia. 

Bornou embraces an extensive, fertile tract, and is the most power- 
ful and flourishing kingdom in Soudan. Kouka is the capital, and is 
said to be a large city. 

Houssa is a large kingdom, and is inhabited by an intelligent peo- 
ple, who have considerable skill in agriculture and manufactures. 
The chief town and great emporium of the kingdom of Houssa. is 
Kano. 

*The Felatah empire is of modern date. It is represented as a pow- 
erful empire, and is said to hold several kingdoms in subjection. The 
capital is Sackatoo. It was built in 1805, and is said to be a large, 
populous town. 

Borgou is subject to the Felatah empire. Boussa is the capital. 

Timbuctoo is a large, fertile, and powerful kingdom, and one of the 
most civilized in Soudan. Timbuctoo, the capital of the kingdom, is 
situated about 10 miles from the Niger. It is the centre of commerce 
for Soudan, and is the resort of caravans from Egypt, Nubia, Barbary 
and Abyssinia. 

Bambarra is a large, fertile, and powerful kingdom. Sego, the capi- 
tal, is situated on both sides of the Niger, and contains about 30,000 
inhabitants. 

♦ 

Kanem is a powerful kingdom, lying north of Bornou. The capital 
is Koriah, and is a place of extensive trade. 

Kuar is an extensive tract, lying west of Dongola, consisting mostly 
of deserts, interspersed with a few fertile spots like islands. It is in- 
hapited by the Tibbous, who are a wandering tribe, and possess all the 
regions south and S. E. of Fezzan. 

Fezzan is a large kingdom tributary to Tripoli. It consists of an 
extensive oasis, or fertile spot, in the northern part of the Desert, sur- 
rounded on all sides, except the west, by mountains. It is chiefly* im- 
portant as the centre of trade for the caravans which traverse the inte- 
rior. The chief productions are dates. The capital is Mourzouk, and is 
the grand depot for the commerce carried on between the Barbary 
States and central Africa. 


In what direction from us is central A frica ? What lake in Soudan ? 
What rivers ? What are some of the principal kingdoms ? What towns ? 
What is the population of Fezzan ? Mourzouk ? What wells south of 
Fezzan ? What are some of the routes of caravans across the. desert ? 
What resting places in the desert ? 


* Clapperton’s Travels in Africa. 


268 


AFRICA. 


AFRICAN ISLANDS. 

The Azores, or Western Isles, are nine in number, and belong to 
Portugal. They have a fine climate and fertile soil, producing wheat , 
maize , barley , vines , oranges , <tc. They are subject to earthquakes, 
by which they have often been laid waste. Angra, on the island o/ 
Terceira, is the capital. 

The Madeira Islands consist of Madeira, Porto Santo, and the 
Desert Isles. Madeira, the principal island, is distinguished for its winos, 
wliich are exported to various parts of the world. The capital is Funcl> 
al. These islands belong to Portugal. 

The Canary Islands are thirteen in number, and belong to Spain. 
They are distinguised for their wines , fruits and Canary birds . Ten* 
eriffe is celebrated for its lofty peak, wffiich rises about two and a half 
miles above the level of the sea. 

The Cape de Verde Islands are fourteen in number, and belong to 
Portugal. They have an unhealthy climate, and generally a barren, 
rocky soil. The principal exports of these islands are salt and goat 
skins. 

St. Helena is a lofty and rocky island, and belongs to the English. 
There is only one harbor, which is of difficult access and easy defence. 
This island is remarkable for the imprisonment and death of Napoleon 
Bonaparte. 



SERPENT, ANTELOPE AND CROCODILE. 


Madagascar is one of the largest islands on the globe. It has a 
healthy climate and a fertile soil, and is said to be rich in min ,v rals. 
The crocodile grows to a great size in this island, and infests aP thr 
principal rivers, and lias frequently been known to carry away am nt 


O C E A N I C A . 


2G9 


It is inhabited by a number of petty tribes of different races — Ara- 
bians, Malays and Africans — most of whom are in a savage state, and 
but little acquainted with the arts of civilized life. 

The chief productions are rice, sugar cane , cocoa nut , banana, and 
the common productions of tropical climates. 

Mauritius, or Isle of France, belongs to the English. It is a rug- 
ged and mountainous island, producing tropical fruits ; likewise ebony, 
and other valuable kinds of wood. 

Bourbon belongs to France. It is composed of two mountains 
one of which is a volcano, and is in constant action, and serves as a light- 
house to mariners. 


Where are the Azores ? To what nation do they belong ? Popu- 
lation ? Where are the Madeira Isles ? Canaries ? Cape Verde Isles ? 
St. Helena ? Madagascar ? Mauritius ? Bourbon ? Which are the 
most valuable Islands ? 


OCEANICA. 

Oceanica comprises the numerous isles of the Pa- 
cific, lying south east of Asia. They are divided into 
Malaysia, or the East India isles, Australasia and 
Polynesia. 

Most of the islands of Oceanica lie in the torrid zone, and are noted 
for their rare productions and delightful climate. 

The inhabitants consist of two classes, the Malay race, and the 
Papuans or Melanzian negroes. The former are intelligent and active 
in tneir disposition, and are in all stages of civilization; the latter lire 
among the most savage and degraded of mankind. 


MALAYSIA, OR EAST INDIA ISLANDS. 

The Malaysia or East India Islands, are those 
which lie between Asia and Australia or New Hol- 
land, and consist principally of five groups, viz. • 1. 

The Sunda isles. 2. The Molucca or Spice Islands. 
3. Celebes. 4. Borneo, and the number of small is- 
lands adjacent. 5 The Manillas, or Philippine islands. 


270 


OCEANIC A. 


The soil in m )st of these islands is remarkably fertile, and produce? 
in abundance the richest fruits of the torrid zone, and the finest spices 
and gums. 

These islands are rich in minerals, and abound in wild animals,, 
among which are the rhinoceros, tiger, orang-outang, and crocodile. 

The climate is extremely warm, and generally unhealthy especially 
to foreigners. 


A TABULAR VIEW OF THE PRINCIPAL EAST INDIA 

ISLANDS. 


SUNDA ISLES. 


NAMES. 

POSSESSED BY 

SQ. MILES. 

POPULATION. 

CHIEF TOWNS. 

Sumatra, 

Natives, 

180,000 

4,500,000 

Bencoolen. 

J ava, 

Dutch, 

52,000 

4,230,000 

Batavia. 

Banca, 

Dutch, 

5,600 

80,000 


Timor, 

Dutch & Por. 

6,000 

100,000 

Lifas. 


MOLUCCAS, OR SPICE ISLANDS. 


Amboyna, 

Dutch, . 

450 

45,000 

Amboyna. 

Ceram, 

Dutch, 

4,000 

120,000 


Gilolo, 

Dutch, 

12,000 


Santanag. 

Banda Is’ls 

Dutch, 





BORNEO. 


Borneo, 

Natives, 

300,000 

3,000,000 

Borneo. 

CELEBES. 

Celebes, 

Dutch, 

90,000 

3,000,000 

Macassar. 


MANILLA, OR PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. 


Luzon, 

Mindinao, 

Samar, 

Negros, 

Spaniards, 

Spaniards, 

Spaniards, 

Spaniards, 

70.000 

30.000 
800 
500 

1,200,000 

900,000 

84.000 

75.000 

Manilla. 

Mindinao. 




Which is the most eastern of the Sunda isles ? t. Where is Banca ? 
A. South of cape Romania. For what is it distinguished ? A. For 
its extensive mines of tin. Where are the Moluccas or Spice islands? 
For what are they celebrated ? A. For the richest spices. What sea 
north of Celebes ? c. What strait between Celebes and Borneo ? m. 
What island mrth of Borneo ? p. Which is the largest of the Philip- 
pine isles ? l. What cape north of Luzon ? e. What large island 
north of Luzon ? f. What small islands between Luzon and Formosa ? 
b. Which is the largest of the East India Islands ? b. What is its 
chief town ? b. 


AUSTRALIA. 


271 


AUSTRALASIA. 

Australasia embraces Australia, Van Diemen’s 
Land, New Guinea, New Britain, New Ireland, Solo- 
mon’s Island, New Hebrides, New Zealand, and nu- 
merous smaller islands surrounding them. 


AUSTRALIA, OR NEW HOLLAND. 

Australia is the largest island on the globe. It is 
noted for its mild climate, fertile soil, and valuable 
productions. 

It was discovered in 1 606, by the Dutch ; but is now claimed by Great 
Britain, and has two colonies — Botany Bay Colony, and Swan River 
Colony. Botany Bay Colony was founded in 1787, and great numbers 
of criminals have been banished to it from Great Britain. Sidney is 
the capital and chief town of the colony. It has a good harbor and 
considerable commerce. The natives of Australia are small, and in 
features and complexion, resemble the negro. They are said to be re- 
markably ignorant, but mild, harmless and kind. 

The most noted animals of Australia are the kangaroo, duck-bill, 
flying opossum, and a species of dog that never barks. Of the birds, 
the emu, a kind of ostrich, the black swan, white eagle, the spotted 
grosbeak, and a great variety of parrots. 


VAN DIEMEN’S LAND. 

Van Diemen’s Land is a healthy, fertile, island, 170 
miles in length, and about 158 in breadth. 

An English colony was established here in 1803, and in 1818 it con- 
tained about 6000 inhabitants, about one-half of whom were convicts 
from Great Britain and New South Wales. 

The natives resemble those of Australia or New Holland. Hobart 
Town is the capital of the colony. It was laid out in 1804, and now 
contains a number of elegant buildings. 

NEW GUINEA. 

Little is known respecting New Guinea or the ad- 
jacent islands. They are said to be populous and fer- 
tile, producing most of the fruits of the torrid zone. 
The inhabitants are negroes, and generally resemble 
the people of Australia or New Holland. 


272 


OCE ANICA 


NEW ZEALAND. 

New Zealand consists of two large islands, sepa- 
rated by Cook’s strait. These islands are mountain- 
ous, and have a mild, healthy climate. 

The natives are tall, well formed, and possess uncommon sagncity 
and strength of mind. They are cannibals, and when provoked, are 
extremely ferocious. An English settlement has been established here 
for introducing the blessings of civilization and Christianity. The natives 
manifest a strong desire for improvement, and have made considerable 
progress in the arts of civilized life. 


QUESTIONS ON THE MAP OF THE WORLD. 

In what direction from us is Australia ? By whom is it claimed ? 
What colonies in it ? Towns ? Capes ? What animals ? What strait 
separates it from New Guinea? Van Diemen’s land? What is the 
extent of Australia? What strait separates the islands of New Zea- 
land ? If you were at Cape Otou, to day at 12 o’clock, in what direc- 
tion would your shadow fall ? 


POLYNESIA* 



A VIEW IN OTAIIEITE. 


Polynesia embraces the numerous islands of the 


* Derived from two Greek words, signifying many islands < 


i’OLYNESJ A. 


273 


Pacific lying east of the Asiatic islands and Austra- 
lasia. 

The principal groups are the Pelew islands, and the Ladrones, 
Carolinas, Sandwich islands, and Radiek’s isles, lying north of the 
equator ; and the Marquesas, Society isles, Friendly isles, and Navi 
gator’s isles, south of the equator. 

These islands have generally a fertile soil, and a mild heal thy cli- 
mate. The most important productions are the bread fruit, cocoa nuts , 
bananas, oranges, Ac. 

The inhabitants are tall, well formed, and generally of amiable dis- 
positions. They were formerly Pagans, and were acustomed to sacri- 
fice human victims to their gods. Rut in the Sandwich and Society 
islands, they have destroyed their idols, and have received Christian 
missionaries. Many have been taught to read and write ; and numbers 
have been converted to Christianity. 

Hawaii, — formerly called Owliyhee, the largest of the Sandwich 
Islands, is remarkable for the lofty summit of Mouna Roa, 16,000 feet 
high, and also for Kirauea, the greatest and most terrific volcano on 
the globe. Honolulu, on the island of Oahu, is the capital of the Sand- 
wich Islands. It contains about 7,000 inhabitants, several hundred of 
whom are American and European. It has a good harbor, and is 
visited for refreslmients by the numerous whale ships of the Northern 
Pacific. 


QUESTIONS ON TIIF MAP OF THE WORLD. 

t 

In what direction from Mindanao are the Pelew isles ? Where are 
the Ladrones ? Where are the Caroline islands ? What cluster of 
islands in the Pacific about midway between Asia and America? s. 
When, and by whom were the Sandwich islands first discovered? A. 
In 1778, by Capt. Cook and Cap t. King. Which is the most noted of 
the Sandwich islands ? o. In what direction from the Sandwich islands 
are Radick’s isles ? What islands north of Radick’s isles ? What con- 
siderable island south of Radick’s isles ? c. Where are the Marquesas 
and Washington isles ? Where are the Society isles ? What cluster 
of isles S. W. of the Society isles ? f. What group of isles N. W. of 
the Friendly isles ? f. What islands N. W. of Navigator’s isles ? What 
group of islands on both sides of the equator, near the coast of South 
America ? g. Where is the Low Archipelago ? Where is Victoria, 
and when discovered ? Where is the Antarctic continent ? When, and 
by whom discovered ? 


MEN AND ANIMALS. 

Map of the World . — Where are the North American Indians found? 
Araucanians ? Negroes?* Hottentots? The Camel? Elephant? 
Giraffe Hippopotamus ? Reindeer ? Bison ? Lion ? Tiger ? White 
bear? Walrus ? Kangaroo? Ourang outang ? The Condor ? Ac. 


274 


LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE. 


PART III. LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES. 


N. B. — In answering the following questions, if the division does 
not lie wholly between the degrees mentioned, the scholar will spe- 
cify what part is included, whether the northern , middle or southern 
part. 


DIVISIONS. 

What divisions lie between the equator and 10° N. lat. 1 
What divisions between 10° and 20° N. lat, ? 

What divisions between 20° and 30° N. lat. ? 

What divisions between 30° and 40° N. lat. ? 

What divisions between 40° and 50° N. lat. ? 

What divisions between 50° and 60° N. lat.? 

What divisions between the equator and 10° S. lat.? 
What divisions between 10° and 20° S. lat.? 

What divisions between 20° and 30° S. lat. ? 


CAPITALS. 

What capitals between the equator and 10° H. lat.? 
What capitals between 10° and 20° N. lat.? 

What capitals between 20° and 30° N. lat. ? 

What capitals between 30° and 40° N. lat. ? 

What capitals between 40° and 50° N. lat. ? , 

What capitals between 50° and 60° N. lat. ? 

What capitals between the equator and 10° S. lat ? 
What capitals between 10° and 20° S. lat.? 

What capitals between 20° and 30° S. lat. ? 


ISLANDS. 

What islands between the equator and 10° N. lat.? 
What islands between 10° and 20° N. lat. ? 

What islands between 20° and 30° N. lat. ? 

What islands between 30° and 40° N. lat. ? 

What islands between 40° and 50° N. lat ? 

What islands between 50° and 60° N. lat. ? 

What islands between 60° and 70° N. lat. ? 

What islands between the equator and 10° S. lat ? 
What islands between 10° and 20° S. lat. ? 

What islands between 20° and 30° S. lat. ? 

What islands between 30° and 40° S. lat. ? 


DIVISIONS. 

What divisions are intersected by the equator ? 

What divisions are intersected by the Tropic of Cancer ? 


LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE. 


275 


What divisions are intersected by the Tropic c f Capricorn ? 
What divisions are intersected by the 10° N. lat. ? 

What divisions are intersected by the 20° N. lat. ? 

What divisions arc intersected by the 30° N. lat. ? 

What divisions are intersected bv the 40° N. lat. ? 

What divisions are intersected by the 50° N. lat. ? 

What divisions are intersected by the 60° N. lat? 

What divisions are intersected by the 10° S. lat.? 

What divisions are intersected by the 20° S. lat. ? 

What divisions are intersected by the 30° S. lat ? 


ISLANDS. 

Through what islands does the equator pass ? 

Through what islands does the Tropic of Cancer pass ? 
Through what islands does the Tropic of Capricorn pass ? 


DIVISIONS. 

What divisions are intersected by 10° E. longitude ? 

What divisions are intersected by 20° ? 30° E. long. 

What divisions are intersected by 40° ? 50° E. long. 

What divisions are intersected by 60° ? 70° ? 80° E. iBhg 
What divisions are intersected by 40° W. longitude ? 

What divisions are intersected by 50° ? 60° W. longitude ? 

What divisions aro intersected by 70° ? 80° W. longitude \ 


CITIES. 

What city in 41° N. latitude, and 20° E. longitude ? c. 

What city in 55° N. latitude, and 12° E. longitude ? c. 

What city in 49° N. latitude, and 2° E. longitude ? p. 

What city in 40° N. latitude, and 75° W. longitude ? p. 

What city in 40° N. latitude, and 116° E. longitude ? p. 
What city in 30° N. latitude, and 90° W. longitude ? n. o. 
What city in 404° N. latitude, and 74° W. longitude ? n. y. 
What city in 42° N. latitude, and 70|° W. longitude ? b. 
What city in 39° N. latitude, and 78° W. longitude ? w. 
What city in 34-£° S. latitude, and 58£° W. longitude ? b. 
What city in 12° S. latitude, and 76° ,W. longitude ? l. 
What city in 60° N. latitude, and 30° E. longitude ? st. 
What city in 22-|° N. latitude, and 884° E. longitude ? c. 
What city in 23° S. latitude, and 43° W. longitude ? u. j. 
What city in 47° N. latitude, and 70° W. longitude ? q. 
What city in 19|-° N. latitude, and 100° W. longitude ? 
What cape in 34° S. latitude, and 18° E. longitude ? o. el 
W hat cape in 56° S. latitude, and 67° W. longitude ? h. 
What cape in 8° N. latitude, and 78° E. longitude ? c. 
What cape in 36^° N. latitude, and 22° E. longitude ? m. 
What cape in 59° N. latitude, and 43° W. longitude ? f. 

W hat island in 16° S. latitude and 6° W. longitude ? st. k. 


275 


INTRODUCTION TO A S T R C N O M V 


PART IV INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 



Astronomy is the science which treats of the heav- 
enly bodies. 


The Solar System consists of the sun, planets, asteroids and 
comets. 

These are called the Solar System, because the sun is supposed to be 
placed in the centre, having all the planets revolving round it, at differ- 
ent distances and in different periods of time. 

The sun is an immense spherical body, placed in the centre of the 
system, and gives light and heat to the planets, moons, asteroids and 
comets. It revolves on its axis once in 25 days and 14 hours. 

This revolution is determined from the motion of the spots on its 
surface. 

A planet is an opake body which appears to us like a star, and 
shines only by reflecting the light of the sun. 

There are two kinds of planets, viz : primary and secondary, to 


INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 


277 


which may be added the asteroids. The primary planets are those 
which revolve around the sun and regard him only as their centre. The 
secondary planets, called also moons or satellites , are smaller planets, 
which revolve round the primaries, and serve to give them light 

TABLE OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM. 


NAMES. 


;The Sun, - 
Mercury, 
[Venus, 

[The Earth, - 
[The Moon, 
( Mars, 

Vesta, 

Iris, 

Hebe, 

Flora, * 
Aslrtea, 

Juno, 

Ceres, 

Pallas, - 
Jupiter, 
Saturn, - 
Uranus, 
Neptune, 



Mean diam- 
eter in Eng- 
lish miles. 

Mean distance 
l'rom the Sun. 

Time of rota- 
tion round 
their axis. 

Time of revolution 
round the Sun. 

• 

883,240 

3,224 

7,087 

7,912 

2,180 

4,189 

238 

unknown 

tt 

tt 

tt 

1,425 
100 
110 
89,170 
79.042 
35’ 112 
35,000 

37.000. 000 

68.000. 000 

95.000. 000 

95.000. 000 

144.000. 000 
224,340,600 

226.000. 000 

230.000. 000 

240.000. 000 
246 000,000 
253,598,700 
263,236,450 

265.000. 000 

490.000. 000 

900.000. 000 
1,800.000,000 
2,850,000,000 

D. H. M. 8. 

25 14 8 0 
1 0 5 28 
0 23 21 22 

0 23 56 4 
27 7 43 12 

1 0 37 22 
unknown. 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt 

0 9 55 27 
0 10 29 17 
unknown. 

D. II. M. S. 

87 23 15 43 
224 16 49 10 
365 6 9 12 
365 6 9 12 
686 23 30 35 
1,325 11 38 24 
1,327 23 22 41 
1,375 nearly. 1 
1,469 18 37 19 
1,512 nearly. 
1,593 1 36 2b 
1,084*17 38 24 
1,686 7 19 12 
4,332 14 27 10 
10,759 1 51 11 
30,686 19 41 32 
60,138 3 20 02 


COMETS. 

Comets are light, vapory bodies, which revolve round the sun in 
very elliptical orbits, having the sun near one of the ends. 

The number of comets belonging to our system is supposed to be 
540. The figure of comets is very different. Some of them emit lu- 
minous matter on all sides, resembling hair; others have a long, lu- 
minous, transparent tail, projecting from that part which is opposite to 
the sun. 

Their apparent magnitude are also very different. Some appear 
no larger than the fixed stars ; others as large as Venus ; and others 
much larger. 

The velocity of a comet is greater than that of a planet, and increases 
as it approaches the sun. That of 1680, when nearest the sun, moved 
with the amazing velocity of 8S0,000 miles an hour. 


FIXED STARS. 

The fixed stars are those luminous bodies which appear in the 
heavens, far beyond the planets, from which they are distinguished by 
their twinkling. 

They are called fixed stars , because they always keep the same sit 
24 


278 


INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 


uation in relation to each other, and appear to have one proper motion 
of their own. The distances of the fixed stars from the earth, is almost 
inconceivable: light, which flies 164,000 miles in a second, would be 
more than three years in passing from one of them to the earth. 

These stars being at such an immense distance, cannot receive their 
light from the sun as the planets, but must shine by their oion light ; 
and hence they are supposed to be suns to other systems, and to have 
worlds revolving round them, inhabited perhaps by intelligent and im 
mortal beings. 

The number of the fixed stars is unknown. With the naked eye 
we can see about 2,000, but by the help of telescopes many millions can 
be discovered. 



SummeriHi 
thc$ outturn I 
Jhamsorun 


SummerUb 

\ihiNcrChiirit 

'Himi&phu* 


j?gu (d Bay dtNlgfo 




C 


THE EARTH. 


The earth has two motions ; one round its axis, the other round the 
gun. It revolves on its axis once in 24 hours, and causes continual suc- 
cession of day and night, and an apparent motion of the heavenly bodies 
from east to west. 

It completes its revolution round the sun once in a year, and occa- 
sions the difference in the length of the days and nights, and the agree- 
able variety of the seasons. 

The earth is not a perfect sphere, but an oblate spheroid, elevated 
at the equator, and depressed at the poles ; the equatorial diameter 
being 34 miles longer than the polar. 

The earth is surrounded by a thin, invisible, elastic fluid, called air 
which extends to a considerable height above it. The air, together 
with the clouds and vapors that float in it, is called the atmosphere 
The height to which the atmosphere extends, lias never been fully 
ascertained, but it is supposed to be about 45 miles. 


INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 


279 


THE MOON. 

The Moon is an opake, or dark body, like the earth, and shines 
entirely by light received from the sun. Its diameter is 2,180 miles, 
and its distance from the centre of the earth 240,000 miles. Its bulk 
to that of the earth is as 1 to 49. 

The moon revolves round the earth, from change to change, in 29 
days, 12 hours, 44 minutes. 

The surface of the moon is greatly diversified with inequalities, 
which through a telescope have the appearance of hills and valleys. 

When the moon is in conjunction, or in the same part of the heavens 
with the sun, it is called the new moon; when it is in opposition, or 180 
degrees distant, it is called the f ull moon. 

The moon revolves on its axis but once in its revolution round the 
earth, and consequently its day is a little longer than 29£- of our 
days. 


ECLIPSES. 

An eclipse is a partial, or total privation of the light of the sun or 
moon. 

An eclipse of the sun is caused by the interposition of the moon 
between the earth and the sun, and consequently must happen when 
the moon is in conjunction with the sun, or at the new moon. 

An eclipse of the moon is caused by an interposition of the earth 
between the sun and moon, and therefore must happen at the full moon, 
or when the moon is 1 80 degrees distant from the sun. 

The diameter of the sun and moon is supposed to be divided into 
12 parts, called digits; and an eclipse is said to be so many digits, 
according to the number of those parts which are involved at the 
greatest darkness. 


THE SEASONS. 

The different seasons are occasioned by the axis of the earth, being 
inclined to the level of its orbit always in one direction, in its circuit 
round the sun ; so that one end of the axis is directed towards the sun 
at one season of the year, and from the sun at another. This also 
occasions the 'variation of climate, and the different lengths of dav and 
night. 

From the 20th of March to the 22d of September, the north pole 
Inclines to the sun, and it is summer in the northern hemisphere and 
winter in the southern ; from the 22d of September to the 20th of 
March, the north pole declines from the sun, and it is whiter in the 
northern hemisphere and summer in the southern. 

In the same manner it will be seen that during one half of the year 
the north pole is continually illuminated by the sun, while the south 
pole is in darkness ; and consequently the days in the northern liemis* 


280 


INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 


phere will be more than 12 hours long, and those in the southern hemis 
phere less than 1 2 hours ; and during the other half of the year, the 
south pole is constantly in the light, and the north pole in darkness, and 
consequently the days in the southern hemisphere will be more than 
12 hours long, and those in the northern less than 12 hours ; thus causing 
the different lengths of day and night. 

At the equator the days and nights are always equal, being 12 hours 
each ; but as you proceed from the equator, they vary in length accord- 
ing to the latitude and season. 

In latitude 16° 44', the day is 13 hours long; 41® 24' it is 15 hours 
in length; in 61° 18', it is 19 hours ; in 66° 32', it is 24 hours; in 67° 18' 
the longest day in one month ; in 69° 33', it is two months ; in 77° 40\ 
it is four months ; and at the poles six months. 

[See the scale on the map of the world, representing the longest days 
and nights, also the zones and climates.] 

Questions . — What is the length of the days and nights at the 
equator ? What is the length of the longest day in '8° 34' ? What is 
the length of the longest day in 16° 44' ? In 24° 12'? In 30° 48' ? 
In 36° 31'? In 41° 24' ? In 45° 32'? In 49° 2'? In 54° 30' ? 
What is the length of the longest day in 67° 18' ? In 60° 33'? In 
73° 5 7 ? What is the length of the longest day at the poles? What 
is the length of the longest night $ How many days and nights are 
there at the poles in a year ? 


CLIMATES. 

Climate is a portion of the earth’s surface contained between two 
small circles parallel to the equator, and of such a breadth that 
the longest day in the parallel nearest the equator is half an hour 
shorter than in the next more remote, in the torrid and temperate 
zones — and one month in the frigid zones. 

All places in the same latitude, are in the same climate — but it 
must not be inferred from thence that they have the srme atmospherical 
temperature, as this depends on various causes. Mountains, lakes, 
deserts, plains, <fec. have great effect on the atmosphere ; as high moun- 
tains under the equator are covered with perpetual snow, and deserts 
are parched with constant heat. 

Questions . — How many climates between the equator and each 
polar circle ? A. 24. How many climates between each polar circle 
and its pole ? A. 6. In what latitude does the first climate end ? [See 
the scale on the Map of the World.] A. In 8° 44'. In what latitude 
does the second climate end ? A. In about 164°. In what latitude does 
the third climate end? Fourth climate ? Fifth? Sixth? Seventh? 
Eighth climate ? <fcc. &c. 

Note. — It will be seen that the climates are placed in regular order 
on the scale as far as 49° 2', increasing in length half an hour as you 
proceed from the equator ; after which they are not laid down regularly 
till you come to the polar circle. Here you will perceive by the scale 


INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 


281 


that the days in each climate, instead of being only half an hour longer 
than in the one nearer the equator, are one month longer as you approach 
the pole. 


WINDS. 

Wind is air put in motion, occasioned chiefly by means of heat. 

When any part of the air is heated by the sun or otherwise, it ex- 
pands and ascends towards the higher parts of the atmosphere, and the 
neighboring air rushes in to supply its place ; and there will therefore 
be a stream or current of air from all parts towards the region in which 
the heat predominates. This pressure of the air is what is called wind. 

The velocity of wind is various. A gentle breeze moves about 4 
miles an hour; a common brisk wind about 15 miles; a high wind 80 ; 
a storm 60; a violent hurricane 100 miles an hour. 

There are three kinds of tropical winds, viz. : The general trade 
winds ; the monsoons ; the land and sea breezes. 

1. The general trade winds blow from east to west, extending to 
nearly 30° of latitude on each side of the equator, nearly round the 
globe. 

2. The monsoons are periodical winds, which prevail in the Indian 
Ocean, and blow six months in one direction, and during the other six 
months in an opposite direction. Their change at the vernal and au- 
tumnal equinox is accompanied with terrible storms of rain, lightning 
and thunder. 

3. The land and sea breezes are periodical winds, which blow from 
the land during the night, and from the sea during the day. 

Winds are affected by the countries over which they pass, being 
rendered pestilential by the heat of deserts, and the putrid exhalations 
of lakes and marshes. 

In Africa and Arabia, a wind blows from the deserts called the 
Samiel or Simoom , which frequently produces instant death. 

On the western coast of Africa is a similar wind, called Harmattcru 7 
producing a dryness and heat almost insupportable. 

A warm, unpleasant wind from Africa, prevails in the southern part 
of Europe, called the Sirocco, producing great uneasiness and debility 
in the system. 


TIDES. 

The Tide is the regular elevation and depression of the ocean, which 
happens twice every 24 hours, caused by the attraction of the moon 
and of the sun. 

At the new and full moon, the tides are greatest, and are called 
spring tides ; at the first and last quarters, they are least, and are 
called neap tides ; and the liighest are near the time of the equinoxes 
24* 


282 GLOBES. 

INTRODUCTION TO THE USE OF THE GLOBES. 



A Globe is a round body, whose surface is every where equally rev 
mote from the centre. 

There are two kinds of artificial globes, terrestrial and celestial. 

A terrestrial globe is a correct representation of the earth, having 
the whole suriace of the land and water upon it , also the boundaries 
of states and kingdoms ; the situation of towns ; the courses of rivers 
and mountains, <fcc., delineated as they are upon the earth itself. 

A celestial globe is an artificial representation of the heavens, on 
w hich the stars are laid down in their natural situations. 

The axis of the earth is an imaginary line passing through the cen- 
tre of it, upon which it is supposed to turn. 

The poles of the earth are the two extremities of the axis, where it 
is supposed to cut the surface of the earth. 

The brazen meridian is the circle in which the globe turns, and is 
divided into 300 equal parts, called degrees. 

The quadrant of altitude is a thin slip of brass, divided into 90°, 
and is generally used to determine the distance of one place from 
another. 

The hour circle is a small circle of brass, with an index or pointer 
fixed to the north pole. 

The horizon is a great circle which separates the visible half of the 
heavens from the invisible. The horizon is represented on the artificial 
globe by the wooden circular frame on which the globe stands. 

The ecliptic is the great circle winch the earth describes annually 
in its revolution round the sun. 

The ecliptic is divided into twelve equal parts of 30 degrees each* 
called signs . 

The names and characters of the signs, with the months in which 
the sun enters them, are as follows : 


GLOBES. 


283 


HP Aries, 

B Taurus, 
n Gemini, 
25 Cancer, 
£1 Leo, 

W Virgo, 


Northern Signs. 


March 21st 
April 19 th 
May 20th 
June 21st 
July 2 2d 
Ausr. 2 2d 


Soitthern Signs. 

=£ z Libra, Sept. 23d 

Scorpio, Oct. 23d 

$ Sagittarius, Nov. 22d 

Y5> Capricornus, Dec. 21st 

OX Aquarius, Jan. 20th 

X Pisces, Feb. 19th 


The first six are called Northern signs, because they are north of 
the equator ; the last six are called Southern signs, because they o re 
south of the equator. 

The zodiac is a broad belt in the heavens 16° wide, in the middle 
cf which is the ecliptic. It comprehends the orbits of all the planets, 


QUESTIONS ON THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE * 

Which Grand Division extends farthest north ? 

At what place does Asia extend farthest north ? 

At what place does Europe ? North America ? 

Suppose the Arctic ocean was navigable, in what direction must you 
sail in going from North Cape, in a direct line, to East Cape ? 

What place is there on the globe, from which you can travel only 
in one direction ? 

What cape in Asia opposite to Baffin’s Bay ? 

Towards what two points of the compass must you steer in sailing 
from Spitzbergen to Bhering’s Strait, across the north pole ? 

Through what countries will you pass, and what waters will you 
cross in travelling on the Arctic Circle round the globe, commencing at 
Bhering’s Strait ? 

Travel in the same manner, on the tropic of Cancer, beginning at 
cape St. Lucas. • 

The equator, commencing at Quito. 

The tropic of Capricorn, beginning at Rio Janeiro. 

The parallel of 40° N. lat., beginning at Philadelphia. 

There are tw T o routes from New York to Canton ; describe each. 

In what direction from Philadelphia is Cairo ? Pekin ? London ? 
Rio Janeiro ? Calcutta ? St. Petersburg ? Rome ? Morocco ? Quito ? 

Does Asia or North America extend farther south? South America 
or Australia ? 

One of the tropics passes near the centre of one of the continents ■ 
which tropic, and what continent ? 

What places are directly south of the north pole ? 

What waters will you cross in sailing from Boston to Okhotsk . 
From Okhotsk to Buenos Ayres ? From Buenos Ayres to Cincinnati 

Describe the limits of each zone ? 

Which grand division of the globe lies mostly in the torrid zone ? 

In what zone is North cape ? Cape Horn? Cape Comorin ? Cap' 
Farewell? CapeVerd? 


* These questions can be answered from the two Maps of the World. 


284 


GLOBES. 


Which way must a ship steer in sailing from New- Fork to the cape 
of Good Hope ? 

From the cape of Good Hope to Batavia ? 

From Batavia to cape Horn ? 

From cape Horn to London ? 

From London to New- York ? 

Is there more land or water on the surface of the earth ? 

How much of the earth’s surface is covered with water ? 

What land do you find in the south frigid zone ? 

What places are north of 90° of S. latitude ? 

What sea in the western hemisphere, nearly in the latitude of the 
China sea ? 

What four seas are intersected by the parallel of 40° N. latitude ? 
Does Europe or Africa extend farther west ? 

What places have no latitude ? 

There are twenty -two seas on the globe ? what are their names and 
where are they ? 

Which grand division of the glove has the greatest number of seas in 
and around it ? 

On which side of the equator is there most land ? 

What places are south of 90° of N. latitude ? 

There are two routes by which you can sail from Boston to Calcutta ; 
mention each. 

Which is the most northern island on the globe ? 

Which is the most southern island ? 

What is longitude ? 

From which meridian is longitude generally reckoned ? 

What is the greatest longitude a place can have ? 

Why can a place have no more than 180° of longitude ? 

In what direction from Iceland is Cape V erd ? 

In what direction from the island of Hainan is Owhyhee ? 

In what direction from Spitzbergen is the cape of Good Hope ? 

Is the eastern coast of Greenland, or the western coast of Africa 
farther east ? 

What places have noon, or mid-day, at the same time ? 

Suppose the southern ocean was navigable, towards what two point? 
of the compass must a ship steer, in sailing from the island of New 
Zealand to St. Helena over the south pole ? 

Which extends farthest east, Asia or Australia ? 

What are meridians ? 

How many meridians are drawn on the globe you are usmg ? 

What length of time does it require for the sun to pass from one 
meridian to another ? 

What is the difference of time between Quito and Rome ? 

Is the time at Rome faster or slower than at Quito ? Why ? 

What is the difference of time between London and Pekin ? 
Supposing it 6 o’clock in the morning at Philadelphia, what time 
is it at London ? Rome ? Constantinople ? 


PROBLEMS. 285 

What is the difference of time between Cape Verd and the gulf of 
Darien ? 

When it is noon at Washington, what time is it at Irkuutsk ? Romo'! 
Quito ? Behring’s Straits ? New Holland ? 

Does South America or Greenland extend farthest east ? 

Which extends farthest east, Europe or Africa ? 

Which is farthest north, lake Baikal or lake Winnepeg ? 

What places have the same seasons of the year. A. Those in the 
same latitude. 

When it is summer in the United States, what season is it in China ? 
Chili ? France ? Australia ? Spain ? Patagonia ? 

When it is winter at tho cape of Good Hope, what season is it iu 
England ? In this place ? Why ? 

Why should not the ecliptic be drawn parallel to the equator ? 


f 


PROBLEMS. 

PROBLEM L 

TO FIND THE LATITUDE OF ANY PLACE. 

Rule. — Bring the given place to the brass meridian, and the degree 
above the place is the latitude. 

What is the latitude of Philadelphia ? A. 40° N. Of Boston ? A. 
424 N. Cape Horn ? London? Pekin? Cape of Good Hope ? Paris'? 
Calcutta ? 

What places have no latitude ? 

PROBLEM II. 

TO FIND THE LONGITUDE OF ANY PLACE. 

Rule. — Bring the place to the brass meridian, and the degree on the 
equator under the meridian is the longitude. 

What is the longitude of Philadelphia? 75° W. Boston ? New- 
York? Pekin? Lima? 

. What places have the same longitude as New-York ? Stockholm? 
London ? 

When it is 12 o’clock at Stockholm, what inhabitants of the earth 
have the same hour ? 

PROBLEM III. 

TO FIND ANY PLACE WHOSE LATITUDE AND LONGITUDE ARE GIVEN. 

Rule. — Find the longitude on the equator, and bring it to the brass 
meridian: then find the latitude on the meridian, and under it is tho 
place sought ? 

What place has 774° W. longitude and 39° N. latitude? A. Wash- 
ington. 


286 


PROBLEMS. 


What | laces have the following latitudes and longitudes ? 


LATITUDE. 

52|° north. 

32° north. 

23° south. 

22^° north. 

PROBLEM IV. 


I ONGTTUDE. 

13^° east. 
811° west 
42^° west 
884° east. 


TO FIND THE DISTANCE BETWEEN ANY TWO PLACES. 

Rule. — Lay the quadrant of altitude over both places, and the de- 
grees between them multiplied by 69-|- will give the English miles. 

What is the distance between the Island of Bermuda and St. He- 
lena ? 

A. 73*4+6934=510934 miles. 


PROBLEM V. 


TO RECTIFY THE GLOBE FOR THE LATITUDE OF A PLACE. 

Rule. — Elevate the pole till the horizon cuts the meridian in 
the latitude of the place. Rectify the Globe for the latitude of Lon- 
don. 

PROBLEM VI. 

THE HOUR AT ONE PLACE BEING GIVEN, TO FIND WHAT HOUR IT IS AT ANY 
• OTHER PLACE. 

Rule. — Bring the place where the hour is given to the meridian and 
set the index of the hour circle to that hour • then turn the Globe till 
the place where the hour is required comes under the meridian, and the 
index will point to the hour at that place. 

When it is 10 o’clock in the morning at London, what hour is it at 
St. Petersburgh ? A. The difference of time is two hours — 12. 

When it is noon at Hartford, what hour is it in London ? Constan- 
tinople ? 

PROBLEM VII. 

TO FIND THE SUN’S DECLINATION. 

If 

Rule. — Find the sun’s place in the ecliptic, and bring it to the brass 
meridian and the degree over it is the sun’s declination. 

What is the sun’s declination on the 15th of April? A. 10° N 
Jan. 21 ? June 21 ? Sept. 21 ? Nov. 21 ? 

PROBLEM VIII. 

TO FIND THE TIME OF THE SUN’S RISING AND SETTING AT ANY PLACE. 

Rule. — Find the sun’s declination and elevate the north or south 
pole, according as the declination is north or south so many degrees 
above the horizon, as are equal to the sun’s declination ; bring the given 
place to the brass meridian, and set the index of the hour circle to 12. 
Turn the globe eastward till the given place comes to the horizon, and 


PROBLEMS. 


267 


the index will show the time of the sun’s rising. Turn the globe to the 
west verge of the horizon, and the index will show the time of liis 
setting. 

At what time does the sun rise and set at Hartford on the 5th of 
February ? 

A. The sun rises at 7, and sets at 5. 

PROBLEM IX. 

TO FIND THE LENGTH OF THE DAY AND NIGHT AT ANY TIME IN THE YEAR. 

Rule. — Double the time of the sun’s rising, and it gives the length 
of the night. Double the time of his setting, and it gives the length of 
the day. 

What is the length of the shortest day at Hartford ? A. 8 h. 5G 
min. 

What is the length of the longest day and shortest night at Edirv 
burgh ? 

PROBLEM X. 

TO FIND THE ANTJSCI, PERIiECI, AND ANTIPODES OF ANY PLACE. 

EXPLANATION. 

The Antaecians are those who have the same longitude as ours, but 
have the same latitude south as we have north. Their summer is our 
winter. 

Rule. — Bring the given place to the brass meridian, and count as 
many degrees on the meridian south of the Equator as the given place 
is north ; and you will find the AntaecL 

The Perimcians are those which lie under the same degree of lati- 
tude, but have 180° difference of longitude. They have contrary hours; 
noon when we have midnight 

Rule. — Bring the given place to the brass meridian, set the index to 
12, turn the globe till the index points to the other 12, then under the 
latitude of the given place you will find the Periasci. 

The Antipodes are those who have the same latitude south that we 
have north, and differ 180° of longitude. Their hours, days, and sea- 
sons differ from ours. 

Rule. — Bring the given place to the brass meridian, turn the gl obe 
half round, then count as many degrees south of the Equator as the 
given place is north, and vou will have the Antipodes. 

Required the Antasci, Perireci and Antipodes of Hartford. 

A. Antasci are in the northern part of the island of Chiloe. The 
Periaeci are in the Desert of Shamo in the Chinese Empire. The An- 
tipodes are in the Southern Ocean, south-east of the island of St. PauL 


268 


QUESTIONS 


PROBLEM XL 

10 FINr HOW MANY MILES MAKE A DEGREE OF LONGITUDE IN ANY GIVEN 

PARALLEL OF LATITUDE, 

Rule. — Lay the quadrant of altitude parallel to the equator be- 
tween any two meridians in the given latitude, which differ in longitude 
15 degrees: the number of degrees intercepted between them multi- 
plied by 4, will give the length of a degree in geographical miles. The 
geographical miles may be br rght into English miles, by multiplying 
by 116, and cutting off two figures from the right hand of the product 

Example. — How many geographical and English miles make a de- 
cree in the altitude of Pekin ? 

j 

QUESTIONS, 

exercising the problems on the terrestrial globe. 

1. What inhabitants of the earth have the same length of days as 
those of Philadelphia ? 

2. What inhabitants of the earth have the same seasons of the year 
an those of London ? 

3. When it is 10 o’clock in the evening at Stockholm, what inhabi- 
tants have the same hour ? 

4. What is the nearest distance between New- York and the Cape of 
Good Hope ? 

5. When it is noon at Philadelphia, what inhabitants of the earth 
have midnight ? 

6. When it is 10 o’clock in the morning at London, where is it 10 
o'clock in the evening ? 

7. What is the sun’s longitude (commonly called the sun’s place in 
the ecliptic) on the 15th of April ? 

8. What day of the year is of the same length as the 1 5th of April ? 

9. How much longer is the 5th of May at New- York than at 
Quito i 

10. When it is noon at London, at what place is the sun rising and 
setting, and where is it midnight ? 

11. Are the clocks at Philadelphia faster or slower than those at 
London, and how much ? 

12. What is the difference of latitude between Cape North and 
Cape Matapan ? 

13. What is the difference of longitude between Philadelphia and 
Constantinople ? 

14. What is the distance between New- York and London in Eng 
lisli miles ? 

15. What hour is it at London when it is 4 in the evenmg at Cal 
cutta ? 

16. At what time does the sun rise and set at Archangtd on the 
15th ci’ March, and what is the length of the day and night ? 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 289 

17. If the sun set at 7 o’clock, at what time does it rise, and what 
is the length of the day and night ? 

18. How many English miles must I travel westward from London 
that my watch may be six hours too fast ? 

19. What place upon the globe has the greatest longitude, the least 
longitude, no longitude, and every longitude ? 

20. What inhabitants of the earth in the course of 12 hours will be 
il the same situation as their Antipodes ? 

21. At what places on the globe can two ships sail directly from 
each other and still sail the same point of the compass ? 

22. How many English miles must I travel eastward from Phila- 
delphia, that my watch may be seven hours too slow ? 

23. Suppose a person could start from Philadelphia precisely at 
noon on Monday, and keep pace with the sun round the globe, at what 
place, would he first be told it was Tuesday noon ? 

24. There is a town in Norway where the longest day is five time? 
the Length of the shortest night, what is its name ? 

25. When the sun is setting to the inhabitants of Hartford on the 
4th of April, where is it rising, and where midnight ? 

26. As the sun never goes north of the tropic of Cancer, — or but 2*-* 
degrees north of the equator, — how can you account for its rising, n 
our latitude, during, the summer months, nearly in the north-east, av - 
setting nearly in the north-west ? 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


EXERCISES ON THE MAP OF TIIE ROMAN EMPIRE. 


What countries in Europe bordered on the Mediterranean ? h. g . 
to. 

What countries in Asia ? a-m. and s. 

What countries in Africa ? e. l. a. m. 

What country northeast of Gallia ? g. 

What country south of Germania? i. 

What country east of Illyrieum ? d. 

What country northeast of Dacia ? s. 


What sea between Italia and Illyrieum ? a. 

What seas between Greece and Asia Minor ? jel and r. 
What sea north of Asia Minor ? e. 

What sea or lake northeast of the Euxine ? M. 

What, sea east of the Euxine ? c. 

What sea east of Egypt ? a. 

25 


290 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


WTiat sea between Sicilia and Africa ? a. 

• What sea west of Gallia ? a. 

What sea between Britannia and Hibernia ? v. 
What sea north of Germania ? 

What ocean between Germania and Britannia ? g 


What large island northwest of Gallia ? b. 

What large island west of Britannia ? h. 

What large islands west of Italia ? c. and s. 

What large island south of Italia ? s. 

What islands north of Sicilia? je. 

What island south of Sicilia ? m. 

What island south of the Aegean sea ? c. 

What island near the east end of the Mediterranean ? c. 

What islands on the coast of Hispania ? e. 

Why were these islands called Baleares ? A. They were so called 
by the Greeks because the inhabitants were expert archers and siing- 
ers, besides great pirates. They distinguished themselves in the Punic 
wars, under Hannibal. It is said that the mothers never gave their 
children breakfast before they had struck with an arrow a certain mark 
on. a tree. 


What mountains between Hispania and Gallia ? p. 

What mountains between Gallia and Italia ? Alpes. 

What mountain in Italia ? Apenninus. 

What mountain in the northeastern part of Greece ? H. 

What mountain in Dacia ? c. 

What mountains in Gallia ? c. j. v. 

What mountains in Asia Minor ? t. 

What mountains between the Euxine and Caspian seas ? c. 

What mountains south of Mauritania ? a. 

What mountain between the two northern branches or gulfs of the 
Arabian sea ? s. 


What strait* at the entrance of the Mediterranean ? 

What strait between Gallia and Britannia ? g. 

What strait between the Maeotis Palus and the Euxine sea ? 

What strait between the Euxine and Propontis ? Bosphorus. 

The one connecting the Maeotis Palus was called the Cimmerian 
Bosphorus, and the other connecting the Euxine and Propontis was 
called the Thracian Bosphorus. The latter is sixteen miles long, and 
one and a half broad. The strait between the Propontis and iEgean 


* The following Latin words used on ancient maps, are thus translated, viz. 

Fretum, a strait. Chersonesus, a peninsula. 

Flumen. a river. Insula, an island. 

Mons, a mountain. Mare, or pontus, a sea 

Montes, mountains Sin, or sinus, a bay. 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


291 


seas, was called the Hellespont — now the Dardanelles. It is 33 miles 
long, and from half a mile to a mile and a half in width. Its shores 
are lined with pleasant hills, towns and villages. The strait is celebra- 
ted for the love and death of Leander, a youth of Abydos, who swam 
nightly across it to see his beloved Hero, a priestess of Venus, at Ses- 
tos. On one occasion his strength failed him and he was drowned, and 
Hero in despair, threw herself into the sea and perished. Xerxes built 
a bridge of boats across this strait when lie invaded Greece. In 1810, 
Lord Byron swam across it, in one hour and five minutes. 


Where do the following rivers rise, — in what direction do they flow, — 
and where do they empty ? 


ANCIENT NAMES. 

I-be'-rus ? 
Bm-tis ? 

A -nas ? 

Ta-gus ? 
Du-ri-us ? 
Ga-rum-na ? 
Li-go-ris ? 
Se-qua'-na ? 
Rhod-a-nus ? 

R lie-nus ? 
Am-i-si-a ? 
Vi-sur-gis ? 
Al-bis ? 

Ra-dus ? 
Ti-be-ris ? 

Is-ter ? 

Ty-ras ? 

Bo-rys-the-nes ? 


2 


MODERN NAMES. 

Ebro ? 

Guadalquivei 
Guadiana ? 
Tagus, or Tajo ? 
Douro ? 

Garonne ? 

Loire ? 

Seine ? 

Rhone ? 

Rliine ? 

Ems ? 

W eser ? 

Elbe? 

Po ? 

Tiber ? 

Danube ? 
Dniester ? 
Dnieper ? 


Which of these rivers is longest ? Which was anciently most noted ? 
Which is the principal river of Egypt ? Does the Nile annually over- 
flow its banks now, as in ancient times ? When does the Nile begin to 
rise? A. About the middle of June, and continues to rise until about 
the first of September ? 

Where was Peloponesus, now Morea ? 

Where was Taurica, now Crimea ? 

Where was Cimbri, now Jutland ? 


Into what three provinces did the Romans divide Hispama ? t. l. a 
Which of these provinces was most northern ? 

Into what four provinces did the Romans divide Gallia ? b. l. a. n. 
Which of these was most southern ? 

How was Germania divided ? c. s. v. f. f. c. s. l. b. o. q. a. 

Which of these tribes or nations inhabited the most northern part ? 
Which the most southern ? 

How was Illyricum divided ? r. n. p. 


292 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


How was Dacia divided ? g. g. m. s. 

How was Greece divided ? t. m. f. 

Into what provinces was Asia Minor divided ? m. b. g. c. l. p. c. l. a 

Where was Colchis, celebrated in fable for the expedition of the 
Argonauts from Greece, under Jason, in search of the golden fleece? 

Phasis was the capital of Colchis, at the mouth of the river Phasis. 

What two countries east of Colchis ? 

What large country south of Colcliis, Iberia and Albania ? 

What noted rivers rise in Armenia ? e. t. 

What country south of Armenia ? 

What is the meaning of the word Mesopotamia ? 

A. Between two rivers. 

Between what two rivers was Mesopotamia situated ? 

In what part of Syria was Phoenicia ? Palestine ? 

Where was Arabia Petrie ? 

Where was Chaldsea ? Babylonia ? Assyria ? Persia ? Media ? 

Where was Sarmatia ? What can you say of it ? 

It was an extensive country in the eastern part of Europe and 
northern part of Asia. It was inhabited by a number of uncivilized, 
warlike nations, who were famous for painting their bodies to appear 
more terrible in the field of battle. In the third and fourth centuries of 
the Christian era, under the barbarous names of Huns, Vandals, Goths, 
Alans, (fcc., they invaded and laid waste the Roman empire. 


WTiere was Rome, and how situated ? 

In what direction from Rome was Capua ? where the army ol 
Hannibal, after the battle of Canme, became enervated by the pleasures 
and luxuries which prevailed in that voluptuous city. 

Where was Cannse ? Near the Adriatic, east of Capua. 

In what direction from Capua is Neapolis, now Naples ? 

Where was Rhegium, now Reggio ? settled by the Messenians B. 
C. *723, remarkable for its fertility and delightful scenery. 

In what direction from Rome is Tarentum, noted in the wars of 
Greece and Rome? 

Where was Brundusium, noted for its good harbor ? 

Where was Sipontum, founded by Diomedes, after his return from 
the Trojan war ? 

Where was Corfinium, the chief city of the Peligni, and once styled 
the capital of Italy ? It was taken by Caesar shortly after he jDassed 
the Rubicon. 

Where was Spoletium, that withstood the attack of Hannibal and 
his army after the battle of Trasymene ? 

Where was Picenum, a country and city of the Sabines ? It was 
taken by the Romans U. C.* 484. 


* U. C. means from the Building of the city of Rome, A. U. C. The year from 
the building of the city of Rome. Anno Ubis Condita*. 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


293 


Where was Ancona, built by the Sicilians, and noted for its excel 
lent harbor ? Near this place is the famous chapel of Loretto, sup- 
posed by monkish historians to have been brought through the air by 
angels, August 10, A. D. 1291, from Judea, where it was a cottage in- 
habited by the Virgin Mary. 

Where was Arminium, noted as a strong military post, and as the 
gate into Italy on that side ? Near it, the river Rubicon entered the 
Adriatic, which Cesar crossed. 

Where was Ravenna, an important city of Cisalpine Gaul ? From 
this city, Cesar set forward on that march which brought him to the 
Rubicon, and involved his country and the world in civil war. 

What and where was the Rubicon ? It was a small river which 
separated Italy from Cisalpine Gaul. It rose in the Appenine moun- 
tains and fell into the Adriatic sea. “To identify this celebrated 
stream is a question which lias long puzzled writers on comparative 
Geography, and is not even now perfectly settled.” It is supposed to 
have entered the Adriatic near Annenium, and to be known at present 
by the name of Rugone. 

In what direction from Ravenna was Bononia, now Bologna ? Cre- 
mona, noted for being the first place where the Romans established 
themselves in Gaul ? Verona, founded by Brennus, the leader of 
the Gauls, and noted for being the birth-place of Catullus, C. Nepos, 
and Pliny the elder ? 


In what direction from Rome was Aquileia ? This city was built 
by a party of Gauls B. C. 187, and soon after fell into the hands of the 
Romans. In the time of Cesar, it was one of the most important mili 
tary posts, and was considered “ the bulwark of Italy on the north-east- 
ern frontier.” All the trade and intercourse between Italy and the Il- 
lyrians, Panonians and other nations in that quarter, was carried on 
through this place. It was taken by Attilla, and sacked by the bar- 
barian hordes under him. 

In what direction was Forum Julii from Aquileia? Mediolanum, 
now Milan ? 

Where was Parma, noted for its great antiquity ? t 

Where was Taurina, now Turin ? The inhabitants opposed Hanni- 
bal soon after his descent from the Alps ; but the city was taken by 
him and plundered, after a siege of three days. 

Where was Lutetia, now Paris, situated? The Parish, a Gallic 
tribe, built this city on a swampy island in the Seine, before the Chris- 
tian era. The name “ Lutetia ,” or “ city of mire” is said to have beeu 
given to it on account of its muddy character. It was taken by the 
Romans, and fortified by Julius Cesar, and greatly embellished by 
Julian, the Roman emperor, A. D. 360, who resided there some time. 

In what direction from Lutetia was Lugdunum, now Lyons, the 
place to which Ilerod the tetrarch, Herodias his wife, and Salome, i t is 
25* 


294 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 


said, were banished ? Vienna, a few miles south, on the same river, 
is the place to which it is said Pontius Pilate was banished ? 

Where was Massilia, now Marseilles situated ? This city was 
founded B. C. 600, by a colony of Asiatic Greeks, and formed at an 
early period, a flourishing republic, celebrated for the wisdom of its 
institutions, and as a seat of science and literature. 

Where was Tolosa, now Toulouse ? This is an ancient city. In the 
sixth century it became the capital of the Visigoths.* In 1814, it was 
taken by the English. 

Where was Pictones ? A few miles south of this place, near the 
present city of Poitiers, was fought the decisive battle between the 
Gauls, under Charles Martel, and the Saracens, under Abderaman, in 
October, xV. D. 732. 


Where was Corduba, now Cordova, anciently the capital of the 
Turduli, and famous during the middle ages as the seat of the Moorish 
empire in Spain ? 

Where was Saguntum, famous for a siege by the Carthaginians, 
under Hannibal, B. C. 219, which was the cause of the second Punic 
war ? 

Where was Numantia, remarkable for a desperate resistance against 
the Ptomans during a siege of fourteen years? 

Where was Gades,*now Cadiz, the great emporium of Spanish com- 
merce ? This city was founded by a colony from Tyre, and was one of 
the most noted of antiquity. The inhabitants were a commercial people, 
and their ships were seen on every sea, which the navigation of their 
times had been able to compass. The Greeks named it Gadira, and it 
was also called Cotynusa. 

Where was Carteia or Calpe ? Near this place on the most southern 
point of Hispania, was mount Calpe, now the rock of Gibralter, which 
was opposite to Mount Abyla, on the African side of the Fretum Her- 
culeiun, now the strait of Gibralter. According to tradition, these two 
mountainous rocks were once united, and Hercules, in order to open a 
communication between the Mediterranean and the Atlantic, rent them 
asunder. Hence they are called the Pillars of Hercules. 

Where was Londinium or Londinum ? This city, now called London, 
was built, it is supposed, about the commencement of the Christian era. 

In what direction from Londinium was Durovernum, now Dover ? 
Eboracum, now York? Alata, now Edinburgh ? Eblana, now Dublin ? 


Where was Athene, now Athens ? 

In what direction from Athenas was Tlieboe ? Sparta ? Olympia 1 
Delphi ? Delphi was built at the foot of mount Parnassus. The great 
celebrity of this place arose from the oracle of Apollo, who there de- 


* Visigoths, means "Western Goths, and Ostrogoths, Eastern Goths. 


ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 295 

dared the fates, and from the council of Amphictyons, wliich held there 
its alternate session. 

Where is Actium ? This place is noted on account of the memor- 
able battle near it, at the entrance of the Ambracian gulf, between the 
fleets of Anthony and Octavius, September 2d, B. C. 31. Octavius gained 
the victory, and thus became master of the world, or the Roman empire. 

Where was Ilium or Troy ? What can you say respecting it ! 
Where was Ephesus ? What happened there when Raul preached in 
that place ? Why did Demetrius and the other .silversmiths oppose 
Paul ? See Acts xix. 24-29. 

Where is Damascus ? This is one of the oldest cities in the world. 
See Genesis xiv. 15. It is a magnificent city at the present time, and has 
ever been distinguished for its splendor and opulence. 

Where was Hierosolyma now Jerusalem? Tyrus? Babylon? 
Ninus, called in Scripture Nineveh ? Selucia, the great river to Babylon ? 
Palmyra, the Tadmor of Solomon, and the residence of the immortal 
Zenobia, and the elegant Longinus ? The ruins of this city are among 
the most magnificent remains of antiquity. 


Where was Thebse, called also Hecatompylos, on account of its 
hundred gates, and Diospolis, as being sacred to Jupiter ? Memphis, 
once the metropolis of all Egypt ? Near this place are the Pyramids. 

Where was Alexandria ? Gyrene ? Carthago ? Cirta, the ancient 
capital of Numidia? Cajsarea ? Volubilis, now Fez? Tingis, now 
Tangier ? Abyla, now Ceuta ? 


What portions of the earth were known to the ancients ? Those 
lying around the Mediterranean Sea, comprehending the southern and 
largest part of Europe, the southwestern part of Asia, and the northern 
part of Africa. Did the ancients know any thing of America ? 


Britannia was anciently called Albion, the white island, probably or 
account of its white chalky clitfs on the southern coast. The northern 
part was called Caledonia, now Scotland, and was inhabited by the 
Picti, or Piets, so called because they painted their bodies. Little is 
known of Britannia before its conquest by the Romans, about 55 B. C. 
Do you think the country has undergone many changes since its con- 
quest by the Romans. 

Gaul was an extensive country originally divided among three great 
nations, — the Belgce, Ccltce and Aquitani. These were warlike, bar- 
barous and superstitious. 

Germania, included the country between the Rhenus and Vistula 
and was noted for its vast forests. It was inhabited by many different 
nations, most of which lived a wandering, unsettled life. These were 
hardy, brave, warlike, fond of liberty, and distinguished for honesty and 
simplicity. 

Hispania, the most western country in Europe, was called by the 


296 


CHART OF THE WORLD. 


Greeks, Iberia, and Hesperia. The first inhabitants were probably the 
Celtee. The Phoenicians afterwards possessed several places on the 
coast, and built Gades. The Carthaginians, attracted by the gold and 
silver mines, which abounded in the country, conquered the greater 
part of it. They, however, were expelled by the Romans, who kept 
possession of it during the existence of their empire. 

Italia was one of the most interesting countries of antiquity. The 
inhabitants were called Romans, from their chief city, and for ages 
were distinguished for their warlike achievements, and for their emi- 
nence in literature and the arts. The Roman empire, at its greatest 
extent, was the most powerful that the world has ever witnessed. 

Grascia took the lead among all the countries and nations of the 
world. She added to her military glory that of carrying eloquence 
and the arts to a perfection which has served as a model to all suc- 
ceeding ages. 


EXERCISES 

ON THE CHART OF THE WORLD. 

1. On which side of the Equator is there more land ? 

By reference to the map, it will be readily perceived that far the greater pro- 
portion of land lies north of the equator, — that south of it there is almost one 
continuous ocean, broken only by the lower portions of Africa and South America, 
with scattered islands, most of which appear to have emerged from the waters, 
long after the continental tracts on the opposite had risen. Thus, the northern 
may be termed the land, and the southern the water hemisphere. 

2. Does the Equator cross more land or water ? 

It will be seen that under the equator, land forms but a small proportion of the 
circumference of the globe. Out of 360°, water covers more than 275. Neither 
Africa nor South America am crossed by this line at the broadest parts of those 
divisions. 

8. Are the two Continents longest in the same direction ? 

The eastern continent is longest in the direction of the paiallels of latitude, 
and the western in the line of the meridians, — that is, the longest line of contin- 
uous land in the eastern continent is from east to west through Asia and Europe ; 
while in the western it is from north to south. 

4. Which is broadest, the northern or southern extremity of each 
Continent ? 

Each of the continents is broad at its northern extremity, and from this, grad- 
ually tapers until it terminates in a point at its southern. This will appear 
more obvious if we consider the grand divisions with Australia, as forming three 
continents, viz.. North and South America constituting one, — Europe and Africa, 
joined by an imaginary isthmus through Italy and Sicily, as forming the second, 
— and Asia and Australia, connected by an isthmus of islands lying between 
them, as constituting the third. Thus grouping the continents, we perceive that 
each terminates at its southern extremity in a high rocky point, viz. : Cape 
Horn, Cape of Good Hope, and South Cape, south of Van Dieman’s Land. But 
if we examine each of the grand divisions, we shall also find the northern ex- 
tremity broad and the southern comparatively narrow. Asia terminates at the 
south in three peninsulas, viz. : Malaya, Hindostan and Arabia ; Europe in 
three, viz. : Greece, Italy and Spain ; and North America in three, viz. : Florida, 
Central America, and Lower California. South America and Africa terminate 
each in a single promontory. Thus we perceive there is a striking contrast be- 
tween the northern and southern extremities of each continent and of each grand 
division. 


CHART OF THE WORLD. 


29 ? 


5. In what direction are the points of all the great Peninsulas turned ? 

Not only are the continents broad at their northern extremity and narrow at 
their southern, — but the same is true of ail the important peninsulas. Green- 
land, Nova Scotia, Florida, Lower California, and Alaska, in North America, — 
Spain, Italy, Greece, and Scandinavia," in Europe, — and Arabia, Farther India, 
Corea, and Kaintchatka, in Asia, — have their points turned towards the south. 
The peninsulas of Yucatan and Jutland form the chief exceptions, — while these 
also extend north apd south. 

6. Is there any similarity between the western coasts of South 
America and Africa, and the southwestern of Australia? 

It will be readily seen that there is a deep bend in the line of the coast towards 
the interior, in the western side of South America, at about IS 0 S. lat., — at the 
gulf of Guinea in Africa, — and in the southwestern coast of Australia, as if the 
oceans in some great convulsions of nature, had scooped out the land, thus form- 
ing these vast bays, or gulfs, which open towards the southwest. 

7. On which side of the southern portion of South America, Africa 
and Australia are there the largest islands? 

It will be seen* that east of the southern points of these divisions, there is a 
large island, or groups of islands, as if washed there by some mighty current from 
the west, — as the Falkland isles, Madagascar and New Zealand, besides numerous 
smaller ones, — while on the western side none are found to exist. 

8. Is there any resemblance, or correspondence, between the western 
Coast of Africa and the eastern of South America? 

It will be seen that the angles of the one correspond to those of the other, — 
Cape St. Roque to the gulf of Guinea, and the headland of Africa at Cape Yerde 
to the gulf of Mexico, — the one seeming to be the counterpart of the other, as if 
the two continents had been rent from each other, forming a valley for the 
Atlantic between them. 

9. Is the coast-line, or line of contact between the lands and the hori- 
zontal surface of the oceans, on the same level throughout the globe ? 

This line, or the horizontal surface of the ocean, is a true curve of level, and 
the continents rise gradually from this towards the interior. The greatest eleva- 
tion of land, however, is not in the center, but on one of its sides, — as the Him- 
alaya mountains in Asia, the Alps in Europe, the Andes in South America, and 
the Rocky Mountains in North America. Consequently the slopes from the 
highest summit towards the shores of the oceans, will be unequal in length and 
in inclination. In some cases, there is a depression of land in the interior of the 
continent, where the surface is lower than the level of the oceans. This is the 
case witli the great hollow in which the Caspian Sea is situated. The surface 
of that sea is 375 feet lower than the ocean. The valley of the Jordan and Dead 
Sea is lower than the level of the Mediterranean. Lieut. Lynch ascertained, by 
actual measurement, that the surface of the Dead Sea is 1300 feet low'er than the 
level of the ocean, and that its depth is about 1400 feet. 

10. Does the elevation, or height of a country, have any influence oil 
its temperature and general character ? 

It has been ascertained that an elevation of level of 350 feet diminishes the 
mean temperature of a place one degree of Fahrenheit ; that is, in the northern 
hemisphere the effect is the same as if the place w r ere situated on a level GO miles 
farther north. 

11. In what direction do the principal Mountain chains extend? 

On the eastern continent they extend from east to west, or follow the direction 
of the parallels, while on the western they extend from north to south, or in the 
direction of the meridians; and the secondary chains follow the opposite in both. 
And it will be seen that all the long and gentle slopes from the principal moun- 


* Scandinavia, — Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Lapland. 


298 


CHART OF THE WORLD. 


tains, descend towards the Arctic and Atlantic oceans, and all the short and rapid 
slopes are directed towards the Pacific and Indian oceans. How many large rivers 
on the globe run in a westerly direction? 

12. What is the face of the country in Nortli America?* 

It will be seen that more than half of North America consists of plains. From 
the Arctic ocean to the gulf of Mexico, through the central parts, there is but a 
slight elevation near the southern boundary of British America. The Alleghany 
mountains traverses the eastern section of the United States, and the vast chain 
of the Rocky mountains, with elevated plains and table lands, occupy a narrow 
belt along the western coast. These elevations and mountains divide North 
America into four slopes, viz. : 1. The Arctic Slope. 2. The Atlantic Slope. 3. 
The Mississippi Valley. 4. The Pacific Slope. 

13. What is the face of the country in South America ? 

With the exception of the slightly elevated regions of w r estern Brazil, South 
America consists of an immense plain, almost from the Caribbean sea to the 
southern portion of Patagonia, with the elevated regions of eastern Brazil and the 
Andes near the western coast. It has been estimated that the plains occupy two- 
thirds of the western continent, while the elevated portions, table lands and 
mountains, cover only one-third. 

14. What is the face of the country in Europe ? 

It will be seen that nearly all the north of Europe is a vast plain. From the 
shores of Holland, through Germany, Russia, the steppes of the Caspian, and 
Siberia to Behring’s straits, there is scarcely an eminence of more than a few 
hundred feet in height. Russia is an enormous plain, and has two slopes in- 
clining northwest and southeast, but so slight is the inclination that the rivers 
have but very feeble currents. 

15. What is the face of the country in Asia ? 

Siberia consists chiefly of an immense low plain, and ascends from the shores 
of the Arctic ocean so gradually as to be scarcely perceptible. At the distance of 
1400 miles its height hardly exceeds 1200 feet. The northern portion is a frozen, 
sterile region, — so cold that birds and animals, as well as men perish. South of 
the arctic circle, barren sands impregnated with salt, treeless steppes with coarse 
grass, marshes, swamps, and salt lakes, sluggish rivers with cultivable tracts 
along their southern course, and forests of birches, larches and pines, are promin- 
ent among the physical features of this region. In most parts, while the heat of 
summer thaws the surface, the portion below remains perpetually frozen . Along 
the coast of China, from Pekin to Nankin, and stretching far inland, is an im- 
mense alluvial plain with a mild climate, forming one of the richest and most 
populous granaries in the world. The central part of Asia is traversed by im- 
mense chains of mountains, which support vast table lands, from 5,000 to 14,000 
feet in elevation. Western Asia consists chiefly of a plateau, from 3,000 to G.000 
feet high. It has been calculated that the mountains and table lands of Asia 
cover five-sevenths of the surface, while the plains occupy but two-sevenths of its 
whole extent. It will be seen that a long ridge of heights, of mountain chains 
and table lands, with few depressions, traverse the whole of southern Europe and 
Asia, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, consisting of the Pyrenees. Alps, Balkan, 
Caucasus, Hindoo Koh, and Himalaya mountains. This elevated ridge divides 
this continental tract into two portions, unequal in size, differing from each other 
in configuration, climate and productions. In the northern portion the great 
plains prevail, with vast steppes and desert table lands, and from a cool temperate 
atmosphere, as we proceed north we find the cold more and more intense, and at 
length a region of perpetual winter. In the southern portion, the areas are less 
extensive, more detached, the lands indented by seas, bays and gulfs, forming 
beautiful peninsulas, with fertile plains, a soft, balmy climate, delicate fruits, 
and a lovely, smiling nature. 


* The teacher will of course multiply these questions, as — What parts of North America consist of 
lowlands, or plains? What parts of elevated lands? What parts of mountains and table lands? &c. 
&c. The explanations in all these exercises are not intended for direct answers to the questions, but 
simply as suggestions and leading ideas to the learner. 


CHAR T OF T H E W O R L D . 


299 


16. What is the face of the country in Africa ? 

If we except the desert of Sahara, which is a vast plain but a little higher than 
the level of the ocean, Africa seems to consist almost entirely of elevated lands, 
which are supposed lo occupy two-thirds of its surface, and the plains but one- 
third. Hence it will be seen that the eastern continent is distinguished for its 
immense and elevated table lands, and the western for its vast plains. 

17. How do the Grand Divisions compare in respect to their form and 
the general outline of their coasts ? 

Africa is the most simple andcompact in its form, — almost round in itsoutline. 
Projecting into the ocean nh important peninsula, and receiving into its interior 
no seas, gulfs, or bays, it offers no facilities for reciprocal intercourse with other 
lands. Asia is washed on three sides by oceans, anil on the eastern and southern 
coasts it has the large peninsulas of Arabia, Hindustan, Farther India, Corea and 
Kamtchatka, with numerous bays and sea-s indenting its margins. Europe is tin*, 
most varied in its outline, being intersected in all parts by inland seas, gulfs and 
bays, and consequently abounding in peninsulas. North America is indented by 
large gulfs and bays, and abounds in navigable rivers and vast lakes, or inland 
seas. South America, though washed on all sides by the ocean, is penetrated by 
no important gulfs or bays, and like Africa, is regular in its general outline and 
the form of its coasts. It has been calculated that Europe has 1 mile of coast for 
every 156 square miles of surface, Asia I for every 460, Africa I for 623, North 
America 1 for 228, South America i for 376, and Australia l for every 290 square 
miles of surface. 

18. Which of the Grand Divisions is best situated for commercial 
pursuits and general intercourse? 

As the coast is the great medium of communication, those divisions that are 
most penetrated by seas, gulfs, bays and navigable rivers, thus affording natural 
channels of communication, are most open to maritime life, and best fitted for 
commercial intercourse and human improvement. In this respect, .Europe holds 
the first rank, North America the second, Asia the third, ISouth America the 
fourth, and Africa the fifth. Thus we perceive a striking contrast between the 
northern and southern divisions in regard to their natural advantages for inter- 
communication and general intercourse ; and if we examine the character of their 
respective inhabitants, we shall find the contrast equally great. In the former, 
— Asia, Europe, and North America, — have existed all the famous nations of an- 
cient and modern times, — the superior, the historical races of the world that 
have ever led the way in all that tends to elevate, refine and improve the social 
condition of mankind ; while in the southern divisions, are found the inferior 
races that apparently have made no progress either in arts, science, or civiliza- 
tion. If we except Egypt, what truth has Africa ever added to the stock of 
human knowledge ? What science or art has emanated either from the Indian 
of South America, or the colored races of Africa or Australia ? What southern or 
tropical race, or nation, has ever been distinguished in the world's history? 

19. Does the physical structure of the Grand Divisions exert any in- 
fluence on the character of their respective inhabitants? 

As we examine the surface of the globe, we perceive that certain animals as 
well as plants flourish only in certain localities and latitudes, — or in other words, 
that each region has its peculiar products, which are adapted to the condition ot 
things there existing. And in the distribution of the human species, the same 
general law seems to prevail. The Creator has divided them into races, or varie- 
ties, and distinguished them by organization, color, and diversities of intellect, 
and thus fitted them for the various climates, peculiarities. <fcc. of the earth’s sur- 
face. And as with animals and plants, it is believed that the races can only 
permanently flourish in the zones to which they are indigenous. In the arctic 
regions, an intense cold dwarfs the body and mind. The inhabitants are chiefly 
occupied in procuring a scanty subsistence, in providing for a long and dreary 
winter. In the torrid zone, an excessive heat enfeebles man. — the mind droops, 
and the bodily powers are weakened, while the productiveness of the soil, and 
regularity of the climate, render forethought of little use to him. Between these 
two regions — the north temperate zone — the alternations of heat and cold, the 


300 


CHRONOLOGICAL T ABLE. 


changes of the seasons, afresh bracing air, a cultivable soil, incite man to a con- 
stant struggle, to forethought, to the vigorous employment of all his faculties. 
Now, how happily the races are constituted and adapted to these differences of. 
climate and conditions, all must readily perceive. 

20. What has been the geographical march of the White, or Caucasian 
Kace ? 

As we have seen, Asia, Europe and North America, constitute the great conti- 
nental belt of the earth’s surface, and the portion extending from the 24th to the 
60th degree of north latitude has given birth to the Historical Races — to those 
nations that have governed the world in all time. And these three divisions, 
according to all history, mark the three grand stages of humanity in its march 
through the ages. Asia, rich in all the treasures of physical nature, was the 
birth-place of man, the cradle of his infancy, and the school of his childhood. 
From Asia, at length, he passed into Europe, where he found a better field for his 
growing powers and aspirations. Its coasts, indented by seas, bays and gulfs, 
invited him to commercial pursuits, and its genial climate awakened his energies 
and excited him to action. Europe thus became the scnool of his youth, the field 
of his studies in arts, science and civil freedom. From Europe, he crossed the 
ocean to the shores of North America, where he found a world vast in extent, 
with its fruitful plains, its majestic rivers and lakes, its varied and genial climate, 
its oceanic position, — and all free — free as the broad ocean and boundless air. In 
this magnificent theater, — the school of his manhood — bold, earnest, and thought- 
ful men, from the various nations of Europe, met and unitedly labored, unawed 
by kingly power or priestly authority, to reduce to practice their theories of gov- 
ernment and religion. At length, they founded a government on the great 
principles of civil, social and religious liberty, on a grander scale than had been 
dreamed of in the eastern world. Since that time the nation has increased in 
population, wealth and influence without a parallel in history, and has now 
become one of the great maritime powers of the earth. The 'Historical nations of 
every language and character, are flowing here and blending together in one and 
the same nationality. And now in the United Slates, the great Republic of the 
world, lies the grand and imposing theater of the future progress of the race. 
From this Free and Happy Land will go forth the power to perfect the civilization 
of the various nations and races of the globe. 


CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE 

OF THE MORE IMPORTANT DISCOVERIES OF MODERN TIMES. 

The only portions of the earth known with any degree of correctness 
to the civilized nations of antiquity, — the Greeks and Romans, — were 
those lying around the Mediterranean sea, comprehending the southern 
part of Europe, the southwestern part of Asia, and the northern part of 
Africa. They had some knowledge of more distant regions, but it was 
very obscure and inaccurate. Although geographical knowledge was 
gradually increased by commercial enterprises and wars, yet the attain- 
ment of correct views of the extent of the globe and the form of its 
various countries, has been the work of modern times, as will be seen by 
the following table. 


Date. 

86U Iceland was discovered by Naddodr, a Norwegian pirate, who was driven on 
its coast. 

SOL The Faroe Islands discovered by some Scandinavian* pirates. 

874 Iceland was colonized by Scandinavians. 

895 North Cape rounded, and the White sea entered by Other, a Norwegian 
refugee. 


* Scandinavia — the ancient name of Norway, Sweden, Denmark and Lapland. The inhabitants were 
brave and forocious, and subsisted chiefly by piracy and plunder. 


CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 


301 


Date. 

982 Greenland discovered by -Icelandic colonists and peopled four years aftei- 
wards. 

1245 Tartary visited by John de Plano Carpini, on a mission to the Grand Khan, 
from Pope Innocent IV. 

1253 Mongolia reached by William de Rubruquis, on a mission from St. Louis 
IX.. of France, to the Mongol emperor. 

1271 A map of China, with the adjoining countries and the Indian Archipelago, 
made by the three Poli, of Venice. 

1318 India, Ceylon, Sumatra, Borneo, and China, traversed by Oderic of Tortenau. 
1334 The island of Madeira, said to have been visited by Robert Macham, an 
Englishman, with the fair Ann Dorset. • 

1345 Canary isles discovered by the Spanish and Genoese seamen, — said to have 
been known to the ancients. * 

1350 Soudan, Timbuctoo, and Niger river, visited by John Batuta. 

140(3 Samarcand visited by Gonzalez de Clavi jo, an ambassador of Henry III., of 
Castile, to Tamerlane. 

1414 Cape Nun, on the west coast of Africa, 28° 25' N. lat. doubled by the Portu- 
guese. 

1418 Puerto Santo discovered by Zarco and Vas, Portuguese, and Madeira visited. 
1433 Cape Bajador, coast of Africa, doubled by Gilianez, a Portuguese. 

1441 Cape Blanco, coast of Africa, doubled by Nuno Tristan, a Portuguese, and 
shortly afterwards the Senegal river, ( 'ape Verde, and Gambia river reached. 

1448 The Azores discovered by Gonzallo Velio, a Portuguese. 

1449 Cape Verde islands discovered by Antonio de Noli, a Genoese, employed by 

Portugal. 

1 109 The coast of Guitaea explored, and the island of Fernando Po, in the Bight* 
of Biafra, discovered by Fernando Po, a Portuguese. 

J471 Island of St. Thomas, nearly under the equator, discovered by the Portuguese 
1 4 4 Zaire, or Congo river, reached by Diego Cam. a Portuguese. 

1480 Cape of Good Hope discovered by Bartholomew Diaz, a Portuguese. 

1492 Aug. 3d. Columbus sailed from I’alos. in Spain, on his first voyage of dis- 
covery, and returned March 15, 1493. 

Oct. 12. Sail Salvador, one of the Bahama Isles, discovered by Columbus, 

the first land seen. 

Oct. 28. Cuba discovered by Columbus. 

Dec. (3. Hayti, or Hispaniola, discovered by Columbus. 

1494 Jamaica, St. Christopher, and Dominica, discovered by Columbus in his 
second voyage, commenced Sept. 25, 1493. ^ 

1497 Cape of Good Hope doubled by Vasco de Gama, a Portuguese, who parted 

through the Mozambique channel, across the Indian ocean to the coast of 
Malabar. 

Newfoundland, -with some of the main land of North America., discovered 

by John and Sebastian Cabot. (Venetians,) in the service of England, 

1498 South America, near the mouth of the Orinoco, discovered by Columbus in 

his third voyage, commenced May 30. 1498. 

North American coast, from Newfoundland to Florida, explored by Sebas- 
tian Cabot. 

1499 South America, near the mouth of the Orinoco, visited by Americus Yes- 

pucius, who claimed the honor of first discovering the continent, and 
which was unjustly named after him. 

1500 Gulf of St. Law-rence, and Labrador, discovered by Gaspar Cortereal, a Por- 

tuguese. 

Brazil accidentally discovered by Alvarez de Cabral, a Portuguese, whose 

fleet was driven on the coast in. a tempest. 

Amazon river discovered by Pinzon. 

1592 Gulf of Mexico partially explored by Columbus on his fourth and last voy- 
age, commenced May 9, 1502. 

Bay of Honduras discovered by Columbus. 

St. Helena discovered by Jean de Nova, a Portuguese. 

150G Ceylon, known to the Romans, visited by the Portuguese. 

Madagascar discovered by Tristan de Acunha. 


* Bight — A shallow, or small bay. 


302 


CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE 


Date. 

1503 Yucatan discovered by Pinzon and De Solis. 

1511 Sumatra visited by the Portuguese. Molucca and Sunda isles discovered. 

1512 Florida discovered by Juan Ponce de Leon. 

Maldives discovered by the Portuguese. 

1513 Pacific Ocean discovered by Yasco Nunez de Balboa, from the mountain tops 

near Panama. 

Borneo and Java visited by the Portuguese. 

1516 Rio Janeiro and Rio Be la Plata discovered by Biaz de Solis, who perished 

at the mouth of the latter, with all his men, in a conflict with the natives. 

1517 China reached by sea. by Fernand Perez d’Androda, a Portuguese. 

Bengal coast became known to the Portuguese. 

1 5 19 Mexico entered and conquered by the Spaniards under Cortez 

1520 Straits of Magellan discovered by Fernando de Magellan, a Portuguese in 

the service of Spain, who commenced the first voyage round the globe. 
He perished in a skirmish at the Philippines, but his vessel, the Vittoria, 
accomplished the enterprise, and returned to Spain by the Cape of Good 
, Hope, after a voyage of three years’ duiation. 

1522 Bermudas, discovered by Juan. Bermudas, a Spaniard. 

1524 United States’ coast explored by John Verrazzani, the first French voyage 

of discovery. 

1525 Papua, or New Guinea, discovered by the Portuguese. 

Peru invaded by Pizarro and Almagro. 

1530 Guinea coast first visited by an English merchant vessel. 

1534 St. Lawrence river discovered by James Cartier, a Frenchman, who the next 

year sailed up the St. Lawrence to the present site of Montreal. 

1535 Chili discovered and invaded by Biego de Almagro, one of the conquerors 

of Peru 

California discovered by an expedition despatched by Cortez. 

1539 Gulf of California entered by Francisco de Ulloa, sent by Cortez. 

1541 Amazon river explored by Francis de Orellana, a Spaniard, who, having 

met some armed women on its banks, named it ‘‘The River of the 
Amazons.” 

Mississippi river, discovered by Ferdinand de Soto, governor of Cuba, 600 

miles from its mouth. 

India first visited by an English ship, in order to attack the Portuguese 

1542 Japan reached by the Portuguese, Antonia de Meta and Antonia de Peyxoto 

driven thither by a tempest. 

15-^P°tosi silver mines discovered by the Spaniards. 
loili^Spitzbergen discovered by the English. 

1553 Nova Zembla discovered by Sir Hugh Willoughby, English. 

White Sea entered by Chancellor, English. 

1563 Juan Fernandez discovered by a Spanish pilot of that name. 

Slaves first imported into the West Indies, by the English. 

1565 St. Augustine founded by the Spaniards — the oldest town in the U. States. 
1567 Solomon’s isles discovered by Mc-ndana, a Spaniard. 

1577 Frobisher’s strait, discovered by Martin Frobisher, English. 

1578 New Albion, discovered by Sir Francis Drake, in his second voyage round 

the globe. 

Siberia entered by a fugitive chief, or hetman, of the Cossacks, Yermalc 

Timopheievitch. 

1584 Virginia visited by the English, Amidas and Barlow. 

1587 Davis’ strait navigated by John Davis, in search of a northwest passage. 
1538 St. Helena made known to the English by Cavendish, on his return from 
the third circumnavigation of the globe. 

1592 Falkland isles discovered by John Davis. 

1594 Nova Zembla, north extremity, reached by Barentz. 

1595 Marquesas discovered by Mendanas, Spanish. 

1602 Cape Cod discovered and named by Bartholomew Gosnold, — also Martha’s 
Vineyard. . 1 

1606 Otaheite, said to be discovered by Quiros, Spanish. 

New Hebrides discovered by Q,uiros. 

Australia, or New Holland, first seen by ^ Dutch yacht, on the eastern 

shores of the Gulf of Carpentaria. M 

• - *• * 


303 


CHRONOLOGICAL T A B L E . 


D:ite. 

1607 Torres’ strait passed by Torres. 

Jamestown, Virginia, founded by the English. 

1609 Hudson river, discovered by Henry Hudson. 

1610 Hudson bay discovered and entered by Henry Hudson, where he perished,—* 
being placed in an open boat by his mutinous crew, and abandoned. 

1611 Lake Champlain discovered by Samuel Champlain. 

3016 Cape Horn doubled for the first time by two Hutch vessels. 

Western Australia discovered by the Hutch under Hirck Hatichs. 

Ballin’s Bay, discovered and explored by Baffin and Bylot. 

i()IO Long Island Sound first navigated by Herner. 

1636 Arctic ocean found to be the boundary of Asia on the north. The first Rus- 
sian ship sailed down the Lena to the ocean. 

1642 Van Hieman's Land and New Zealand, discovered by Tasman, Dutch. 

1644 Amour river, mouth of, discovered by the Russians. 

1648 Northeast coast of Asia explored from the river Kolyma to the river Anadir 
by the hetman Heshnef. 

1G73 The Mississippi river reached, and explored from the Wisconsin to the mouth 
of the Arkansas, by Father Marquette and M. Joliet, sent by M. de Fron- 
tenac, the governor of Canada. 

1684 Japan carefully examined by the German naturalist, Kempfer, during eight 
years. 

1699 A French colony reach the mouth of the Mississippi, and settle at Ibber- 
ville, Louisiana. 

The island of New Britain discovered by Hampier. 

1722 Easter island discovered by Roggevein. 

1728 Kamtchatka, northern coast, explored, and Behring’s strait entered by 
Behring, a Russian navigator. 

1741 Aleutian isles discovered by Behring. 

1742 Nova Zemhla, eastern coast, reached by Loshkin, a walrus-fisher. 

1765 Hanger islands discovered by Byron. 

1767 Queer. Charlotte’s isle, and Whitsunday isle, discovered by Wallis. 

• Pitcairn's island discovered by Pitcairn, July 2. 

1768 Society Islands discovered by Captain Cook, on his first voyage round the 

globe. 

1770 Abyssinian Nile, source of, reached by Bruce, the Scottish traveller 

1771 Coppermine river reached by Hearne, overland from Hudson’s bay, and fol- 

lowed to the Arctic ocean. 

1772 Kerguelen island discovered by a Frenchman of that name. 

1774 New Caledonia discovered by Cook in his second voyage round the globe. 
New Zealand circumnavigated and found to be two islands. 

1778 Sandwich Islands discovered by Cook in his third voyage around the globe. 

Icy cape discovered by him. 

1779 Captain Cook killed by the natives at Owhyhee, now Hawaii, Feb. 14. 

1786 Mont Blanc ascended for the first time by Hr. Paccard and James Balma. 
1789 Japanese sea surveyed by La Perouse. and the strait discovered that separ- 
ates the island of Saghalien from the main land of Asia 

Mackenzie river reached by Mackenzie from Fort Chipewayan, on the 

Athabasca lake, and followed to the Arctic ocean. 

1793 North America crossed for the first time from Canada to the Facific, by 
Mackenzie. 

Northwest coast of America carefully surveyed bv Vancouver. 

Darfur, to the west of Ahysinnia, penetrated by Browne. 

1796 Niger river reached by Mungo Park, July 21. 

1797 Bass’ strait, between Australia and Van Diemen’s Land, discovered by Bass. 
1862 Chimborazo ascended by Humboldt, to the height of 19.400 feet, June 23. 
1804 Missouri river ascended to its source in this and the two following years, 

by Lewis and Clark, who crossed the Rocky mountains and descended 
the Columbia to the Pacific. 

1806 Aucland isles discovered by Bristow. 

1810 Table land of Kelat, in Beloochista n, discovered by Christie aW Pottinger. 

1812 Himalaya mountains crossed by Moorcroft. 

1813 Blue mountains, in Australia, crossed by Evans, an Englishman, before 

supposed impassable. 


304 


CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE. 


Date. 

1816 New South Shetland isles, southeast of Cape Horn, discoveied by Captain 
Smith. 

1818 Baffin’s bay re-explored by Captain Ross. 

i 819 Lancaster sound entered by Capt. Parry. Barrow's strait, Prince Regent's 
Inlet, and North Georgian isles, discovered. 

1820 Arctic ocean coasted by Franklin, eastward from the Coppermine river to 
Point Turnagain. . 

1821 Island of Peter 1. discovered by Bellinghausen, the most southern land then 
known. 

1822 Hecla and Fury Strait, and Melville peninsula, discovered by Capt. Parry. 

Greenland, northeast coast, traced by Scoresby. 

1823 South Orkney isles discovered by Weddell. 

Lake Tchad, in Central Africa, reached by Denham and Clapperton. 

182-1 North coast line of Asia finally determined by Baron Wrangel. 

1826 North coast line of America, between Coppermine river and Point Beechey, 
determined by Franklin and Richardson. 

Timbuctoo reached by Laing, the Scottish traveller. 

1827 Sackatoo. reached by Clapperton. 

Illimani mountain. Bolivia, ascended by Pentland to the height of 19.000 ft. 

North American coast explored through Behring's strait to Point Barrow, by 

Beechey. 

Highest north latitude ever attained, 82 deg. 40 min., gained by Parry in 

attempting to reach the North Pole. 

1829 Murray*river, in Australia, discovered by Sturt. 

1830 Niger, course of to the Bight of Benin, determined by the Landers. 

Greenland, southeast coast, examined by Graah. 

1831 Magnetic Pole, place of determined by Capt Ross, June 1. during his four 
years’ detention in the artic seas, from 1829 to 1833. Peninsula of Boothia 
discovered by the expedition. 

Enderby’s Land, south of the Cape of Good Hope, discovered by Briscoe. 

1834 Great Fish river traced from the Great Slave Lake to the Arctic ocean, by 
Back. 

1835 Southeastern Africa penetrated from Cape Town to Tropic of Capricorn. 

1837 North coast of America further explored by Diose and Simpson, and 
determined west of the 97th meridian. 

Southwestern Africa penetrated to the Tropic of Capricorn, by Captain 

Alexander. 

1838 Oxus, or .Tihon river, in Tartary, traced to its source in the Sir-i-Kol, by 
Lieut. Wood. 

1839 Ballemv isles discovered by Capt. Ballemy. 

1840 Antarctic Continent discovered by the United States’ Exploring Expedition, 
under Charles Wilkes, Esq., commander. 

— — - Adelie’s Land, discovered by D’Urville. 

1841 Victoria’s Land, with two antarctic volcanoes, discovered by Sir James Ross, 
who penetrated to 78° S. lat. 

1815 Arctic Expedition. — the Erebus and Terror —under Sir John Franklin, sailed 
from England, May 19, in search of a “ Northwest Passage.” 

The Expedition was last seen at Melville bay, July 26th. 

1850 An arctic expedition in search of Sir John Franklin, consisting of the En- 
terprise, Capt. Collinson, and the Investigator, Capt. McMaclure, sailed 
from Woolwich, Jan. 11. 

The Advance and Rescue, two vessels equipped by the munificent liberality 

of Henry Grinnell. Esq., of New York, to discover Sir John Franklin, 
sailed from New York, May 23d. 

1851 The Advance returned to New York, Sept. 30, and the Rescue, Oct. 8, with- 
out discovering any trace of Franklin or his vessels. 

1853 The second American Arctic Expedition sailed from New York, May 31, in 
search of Sir John Franklin, and for purposes of science, under Dr. Kane. 
1855 The Hartstein Arctic Expedition, the Arctic aud Release, sailed from New 
York, June 4, in search of the expedition under Dr. Kane. 




































4 O ■ 





^ A 




o \0 v\ 

> d- ^ * 

^ ‘..o’ .O ’ 1 V *..’• 
* ^ A° >'«•*'. A „ 

V 

. ♦* ** 

14 A, 

A V * r^Nfx <* V ? J f v t 

\ k ^NN\\\a'^4. * - 7 . Vj + 



•w 


s ^ ^ «. s A-' ^ 

• ■•• V ^ 

C V. A ^ ' N *•"' 


o 



A £> * 


o • i 


A 


aA 

V ^ 



° ^ A^ * 

2 


*A 


<y ^JV ° 

<* A % ° 

A \ v * * \0 ^ 

A o ° " ° -* **> o^ .•■'** ^o 



0 



a \ r ' > ' * * * 

A , 0 * <7 




*y *■ * 

fc « * ^ \^/M: &' 

r\J <£■ -h 

A U V * * - ' * 4 -ft* 

.O v . *•», <>■ V N 



» v ^ 

A°° V‘*.T/-' °o -.. 0 

^ <> .\ V S-* ^ A' 

♦ />i c «A * e^b2b t k> r ‘ x A ^ V f? 5 * . 

• M/A o <> \V * % /%%> • ^ <A ♦ jA W A « 



DOBBS BROS. V *0' * * * 

LIBRARY BINDING Ov ► N? S) • 4 

^ 'm* & » 

^ ° *. .< \ v 


AUGUSTIN 


\ 



^ FLA. V 



~o V 


+ Tj. ^ * 

* ^ ^ 



.y> '^J\ o V//' 


A 1 


W“ .A 




